Reference 2011 Catalogue (UK) by Routledge Taylor & Francis Group

Routledge

Reference New Titles and Key Backlist 2011

www.routledge.com/reference

Welcome to Routledge

Reference New Titles and Key Backlist 2011

Page 1

Page 14

Page 25

Page 30

Page 42

Page 57

Page 66

Page 88

The Easy Way to Order

contents Annual Titles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Anthropology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Psychology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Archaeology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Architecture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Sociology and Social Care. . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Sport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Business, Economics and Law. . . . . . . . . 19

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Order Form. . . . . . . . . . . . Back of Catalog

Ordering online is fast and efficient, simply follow the on-screen instructions. Alternatively, you can call, fax, or see order form at the back of this catalog. UK and Rest of World Call: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 USA, Canada and Latin America Call: 1-800-634-7064 Fax: 1-800-248-4724

Geography and the Environment . . . . . . 35

eBooks

History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Over 22,000 of our titles are available as eBooks – available to browse at: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk.

Library Science and Information Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Linguistics and Language . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Media and Cultural Studies. . . . . . . . . . . 53 Music and Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

eUpdates Register your email address at www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates to receive information on books, journals and other news within your area of interest.

Trade Customers’ Representatives, Agents and Distribution For a complete list, visit: www.routledge.com/representatives.

Contacts uk and rest of world Marketing: Clare Methven – Marketing Executive Tel: +44 (0)20 701 76169 Email: reference@routledge.com

usA, canada and latin america Marketing: Tracey O’Connor – Marketing Manager Email: tracey.oconnor@taylorandfrancis.com

an n ual ti t l e s

ANNUAL TITLES New 51st Edition

The Europa World Year Book 2010 Edited by Europa Publications

’A must for the international company.’ – Business International Globally renowned for its accuracy, consistency and reliability, The Europa World Year Book provides detailed country surveys containing the latest available analytical, statistical and directory information for over 250 countries and territories.

For more than eighty years since its first publication, The Europa World Year Book has been the premier source of political information on library reference shelves, providing reliable and timely information with a global reach. Also available online: www.europaworld.com June 2010: 297x211: 5,068pp Hb: 978-1-85743-547-4: £800.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435474

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

a nnual t itles

Forthcoming

New

9-Volume Set

40th Edition

11th Edition

The Europa Regional Surveys of the World Set 2011

Africa South of the Sahara 2011

Central and South-Eastern Europe 2011

Edited by Europa Publications

This nine-volume set covers each of the major world regions. As well as offering expert commentary on topics critical to the region as a whole, each volume provides a vast range of background material, statistics, directory information and analysis of the social, political and economic situation for each of the individual countries within that region.

’This is an impressive reference work providing an impartial and invaluable guide to the politics, economy and history of the region.’ – European Access Plus

’This is probably the best reference work available on this part of the African continent.’ – Reference Reviews

Titles in the series: Africa South of the Sahara; Central and South-Eastern Europe; Eastern Europe, Russia and Central Asia; The Far East and Australasia; The Middle East and North Africa; South America, Central America and the Caribbean; South Asia; The USA and Canada; and Western Europe.

A comprehensive survey of the countries and territories of Central and South-Eastern Europe, incorporating coverage of the latest economic and political developments.

It includes: • over 1,500 pages of authoritative articles, economic and demographic statistics and wide-ranging directory material

December 2010: 297x211 Hb: 978-1-85743-588-7: £3,645.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435887

’A well-balanced, welljudged and remarkably comprehensive volume.’ – Times Literary Supplement

• contributions from over fifty leading experts on African affairs • incisive analysis of the latest available information. General Survey • thoroughly revised and updated analytical articles written by acknowledged experts covering the issues affecting the area as a whole, including: Economic Trends in Africa South of the Sahara; Health and Medical Issues; State Failure in Africa; A Century of Development; Chinese Stakes in Sub-Saharan Africa; European Colonial Rule; Peace and Security Architecture; Information and Communication Technology in the East African Community; and Terrorism and Trafficking in West Africa • a political map of contemporary Africa and a chronological list of the dates of independence of African countries. Country Surveys Individual chapters on every country incorporating: • an introductory survey, containing essays on the physical and social geography, recent history and economy of each country • an extensive statistical survey of economic indicators, which include area and population, health and welfare, agriculture, forestry, fishing, mining, industry, finance, trade, transport, tourism, communications media and education

• Includes expert analysis of questions of regional importance, up-to-date statistics, extensive directories, and biographical information • Provides an impartial discussion of the politics and economy of the region. General Survey Thoroughly revised and updated analytical articles written by acknowledged experts and covering issues of regional interest, including: Central and South-Eastern European Economies; Minorities in Central and South-Eastern Europe; Environmental Governance and EU Enlargement; The Baltic Sea Region; Bosnia and Herzegovina since Dayton; The Impact of EU Integration on and Social Policy Reforms in Central and SouthEastern Europe; Modern Greece in South-Eastern Europe; plus appendices on the religions of the region and on the Russian Baltic territory of Kaliningrad. Country Surveys Detailed individual chapters for each country include a description of physical and social geography; a chronology; essays on the history and economy; and a statistical survey. Each chapter also includes a comprehensive directory of names, addresses, and contact details, together with information on: the Constitution, national and local government, political organizations, diplomatic representation, the judicial system, religion, the media, finance, telecommunications, trade and industry (including major companies), transport, tourism, culture, education, social welfare, the environment and defence. There is also a select bibliography.

• a full directory containing names, addresses and contact details for key areas such as the government, political organizations, diplomatic representation, the judiciary, religion, the media, finance, trade and industry, tourism, defence and education

Who’s Who of Central and South-Eastern Europe

• a useful bibliography, providing sources for further research.

Provides detailed information on selected regional and international organizations; a list of research institutes; and select bibliographies of both books and periodicals.

Regional Information Detailed information on the following: regional organizations; major commodities; calendars; research institutes concerned with Africa; and select bibliographies of books and periodicals.

Biographical details on some 200 of the region’s leading political figures. Regional Information

August 2010: 297x211: 864pp Hb: 978-1-85743-561-0: £430.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435610

October 2010: 297x211: 1,584pp Hb: 978-1-85743-564-1: £465.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435641

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

an n ual ti t l e s

Forthcoming

New

11th Edition

42nd Edition

57th Edition

Eastern Europe, Russia and Central Asia 2011

The Far East and Australasia 2011

The Middle East and North Africa 2011

Edited by Europa Publications

’Eastern Europe, Russia and Central Asia is an important new guide to the region.’ – Reference Reviews

’An excellent reference work which no library should be without.’ – International Affairs

A comprehensive survey of the countries and territories of Eastern Europe, Russia and Central Asia, providing expert analysis and commentary and including up-to-date statistical and directory material.

Now in its forty-second edition

General Survey

• essential for anyone with a professional interest in the region

• leading authorities on the region analyze topics of regional importance, including: the impact of the international economic crisis on Eastern Europe, Russia and Central Asia, the international relations of the countries of the region, environmental degradation, the politics of energy in the Caspian Sea region, the politics of water in Central Asia and poverty and social welfare. Country Surveys Individual chapters on every country incorporating: • an introductory survey, containing essays on the geography, recent history and economy of each country, including a map and chronology

• a systematic survey of the countries of East and South-East Asia, Australia and New Zealand, along with a survey of twenty-two Pacific Islands

• keeps up to date with current political and economic developments. General Survey Written by acknowledged authorities on the Pacific Rim, this collection of essays forms an impartial overview of the area as a whole. Topics include: China’s Rise: Evaluation and Implications, The USA’s Relations with the Asia-Pacific Region, The Security Challenges of East and South-East Asia, Human Rights in the Asia-Pacific Region, Environmental Issues of the Asia-Pacific Region.

• an extensive statistical survey of economic indicators, covering area and population, health and welfare, agriculture, forestry, fishing, mining, industry, finance, trade, transport, tourism, media and education

Country Surveys

• a summary of the constitution

• an economic and demographic survey of the latest available statistics on population, health and welfare, agriculture, forestry, fishing, mining, industry, finance, trade, transport, tourism, communications and education

• a directory containing names, addresses, and contact details for the following areas: the government, legislature, local government, political organizations, diplomatic representation, the judiciary, religion, the media, finance, trade and industry, transport, tourism, culture, social welfare, the environment, defence and education • in-depth coverage of autonomous, sovereign and separatist territories, including Abkhazia, Nagornyi Karabakh, Transnistria and South Ossetia, and comprehensive information on each of the eighty three constituent units of the Russian Federation • a bibliography, providing sources for further research • biographical details of more than 160 of the leading political figures in the region. Regional Information • detailed information on the following: regional organizations; research institutes; a select periodicals bibliography and a select books bibliography. November 2010: 297x211: 800pp Hb: 978-1-85743-569-6: £430.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435696

Individual chapters on each country containing: • essays on geography, history and the economy

• a directory of names, addresses and contact details covering the constitution, government, legislature, election commission, political organizations, diplomatic representation, judiciary, religion, the media, finance, trade, industry, tourism, defence and education • a select bibliography. An entire section of the volume is dedicated to the Pacific Islands. This includes specially commissioned essays examining issues of particular importance to the Pacific Islands. Regional Information • includes all major international organizations active in the region, their aims, activities, publications and principal personnel • a detailed survey of major commodities in Asia and the Pacific • a directory of research institutes specializing in the region • select bibliographies of books and periodicals covering the Far East and Australasia • an index of regional organizations. November 2010: 297x211: 1,584pp Hb: 978-1-85743-571-9: £465.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435719

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

’There is simply nothing else on the market that provides as much material on each of the countries of the Middle East and North Africa in one volume.’ – Royal United Services Institute for Defence Studies ow in its fifty-seventh edition, N this title continues to provide the most up-to-date geo-political and economic information for this important world area.

Key Features: • covers the Middle East and North Africa from Algeria to Yemen • includes topical contributions from acknowledged experts on the region • accurately and impartially records the latest political and economic developments • provides comprehensive data on all major organizations in the region. General Survey • introductory essays cover topics relating to the region as a whole, including: Arab–Israeli Relations 1967–2010; The Jerusalem Issue; Documents on Palestine; Nuclear Proliferation in the Middle East; The Islamist Movement in the Middle East and North Africa; Oil; Natural Gas; Islamic Banking and Finance and The Religions of the Middle East and North Africa. Country Surveys Individual chapters on each country incorporating: • essays on the physical and social geography, recent history and economy of the country • an extensive statistical survey of economic indicators, which include area and population, health and welfare, agriculture, forestry, fishing, mining, industry, finance, trade, transport, tourism, communications media and education • a full directory with names, addresses and contact details covering the constitution, government, legislature, political organizations, election commissions, diplomatic representation, judiciary, religious groups, the media, finance, trade and industry (including petroleum and natural gas), tourism, defence and education • a bibliography, providing suggestions for further research. Regional Information • includes all major international organizations active in the region; research institutes specializing in the region; and select bibliographies of books and periodicals covering the Middle East and North Africa. October 2010: 297x211: 1,488pp Hb: 978-1-85743-568-9: £465.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435689

a nnual t itles

New

Forthcoming

19th Edition

8th Edition

13th Edition

South America, Central America and the Caribbean 2011

South Asia 2011

The USA and Canada 2011

Edited by Europa Publications

South Asia 2011 provides an in-depth library of information on the countries and territories of the region. Exhaustively researched by Europa’s experienced editorial team, this title includes a vast range of up-to-date economic, political and statistical data. Combining impartial analysis with facts and figures, South Asia 2011 provides a unique overall perspective on this increasingly important region.

’A truly valuable and impressive work.’ – International Journal on World Peace

The book is divided into three sections:

• introductory essays

Edited by Europa Publications

’Remains an exemplary reference work for students of the area.’ – International Affairs This latest, nineteenth edition of South America, Central America and the Caribbean is scrupulously revised and updated, bringing you impartial and comprehensive coverage of this vast area. Key Features:

• an unrivalled survey of the countries and territories of this immense region • includes contributions from acknowledged authorities who examine topics of regional importance. The book is divided into three sections: General Survey Introductory articles by leading authorities cover issues of regional importance. Topics include the Political Landscape in Latin America; Mexico and Lawnessness, Caribbean Overseas Territories in a Changing World; the Politics of Energy in Latin America; Gender and Development in the Region; Latin America in the Global Financial Crisis, Gangs in Central America; and Trade Preferences in the Caribbean. Country Surveys Individual chapters on each country, which comprise: • an introductory survey, containing essays on the geography, recent history and economy of each country, including a map • an extensive statistical survey of economic indicators, including area and population, health and welfare, agriculture, forestry, fishing, mining, industry, finance, trade, transport, tourism, media and education • a full directory section with names, addresses, contact numbers and email and internet addresses for the following areas: the constitution, government, election commissions, political organizations, diplomatic representation, religious groupings, the judiciary, the media, finance, trade and industry, transport, tourism, defence and education • a select bibliography. Regional Information Includes a directory of research institutes specializing in the region and bibliographies of books and periodicals covering Latin America and the Caribbean.

General Survey • containing introductory essays by key specialists providing impartial coverage of issues of regional importance. Essays include: The USA’s AfPak Strategies; Globalization and Human Development in South Asia; Corruption and Governance in South Asia; Current Security Issues in South Asia; Forced Migration in South Asia; India as an Emerging Superpower; Gender Issues in South Asia; the Religions of South Asia; The Rise of Islamist Extremism in South Asia; and Population and Environmental Issues in South Asia. Country Surveys • detailed coverage of the eight countries of South Asia: Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, India (including extensive information on each Indian state and territory), the Maldives, Nepal, Pakistan and Sri Lanka • up-to-date statistical surveys, including the latest available figures on area and population, health and welfare, agriculture, forestry, fishing, mining, industry, finance, trade, transport, tourism, communications and media, and education • a comprehensive directory section of essential contact names, postal addresses and email and internet addresses covering key areas such as the government, political organizations, diplomatic representation, the judiciary, religion, the media, finance, trade and industry, tourism, defence and education.

This renowned reference title provides essential statistical and directory material on these vast North American nations and the issues surrounding them. Completely revised and updated, this thirteenth edition brings together statistical, factual and directory information on these nations and their constituent states, provinces and territories. Key Features: • comprehensive geographical, historical, economic and political information • contributions from acknowledged regional experts • leading experts on the area analyze topics of interest and importance to the region as a whole, including: North America and Climate Change, North America and the Media and North America and the BRICs. Country Surveys Each country is dealt with in greater detail within its own section. Each country chapter includes: • introduction • essays, including: US Foreign Policy; The Politics of Oil Dependency in the USA; The Role of Religion in US Politics; The USA and the Global Financial Crisis; Health and Social Welfare Policy in the USA; Diversity and Equality in the USA; The History of Canada Post-1980; Federal Energy Policy in Canada; and Canada’s Foreign Relations • directory and statistics. December 2010: 297x211: 632pp Hb: 978-1-85743-574-0: £465.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435740

Regional Information • a biographical section profiling prominent figures in the South Asian region • directory details of research institutes studying the area and a select books and periodicals bibliography. October 2010: 297x211: 816pp Hb: 978-1-85743-572-6: £400.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435726

September 2010: 297x211: 1,152pp Hb: 978-1-85743-562-7: £465.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435627

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

an n ual ti t l e s

Forthcoming 13th Edition

Western Europe 2011 Edited by Europa Publications ’Excellent, authoritative, valuable.’ – Reference Reviews A comprehensive survey of the countries and territories of Western Europe, which comprises expert analysis and commentary and includes up-to-date statistical and directory information. Key Features: • authoritative analysis of the issues confronting this important region • contributions from around forty acknowledged experts • thoroughly revised directory and statistical information on each country and territory. General Survey • introductory articles by leading authorities which cover issues of regional importance. Topics include Developments in the European Union; the Politics of Migration; Environmental Issues; the Challenges Surrounding Western Europe’s Defence Policies; Relations with the Developing World; Islam in Western Europe and an Economic Survey of the Region. Country Surveys Individual chapters on each country, which comprise: • an introductory survey, containing essays on the geography, history and economy of each country, which includes a full chronology and map • an extensive economic and demographic survey of the latest available statistics on area and population, health and welfare, agriculture, forestry, fishing, mining, industry, finance, trade, transport, tourism, communications media and education • a full directory section with names, addresses, contact numbers and email and internet addresses covering the constitution, government, election commissions, political organizations, diplomatic representation, religious groups, the media, finance, trade and industry, tourism, defence and education • a select bibliography, containing suggestions for further research. Regional Information • includes a directory of research institutes specializing in the region and bibliographies of books and periodicals covering Western Europe. November 2010: 297x211: 928pp Hb: 978-1-85743-573-3: £465.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435733

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

a nnual t itles

New

26th Edition

61st Edition

74th Edition

The Europa World of Learning 2011

The International Who’s Who

International Who’s Who in Classical Music 2010

Edited by Europa Publications

’The best single reference book on international scholarship.’ – The Times Literary Supplement ’If a library does not have The Europa World of Learning it does not belong in the world of learning.’ – World Affairs Report

A comprehensive directory and guide to the organizations and institutions throughout the sphere of higher education and learning. Profiling some 30,000 academic institutions and over 200,000 staff and officials, this highly esteemed work covers the whole of the higher education and learning spectrum. Available in both print and online editions, there is no other source that provides such comprehensive, international coverage. Now in its 61st edition, The Europa World of Learning has become established as one of the world’s leading reference works. Meticulously updated to the highest editorial standards, entries are sourced from the organizations themselves to ensure accurate and reliable information. Every type of academic institution is covered, including over:

Edited by Europa Publications

’The International Who’s Who offers a reference service that would make it essential in university, college and public libraries.’ – American Reference Book Annual

Published annually since 1935, the International Who’s Who is now in its seventy-fourth edition. Providing hard-to-find biographical details for over 22,000 of the world’s most prominent and influential personalities, this outstanding reference work records the lives and achievements of men and women from almost every profession and activity—from heads of state to sporting greats. The editorial team aims to include all those who have risen to the top of their field or profession—from the headline makers to the unsung experts whose achievements and talents guarantee their inclusion. Entries are taken from across the world and from a broad sweep of professions, to include the leading figures from the worlds of science, medicine, business, finance, politics, international affairs, diplomacy, law, art, music, entertainment and fashion, to name but a few. There is also a separate section that details reigning royal families. Also available online at www.worldwhoswho.com

• 6,200 universities and colleges June 2010: 297x211: 2,356pp Hb: 978-1-85743-546-7: £415.00

• 6,600 research institutes • 3,000 museums and art galleries • 3,500 libraries and archives • 26,000 publications. This highly acclaimed resource also includes a separate section detailing more than 500 international organizations concerned with higher education and scholarship, such as UNESCO, the International Association of Universities and ERASMUS. Key Features: • truly international coverage • separate chapters for every country; from Afghanistan to Zimbabwe • revised and updated every year • easy-to-use format, including a comprehensive index of institutions for quick reference.

September 2010: 297x211: 3,008pp Hb: 978-1-85743-567-2: £580.00

• over 8,000 detailed biographical entries • covers the classical and light classical fields • includes both up-and-coming musicians and well-established names. This book will prove invaluable for anyone in need of reliable, up-to-date information on the individuals and organizations involved in classical music.

16th Edition

Combining the International Who’s Who in Classical Music and the International Who’s Who in Popular Music, this two-volume set provides a complete view of the whole of the music world.

Also available online: www.worldoflearning.com

Key Features:

New

Edited by Europa Publications

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435870

Entries include individuals involved in all aspects of the world of classical music: composers, instrumentalists, singers, arrangers, writers, musicologists, conductors, directors and managers.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435535

International Who’s Who in Classical/ Popular Music Set 2010

March 2010: 297x211: 1,960pp Hb: 978-1-85743-587-0: £420.00

Each biographical entry comprises personal information, principal career details, repertoire, recordings and compositions, and full contact details where available. Appendices provide contact details for national orchestras, opera companies, music festivals, music organizations and major competitions and awards.

March 2010: 297x211: 976pp Hb: 978-1-85743-553-5: £260.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435467

• 5,300 learned societies

The International Who’s Who in Classical Music 2010 is an unparalleled source of biographical information on singers, instrumentalists, composers, conductors and managers. The directory section lists orchestras, opera companies and other institutions connected with the classical music world.

International Who’s Who in Poetry 2011 Edited by Europa Publications The sixteenth edition of the International Who’s Who in Poetry is a unique and comprehensive guide to the leading lights and freshest talent in poetry today. Containing biographies of more than 4,000 contemporary poets world-wide, this essential reference work provides truly international coverage. In addition to the well known poets, talented up-and-coming writers are also profiled. Key Features:

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435672

• each entry provides full career history and publication details • appendices section lists international prizes, organizations and poetry publications, plus lists of Poets Laureate. August 2010: 297x211: 432pp Hb: 978-1-85743-566-5: £225.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435665

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

an n ual ti t l e s

12th Edition

The International Who’s Who in Popular Music 2010 Edited by Europa Publications ’Covering pop, rock, folk, jazz, world and country artists, it’s about as comprehensive as you can get.’ – Making Music The International Who’s Who in Popular Music 2010 provides biographical details on some of the most talented and influential artists and individuals from the world of popular music. Now in its twelth edition, it includes over 7,000 biographies charting the careers and achievements of pop, rock, folk, jazz, dance, world and country artists throughout the world. Key Features: • each entry includes full biographical information: principal career details, recordings and compositions, honours and contact information where available • spans the full range of the popular music industry, from rock to jazz and dance to country • provides information on established names as well as up-and-coming artists • a directory section provides details of music festivals, awards, organizations within the industry, and digital music sources • for ease of reference, the book includes an index of music group members. March 2010: 297x211: 672pp Hb: 978-1-85743-554-2: £235.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435542

7th Edition

International Who’s Who of Women 2010 Edited by Europa Publications ’Valuable and unique, this work promises to be useful to academic, public, and business libraries, and to corporations, the media, and organizations and associations.’ – Choice The most influential and distinguished women throughout the world are brought together in this unique single-volume publication. Listing nearly 7,000 entries from a variety of backgrounds, this new seventh edition reflects the significant role of women in modern society. A one-stop research tool making reference quick and easy, recognizing established personalities as well as women who are rising to prominence. Key Features: • each entry includes: nationality, date and place of birth, education, family details, career, awards and publications, leisure interests, address and telephone numbers, and email and internet addresses where available • comprehensive biographies of women from all occupational fields are included: politics, finance, business, academia, science, literature, the media, fashion, the arts, medicine, sports and many more. 2009: 297x211: 1,046pp Hb: 978-1-85743-537-5: £375.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435375

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

a nnual t itles

New

26th Edition

7th Edition

19th Edition

International Who’s Who of Authors and Writers 2011

Who’s Who in International Affairs 2011

The Europa International Foundation Directory 2010

Edited by Europa Publications

This seventh edition of Who’s Who in International Affairs provides, in one volume, biographical information on nearly 6,000 people prominent in the fields of international politics, diplomacy, law and economic affairs throughout the world. As well as politicians and diplomats, the book also includes academics, think tank analysts, and journalists, among others, who are active in, or relevant to, the world of foreign affairs.

The Europa International Foundation Directory 2010 provides an unparalleled guide to the foundations, trusts, charitable and grant-making NGOs, and other similar not-for-profit organizations of the world. It provides a comprehensive picture of third sector activity on a global scale.

’A must have.’ – Writers Forum The International Who’s Who of Authors and Writers 2011 provides an invaluable and practical source of biographical information on the key personalities and organizations of the literary world.

Now in its twenty-sixth edition, the book is revised and updated annually by our editorial team and covers the most important authors and writers at work today. This title will prove an invaluable acquisition for journalists, television and radio companies, public and academic libraries, PR companies, literary organizations and anyone needing up-to-date information in this field. Entries: Biographical details are listed for writers of all kinds, including novelists, playwrights, essayists, editors, columnists, journalists, as well as literary agents and publishers. Each entry provides personal information, career details, works published, literary awards and prizes, memberships and contact information, where available. Key Features:

Who’s Who in International Affairs is thus an invaluable guide to the lives and careers of the most important figures in international affairs today. Each entry is clearly laid out, with the international figure’s personal details, education, career, publications and contact information conveniently divided into sections. In addition to the biographical information, an extensive index section is included, where entrants are listed by nationality and by selected organizations for which they work. Also provided is the Directory of Diplomatic Missions appendix that lists by country all embassies and diplomatic missions to other countries around the world, including missions to the United Nations. Listings include contact information and names of ambassador or head of mission. October 2010: 297x211: 928pp Hb: 978-1-85743-575-7: £395.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435757

• almost 8,000 entries • a directory section, including detailed lists of major international literary awards and prizes, principal literary organizations, literary festivals and national libraries • entries for established writers, as well as for those who have recently risen to prominence

Presenting names and contact details for over 2,550 institutions world-wide, this new edition has been revised and expanded to include the most comprehensive and up-to-date information on this growing sector. This 19th edition includes: • background essays by experts on foundations and the third sector internationally (by Helmut Anheier and Tobias Vahlpahl), civil society and global governance (by Jan Aart Scholte) and the third sector and the global economic downturn (by Helmut Anheier) • country chapters containing information on foundation centres and co-ordinating bodies, and on foundations, trusts and non-profit organizations. Entries include, where applicable, full contact addresses, internet and email details, aims of the organization, activities, financial information, publications and principal staff • comprehensive indexes for ease of use. Organizations are listed by name, area of activity (including headings such as education, conservation and the environment, health and welfare, etc.) and geographical area of activity, allowing the reader to find organizations active in Central and South America, the Middle East, Central and South-Eastern Europe, etc. Some 2,550 organizations are listed, giving a comprehensive and up-to-date picture of third sector activity world-wide.

• hundreds of new entries are included in this edition. May 2010: 297x211: 712pp Hb: 978-1-85743-559-7: £285.00

August 2010: 279x211: 880pp Hb: 978-1-85743-565-8: £260.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435597

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435658

12th Edition

Europa Directory of International Organizations 2010 Edited by Europa Publications ‘An important reference source.’ – European Information Management ‘The Europa Directory of International Organizations offers readers a comprehensive guide to international organizations and an essential understanding of the framework of international affairs.’ – Oxfam An extensive and unequalled one-volume guide covering some 1,900 international and regional entities, this title provides detailed and accurate information on a wide spectrum of international organizations from the World Health Organization to OPEC. Fully revised and updated, this new edition includes essential background material as well as invaluable contact details to provide a complete understanding of the role of international organizations in the framework of modern global politics. July 2010: 234x256: 832pp Hb: 978-1-85743-558-0: £275.00

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

A n NUAL T i tl e s

A n th ro po lo gy

New

7th Edition

11th Edition

ANTHROPOLOGY

The International Directory of Government 2010

European Union Encyclopedia and Directory 2011

Forthcoming

Edited by Europa Publications

4-Volume Set

’... a well produced, attractive work. Those primarily interested in easily accessible directory data on governments should consider its acquisition.’ – American Reference Book Annual

Anthropology of Religion

• the head of state

Thoroughly updated, this extensive reference source provides in-depth information on all matters relating to the European Union: the expansion of the EU under the Nice Treaty is covered, and the future of the union is addressed. A glossary of key terms, a statistical survey and a directory section provide a unique guide to the workings of the EU as well as up-to-date contact details of MEPs and other EU officials.

• the legislature

Key Features:

• government ministers and ministries

• an up-to date chronology of the EU (from 1947 to present)

The International Directory of Government is the definitive guide to people in power in every part of the world. All the top decision-makers are included in this one-volume publication, which brings together government institutions, agencies and personnel in every country and dependency in the world. Each chapter offers information about: • the country’s system of government

• the election commission • the judiciary • state-related agencies and other institutions arranged by subject heading. For a number of countries, information has also been included about provincial government where considerable power is devolved to government at that level. Institutional entries contain the names and titles of principal officials, postal, email and internet addresses, telephone, and fax numbers, and other relevant details. July 2010: 279x210: 750pp Hb: 978-1-85743-560-3: £395.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435603

• an A-Z section contains concise definitions and explanations of organizations, acronyms and terms, and articles on each member state. Comprising over 1,000 entries compiled by acknowledged experts, terms listed include: the European Convention; the Rapid Reaction Mechanism; the Charter of Fundamental Rights; the Laeken Declaration; enlargement; and immigration policy • a series of introductory articles provides an overall view of the policies and activities of the EU. Essay subjects include: defence policies of the EU; the EU economy; the governance, legal and social frameworks of the EU; enlargement; external relations, migration and asylum policy • an extensive directory of key names, addresses, telephone and fax numbers, email and internet addresses of all major European Union institutions and their official bodies. This information is supplemented by summaries of important treaties, details of information sources in the EU, and details of EU-level trade and professional associations. Also in this section, details of MEPs and the political groups and national parties contributing to the European Parliament • a statistical survey provides tables covering areas such as: population, employment, agriculture, energy and mining, industry, finance, trade, transport and communications, tourism, health and welfare, and education across the EU. This title will prove invaluable to academic and public libraries, politicians and government agencies and the media, as well as to all those in need of accurate and reliable information on the European Union. October 2010: 279x210: 800pp Hb: 978-1-85743-570-2: £430.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435702

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

Edited by Phillips Stevens Jr., State University of New York at Buffalo, USA Series: Critical Concepts in Religious Studies Religious belief is an extremely powerful motivator of human behaviour. Religious considerations permeate and influence all parts of a culture. Religious systems are universal in human cultures, around the world and through all stages of human history and prehistory. Of all academic approaches to religion, the anthropological approach is the most comprehensive and the most useful to students of human belief and behaviour, because it examines religion as a cultural system that cannot fully be understood separated from the other systems with which it interacts. This new four-volume collection from Routledge assembles exemplary scholarship in the field from its Victorian beginnings to the present, and represents all generally accepted categories of religious belief and ritual, plus some new ones. Topics covered include: Early Explorations; Symbols; Supernatural Beings; Magical Power and Forces; Human Agents of Supernatural Danger; Myth; Ritual; Religious Practitioners; Women and Gender; Belief; Ecology; Mind and Body— Neurobiological Bases; and Religion in Socio-Cultural Change. The first volume is prefaced with a general introduction newly written by the editor which outlines the history and salient aspects of the anthropological concern for religion, and introduces the specific sections of the work. Each thematic part also includes a short introduction to set the gathered materials in context. Anthropology of Religion is destined to be valued by scholars, students, researchers, and practitioners as an essential one-stop reference. Selected Contents: Part 1: Early Explorations Part 2: Symbols Part 3: Supernatural Beings Part 4: Magical Power and Forces Part 5: Human Agents of Supernatural Danger Part 6: Myth Part 7: Ritual Part 8: Religious Practitioners Part 9: Women and Gender Part 10: Belief Part 11: Ecology Part 12: Mind and Body—Neurobiological Bases Part 13: Religion in Socio-cultural Change November 2010: 234x156: 1,520pp Hb: 978-0-415-49423-6: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415494236

Archaeology

Arc h i te ctur e

ARCHAEOLOGY

The Byzantine World Edited by Paul Stephenson, University of Durham, UK

ARCHITECTURE

Series: Routledge Worlds

Forthcoming

The Routledge Handbook of Archaeological Human Remains and Legislation An International Guide to Laws and Practice in the Excavation and Treatment of Archaeological Human Remains Edited by Nicholas Marquez Grant and Linda Fibiger Methodologies and legislative frameworks regarding the archaeological excavation, retrieval, analysis, curation and potential reburial of human skeletal remains differ throughout the world. As workforces have become increasingly mobile and international research collaborations are steadily increasing, the need has arisen for a more comprehensive understanding of different national research traditions, methodologies and legislative structures within the academic and commercial sector of physical anthropology. The Routledge Handbook of Archaeological Human Remains and Legislation provides comprehensive information on the excavation of archaeological human remains and the law through sixty-two individual country contributions from Europe, Asia, Africa, North America, South America and Australasia. The entries are prefaced by an introductory chapter by the editors which establish the objectives and structure of the book, setting it within a wider archaeological framework, and a conclusion which explores the current European and world-wide trends and perspectives in the study of archaeological human remains. The Routledge Handbook of Archaeological Human Remains and Legislation makes a timely, much-needed contribution to the field of physical anthropology and is unique as it combines information on the excavation of human remains and the legislation that guides it, alongside information on the current state of physical anthropology across several continents. It is an indispensible tool for archaeologists involved in the excavation of human remains around the world.

The Byzantine World presents the latest insights of the leading scholars in the fields of Byzantine studies, history, art and architectural history, literature, and theology. Those who know little of Byzantine history, culture and civilization between AD 700 and 1453 will find overviews and distillations, while those who know much already will be afforded countless new vistas.

Each chapter offers an innovative approach to a well-known topic or a diversion from a well-trodden path. Readers will be introduced to Byzantine women and children, men and eunuchs, emperors, patriarchs, aristocrats and slaves. They will explore churches and fortifications, monasteries and palaces, from Constantinople to Cyprus and Syria in the east, and to Apulia and Venice in the west. Secular and sacred art, profane and spiritual literature will be revealed to the reader, who will be encouraged to read, see, smell and touch. The worlds of Byzantine ceremony and sanctity, liturgy and letters, Orthodoxy and heresy will be explored, by both leading and innovative international scholars.

Dictionary of Ecodesign An Illustrated Reference Ken Yeang, Llewelyn Davies Yeang, London, UK and Lillian Woo, Economist and Consultant, USA The first guide to the terminology of sustainable design. Written by internationally renowned experts in the field, this illustrated dictionary provides over 1,500 definitions and explanations of ecodesign terms. Providing a unique resource for the practitioner and student, this book leaves the reader free to ’dip’ in and out of the book allowing for bite-sized learning at their own convenience. It is an essential reference for all architects, engineers, planners and environmentalists involved in designing and planning projects and schemes in the built environment. March 2010: 246x189: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-45899-3: £40.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86440-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415458993

Ultimately, readers will find insights into the emergence of modern Byzantine studies and of popular Byzantine history that are informative, novel and unexpected, and that provide a thorough understanding of both. February 2010: 246x174: 640pp Hb: 978-0-415-44010-3: £140.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415440103

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction Part 2: Europe Part 3: Rest of the World, Africa, North America, South America, Antarctica, Asia, Oceania Part 4:Conclusion Appendix November 2010: 246x174: 624pp Hb: 978-0-415-58857-7: £150.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415588577

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

ASi an s tud i e s

ASIAN STUDIES Forthcoming in 2012

Routledge Handbook of Southeast Asian History Edited by Norman G. Owen, The University of Hong Kong January 2012: 246x174: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-58725-9: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415587259

Forthcoming in 2012

The Routledge Handbook of Modern Turkey Edited by Metin Heper and Sabri Sayari This Handbook provides a comprehensive profile of modern Turkey. With contributions from leading scholars with a wide range of backgrounds, this important reference work gives a unique in-depth survey of the country’s history, politics, society, economy, geography and culture. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: History 1. Early Ottoman 2. Modern Ottoman 3. Relations with Europe and Decline 4. Young Turks and CUP 5. WWI Establishment of Republic 6. Daily Life 7. Economy 8. Republican Period Part 2: Culture 9. Film 10. Literature 11. Fine Arts 12. Music 13. Islam 14. Architecture 15. TV/Media Part 3: Politics 16. Kemalism 17. Military and Civil-Military Relations 18. Elections 19. Political Culture and Democracy 20. Political Parties 21. Constitutions and Political System 22. Secularism 23. Religion and Politics 24. Foreign Policy 25. EU Relations 26. Kurdish Issue Part 4: Society 27. Modernity/Post-Modernity 28. Women 29. Youth 30. Civil Society 31. Minorities 32. Urbanization and Urbanisation 33. Cities Part 5: Geography 34. Environment 35. Demography Immigration/Emigration Part 6: Economy 36. Political Economy 37. Industry 38. Employment, Inequality, and Poverty 39. Liberalization

Forthcoming in 2011

Routledge Handbook of the South Asian Diaspora

Routledge Handbook of Indian and South Asian History

Edited by Joya Chatterji and David Washbrook, both at University of Cambridge, UK

Edited by Crispin Bates, University of Edinburgh, UK

South Asia’s diaspora is among the world’s largest and most widespread, and it is growing exponentially. In 2001, the government of India estimated that 20 million persons of Indian descent live abroad; and many millions more have roots to other countries of the subcontinent, including Pakistan, Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. There are three million South Asians in the UK and approximately the same number resides in North America. South Asians are an extremely significant presence in Southeast Asia and Africa, and increasingly visible in the Middle East. This inter-disciplinary Handbook on the South Asian diaspora brings together contributions by leading scholars and rising stars on different aspects of its history, anthropology and geography, as well as its contemporary political and socio-cultural implications. The Handbook situates the contemporary diaspora firmly within an historical context. South Asians have travelled abroad for many reasons, in many guises, to many destinations for many centuries. The first section of the Handbook provides a historically grounded analysis of these movements of people. It includes chapters on the following themes: mobile South Asians in the early-modern world, diaspora and Empire, and the diaspora in the age of nation states. The second part of the Handbook centres on politics, culture and identity in the South Asian diaspora, thus offering the reader an overview on transnational politics and economics, culture in the diaspora and the socio-cultural impact of the South Asian diaspora on the countries where they have settled. This much needed and pioneering venture provides an invaluable reference work for students, scholars and policy makers worldwide interested in South Asian Studies. July 2011: 246x174: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-48010-9: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415480109

January 2012: 234x156: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-55817-4: £90.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415558174

This Handbook presents key issues in Indian and South Asian history from earliest time to 1947, with an emphasis on the modern period since 1600. Written by experts in their respective areas, the Handbook introduces the reader to the field. The book is structured chronologically and highlights issues that have most intensely concerned historians as well as innovative departures and areas of investigation in recent scholarship. Topics discussed include subjects that are still of relevance in contemporary India, such as Islamic, Hindu and Sikh Revivalism, Hindu nationalism, gender and the Indian family, and low-caste politics. Chapters included also deal with the histories of Nepal, Bhutan, Afghanistan, Sri Lanka, and Bangladesh. The last section of the book covers the partition of India and Pakistan and the modern history of South Asia after independence. It concludes with a summary chapter on South Asia and the modern world. Time lines, maps and complete bibliographies for further reading complement this comprehensive reference work. It will be an invaluable source of information to students and academics interested in South Asian studies, colonial history and modern Asian history. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Early Indian and South Asian History 3. Medieval Indian and South Asian History 4. South Asia and the Indian Ocean World 5. The Ascendance and Decline of Mughal Power 6. The Marathas 7. European Trade and Socio-Economic Change in the Eighteenth Century 8. Colonial Transformations—The East India Company and India in the Early 19th Century 9. The Uprising of 1857 and the British Empire in India 10. The Indian Princely States 11. Industrialisation 12. Information and Communications 13. Science, Medicine and Technology 14. Agricultural Change from 1500 to 1947 15. Islamic Revivalism 16. Hindu Revivalism and the Hindi Language Movement 17. Sikh Revivalism 18. Gender and the South Asian Family 19. The Growth of Civil Society and Emergence of Indian Nationalism 20. The Swadeshi Movement 21. Hindu Nationalism 22. Gandhi and the Independence Movement 23. Left Politics 24. The Working Class and Working Class Movements 25. Low-caste, Adivasi and Dalit Politics 26. The Depression and Inter-War Economy 27. The Indian Middle Classes 28. The Pakistan Movement 29. The Partition of India 30. Colonial and Post-colonial Sri Lanka 31. Afghanistan: Tribalism and the Struggle for Unity 32. Nepal: From Dependency to Revolution 33. Bhutan: Isolation and Change 34. The Making of Modern Bangladesh 35. Indian History since Independence 36. South Asia and the World July 2011: 246x174: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-48978-2: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415489782

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

ASian st u die s

Forthcoming in 2011

4-Volume Set

Routledge Handbook of Asian Regionalism

Routledge Handbook of South Asian Economics

Edited by Mark Beeson, University of Western Australia and Richard Stubbs, McMaster University, Canada

Edited by Raghbendra Jha, Australian National University

Ethnic Minorities in Modern China Edited by Colin Mackerras, Emeritus Professor of Asian Studies, Griffith University, Australia Series: Critical Concepts in Asian Studies Ethnicity in general has become a topic of immense importance and interest in the world since the collapse of the ideological divide between liberal capitalism and communism and since the 2001 attacks in the US intensified the fractures resulting from religious fundamentalism bolstered by ethnic nationalism. China is the world’s most populous country with fifty-five state-recognised ethnic minorities: approximately 123 million people, taking up over 60 per cent of China’s territory. China’s rise has made it a major world force, economically and strategically. One of the chief concerns of the rising Chinese state, not new but gaining an ever higher priority, is to remain united and become better integrated. Yet over the past decade, ethnic tensions appear to have grown sharper among some minorities. Rioting in the Tibetan areas in March 2008 and in the Xinjiang capital Ürümqi in July 2009 has shown the volatility of ethnic relations in those particular areas and increased the interest and need for a greater understanding of the situation. This new Major Work fills this gap, answering theoretical questions relating to China’s ethnic minorities, detailing the individual separatist movements, and providing the historical background, as well as the politics and policy, economic, social, religious and educational causes of the problems facing China today. May 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-57393-1: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415573931

The Routledge Handbook of Asian Regionalism is a definitive introduction to, and analysis of, the development of regionalism in Asia, including coverage of East Asia, Southeast Asia and South Asia. The result will be a comprehensive exploration of what is arguably the most dynamic and important region in the world. Significantly, this volume addresses the multiple manifestations of regionalism in Asia and is consequently organised thematically under the headings of: • conceptualising the region • economic issues • political issues • strategic issues • regional organizations. The Routledge Handbook of Asian Regionalism will be an indispenable resource for students and scholars of Asian politics, international relations and regionalism. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Conceptualizing the Asian Region 1. Theories of Regionalism 2. Competing Regions: East Asia vs the Asia-Pacific 3. The Importance of Memory 4. History of Asia 5. Maritime Connections Part 2: Economic Issues 6. Asian Models of Capitalism 7. The Overseas Chinese 8. The Developmental State 9. The Role of MNCs 10. Trade Integration 11. Financial Cooperation 12. China-ASEAN Free Trade Agreement Part 3: Political Issues 13. Asian Values and Ways 14. Globalisation and Asia 15. Sovereignty 16. Bottom Up Regionalism/ASEAN People’s Forum 17. Corruption 18. Human Rights 19. Asian Legal Systems 20. Democracy and Authoritarianism Part 4: Strategic Issues 21. Geopolitical History and the Rise of China 22. Regional Leadership Competition 23. Theoretical Approaches to Asian Security 24. Comprehensive Security 25. Environmental Security 26. Non-traditional Security 27. Energy Security Part 5: Organizations 28. ASEAN 29. Asean Regional Forum 30. APEC 31. ASEAN+3 32. EAS 33. SCO 34. ASEM 35. SAARC

The Routledge Handbook of South Asian Economics addresses the recent economic transformation in South Asia. Providing a state of the art review of the economies of the South Asian region and prospects, it analyzes in depth key growth areas as well as key structural weaknesses and policy challenges facing these economies. Furthermore, it anticipates trends and suggests corrective measures for the South Asian economic region. Written by renowned and respected experts on South Asian economics, this book will be an invaluable reference work for students and academics as well as policy makers interested in South Asian Studies, Economics and Development Studies. The Routledge Handbook of South Asian Economics addresses the recent economic transformation in South Asia. Until India’s and Pakistan’s Independence in 1947 and Sri Lanka’s in 1948, social and economic conditions in the region were similar. Since the early 1990s, however, economic development across the South Asian region began to diverge significantly. The acceleration in growth has come against the backdrop of two major changes in the global economy: the explosive growth of the services sector and the increases in the volume of international trade and, in particular, the global flow of capital. Selected Contents: Part 1: South Asia in Historical and Spatial Perspectives Part 2: Macroeconomic Performance of the South Asian Region Part 3: The Impact of Economic Growth on Poverty and the Environment Part 4: Key Policy Challenges Part 5: Prospects for the South Asia Region June 2011: 246x174: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-55397-1: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415553971

Forthcoming in 2011

June 2011: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-58054-0: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter

The Companion to Modern Israel

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415580540

Edited by Alain Dieckhoff, CNRS/CERI, Paris, France

Forthcoming in 2011

Routledge Handbook of South Asian Culture and Society Edited by Veena Das, Johns Hopkins University, USA The Routledge Handbook of South Asian Culture and Society examines key issues in the field. Written by experts in their respective areas, this Handbook introduces the reader to the main concepts of culture and society in the South Asian context.

This book provides a comprehensive profile of contemporary Israel. It is a unique in-depth survey of the country’s politics, international relations, society, economy, role in the Middle East and culture. June 2011: 234x156: 408pp Hb: 978-0-415-57392-4: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415573924

Selected Contents: 1. Institutional and Cultural Framework 2. Modernity: Its Promises and its Threats 3. Gender 4. Geography, Environment, Population and Urban Studies 5. Religion 6. Literature, Theatre, Music and the Arts 7. Popular Culture May 2011: 246x189: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-77557-1: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415775571

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

ASi an s tud i e s

Forthcoming in 2011

Routledge Handbook of Southeast Asian Politics

4-Volume Set

Routledge Handbook of Political Islam

Edited by Richard Robison, Murdoch University, Australia The Routledge Handbook of Southeast Asian Politics provides a comprehensive analysis of the major themes, conflicts and ideas that have defined and shaped the politics of Southeast Asia in the modern period. The introductory chapter provides an overview of the different ways in which the complex and often turbulent politics of the region have been understood and explained. This authoritative Handbook in both scope and quality engages the Southeast Asian experience firmly with larger debates about how modern political systems and modern states are formed and how countries and global regions are drawn into the global system. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Cold War Genesis of politics in Southeast Asia 2. Comparisons of Different Post-colonial/Cold War Regimes 3. The Defeat of the Left and Liberal Politics Part 2: Political Regimes in the Post-Cold War period 4. Democracy, Decentralisation and Money Politics (Indonesia, Malaysia) 5. The Rise/ Consolidation of Populist Democracies in Southeast Asia (Thaksin in Thailand) 6. One Party Democracies or the Rise of New Forms and Ideologies of Authoritarianism (Malaysia, Singapore) 7. Vietnam: The Reform of Politics and State as the Incubator of New Political Forces Part 3: The Politics of Markets and the Rise of Governance 8. Building the Regulatory State and the Politics of Governance 9. The Politics of Corruption 10. The Politics of Rule of Law 11. The Privatisation of Governance Part 4: Civil Society and Politics 12. Organized Labour, the Non-existence of Labour Parties and the Politics of the New Urban Poor 13. Social Movements and NGOs in the Politics of the Region 14. Human Rights Issues and Women’s Organisation 15. The Politics of Public Goods 16. Land as a New Big Political Issue in the Coming Decades and the Collision of State Officials, Private Capital and the Peasantry 17. Urbanization and the Role of Citizens and the Middle Classes in Influencing State Policy Authority Part 5: National States and Secular Authority under threat 18. The Role of Islam in Politics, Islamic Political Movements and Radical and Violent Islamic Movements 19. The War on Terror 20. Ethnic Armies, the Politics of Narcotics and Fractured States: the Case of Burma 21. Demands for Autonomy and Secession; Indonesia (Timor, Aceh, Papua) and Islamic Secession Movements (Thailand and the Philippines) 22. Resolving the Legacies of Violence and Conflict: The Case of Cambodia Part 6: Forging a Regional and Global Compact 23. Problems Across the Region: The Politics of Labour Migration and Cross-border Flows 24. The Politics of Trade 25. The Politics of Security and the Accommodation to Shifting Global Geo-politics 26. A Minnow in two Spheres of Influence—Caught Between US and China. Bibliography

Sino-Japanese Relations History, Politics, Economy Edited by Caroline Rose, University of Leeds, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Asian Studies Academic and popular interest in China and Japan, the two major powers in East Asia, has risen dramatically in the last decade. While on the one hand their relationship has benefitted from high levels of two-way trade and investment underscoring their growing economic interdependence, political rifts have (re-)appeared over such issues as historical memory, territory and energy security. Without doubt, the way in which this bilateral relationship will evolve over the next few years has the potential to transform the architecture of regional and international politics. It is therefore essential to have a deep and nuanced understanding of the historical, economic, political and cultural dynamics of the relationship. The material is organised thematically, with volume one providing the historical perspective, covering two thousand years of friendly exchange versus fifty years that overshadow the rest. Volume two focuses on the problems that have emerged since the end of World War II: history wars, revisionism and reconciliation. Volume three considers the economic interaction between the two countries, covering aid, trade and investment, and regionalism. Volume four is given over to traditional and non-traditional security threats, territorial disputes, energy security, environmental concerns and cooperation. The academic literature on all aspects of Sino-Japanese relations has burgeoned accordingly, and in addition to the existing body of work now provides a substantial, if somewhat overwhelming corpus. This Routledge Major Work brings together in an accessible format some of the most influential research on Sino-Japanese relations to help steer the reader towards essential texts and provide a comprehensive guide to this rapidly expanding field of study. Each volume contains an introduction by the editor which summarises the key debates and contextualises the contributions. The work will be an essential reference and teaching resource for undergraduate and postgraduate students, academics, researchers, and policymakers and those with a general interest in East Asian history, politics, political economy and international relations. April 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-56614-8: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415566148

June 2011: 246x174: 356pp Hb: 978-0-415-49427-4: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415494274

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

Edited by Shahram Akbarzadeh, University of Melbourne, Australia This Handbook provides a multidisciplinary overview of one of the key political movements of our time. Drawing on the expertise from some of the top global scholars it examines theoretical and historical backgrounds, terrorism, strategy, case studies of Islamist movements in the developing world and the West, and the relationship with democracy and gender issues. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Political Thoughts of Seyyed Qutb 3. The Emerging Political Philosophy of Contemporary Islamism 4. Muslim Brotherhood 5. Hamas between Pragmatism and Radicalism 6. Velayat-e Faqih 7. Hizbullah in Lebanon 8. Hizb ut-Tahrir 9. Emergence of Political Islam in Central Asia 10. Preserving Muslim Identity under Secular Rule in Turkey 11. Merging Islam and Democracy in Iran? 12. Rise of Islamism in Pakistan 13. Limits of Islamic Legitimacy in Saudi Arabia 14. Islamic Radicalism in Indonesia 15. The Significance of the Arab Israeli Conflict 16. Islamism and Political Violence – Al Qaeda 17. The Challenge of Muslim Integration in the West 18. Radicalism in the United Kingdom 19. Islamic Education as Incubator of Radicalism? 20. Attitude Towards Women 21. Islamism and the US Policy 22. The Clash of Civilizations 23. Islam and Modernity March 2011: 234x156: 424pp Hb: 978-0-415-48473-2: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415484732

ASian st u die s

Forthcoming in 2011

Forthcoming

Routledge Handbook of the Israeli–Palestinian Conflict

Routledge Handbook of Japanese Culture and Society

Routledge Handbook of Heritage in Asia

Edited by David Newman, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Israel and Joel Peters, Virginia Tech University, USA

Edited by Theodore C. Bestor and Victoria Bestor, both at Harvard University, USA

Edited by Patrick Daly, National University of Singapore and Tim Winter, University of Western Sydney, Australia

The Israeli–Palestinian conflict is one of the most prominent issues in world politics today. Few other issues have dominated the world’s headlines and have attracted such attention from policy makers, the academic community, political analysts, and the world’s media. This Handbook provides a comprehensive and accessible overview of the most contentious and protracted political issue in the Middle East. The editors have gathered together a range of the top experts from Israel, Palestine, Europe and North America to tackle a range of topics from historical background, through to peace efforts, domestic politics, critical issues such as refugees and settler movements, and the role of outside players such as the Arab states, US and EU. Sections present the reader with the historical background to the conflict, an understanding of the complexity of the issues that need to be addressed in order to resolve the conflict, and a detailed analysis of the varied interests of the actors involved. Selected Contents: Section 1: Origins and History 1. Palestinian Nationalism Ahmad Khalidi 2. Zionism Colin Schindler 3. Israeli Narratives on the Israeli–Palestinian Conflict Paul Scham 4. Palestinian Narratives on the Israeli–Palestinian Conflict Walid Salem Section 2: Critical Junctures 5. 1948 War: Origins and Consequences Kristen Schulze 6. 1967 War: Origins and Consequences Joel Peters 7. The Oslo Declaration Daniel Levy 8. The Palestinian Intifadahs Rami Nasrallah 9. Camp David Joel Peters Section 3: Seeking Peace 10. Peace Plans: 1967–1993 Laura Zittrain Eisenberg 11. Peace Plans 1993–2008 Galia Golan Section 4: Domestic Society and Actors 12. The Israeli Settler Movement David Newman 13. Palestinian Citizens of Israel Amal Jamal 14. Israeli Peace Movement Naomi Chazan 15. The PLO Diana Bhutto 16. The Palestinian Authority Nigel Parsons 17. Hamas Khaled Hroub 18. Palestinian Civil Society Michael Schulz Section 5. Critical Issues 19. Refugees Rex Brynen 20. Jerusalem Michael Dumper 21. Borders and Territory David Newman 22. Unilateralism and Separation Gerald Steinberg 23. Terrorism and Political Violence Magnus Norell 24. Economic Relations Arie Arnon 25. Human Rights Edy Kaufman 26. Religion and the Israeli–Palestinian Conflict Yehezkel Landau 27. Water and the Israeli–Palestinian Conflict Julie Trottier Section 6. International and Regional Involvement 28. Jewish Diapora Dov Waxman 29. The United States and Israeli–Palestinian Conflict Steven Spiegel 30. Russia and Israeli–Palestinian Conflict Robert Freedman 31. Europe and Israeli–Palestinian Conflict Rosy Hollis 2. The Arab World and Israeli–Palestinian Conflict D.R. Kumaraswamy March 2011: 246x174: 424pp Hb: 978-0-415-77862-6: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415778626

The Routledge Handbook of Japanese Culture and Society is an interdisciplinary resource that focuses on contemporary Japan and the social and cultural trends that are important at the beginning of the twenty-first century. This Handbook provides a cutting-edge and comprehensive survey of significant phenomena, institutions, and directions in Japan today, on issues ranging from gender and family, the environment, race and ethnicity, and urban life, to popular culture and electronic media. As such, it is an invaluable reference tool for anyone interested in Japan’s culture and society.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Orientations 1. Japan at Mid-Century Peter Duus 2. Cultural Approaches to Political Identity and Discourse David Leheny 3. Language and Society Nanette Gottlieb 4. Religion in Contemporary Japanese Lives Mark Mullins Part 2: Identity and Status 5. Social Class and Identity David H. Slater 6. The Politics of Gender Robin Le Blanc 7. The Japanese Family in Flux Merry White 8. Race, Ethnicity and Minorities in Japan Richard Siddle 9. Life on the Margins: The Homeless, Migrant Workers, and the Disabled Carolyn Stevens 10. Queer Culture Mark McLelland 11. Aging and Social Welfare Leng Leng Thang Part 3: Landscapes and Frameworks 12. Urban Landscapes Paul Waley 13. Architecture and the Built Environment William Coaldrake 14. Cultural Flows: Japan and East Asia Koichi Iwabuchi 15. Japanese Education Roger Goodman 16. Law and Society Lawrence Repeta 17. The Rise of the Civil Sector Akihiro Ogawa Part 4: Popular Culture 18. Japanese Manga and Anime Susan Napier 19. Japanese Film and Television Aaron Gerow 20. Music Culture Ian Condry 21. Sports Culture William Kelly 22. Japanese Cuisine and Food Culture Theodore and Vickey Bestor January 2011: 246x174: 624pp Hb: 978-0-415-43649-6: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415436496

Forthcoming 3-Volume Set

The Tale of Genji Edited by Richard H. Okada, Princeton University, USA This new title, co-published by Routledge and Edition Synapse, is a three-volume collection of cutting-edge and canonical research. It brings together the best and most influential scholarship on a monumental Japanese text, The Tale of Genji, often described as ‘the world’s oldest novel’.

Across Asia today rapid economic and social change means the region’s heritage is at once under threat and undergoing a revival as never before. This volume examines heritage as a key component in the unfolding modernities of Asia, moving between analytical scales to address questions of tourism, urban planning, national or ethnic expressions of identity, conflict memorialisation, and biodiversity. Selected Contents: Introduction: Heritage in Asia Tim Winter and Patrick Daly Part 1: Paradigms of Conservation: the view from Asia 1. Diverging Philosophies of ‘Authenticity’: Challenging the Current Paradigm, Nobuko Inaba 2. Theorising Architectural Conservation in Asia Johannes Widodo and Timoticin Kwanda 3. The Unbearability of Impermanence: Buddhism and Heritage in Asia Maurizio Peleggi 4. From MultiReligious to Mono-Religious Monuments in South Asia Himanshu Ray 5. The Circle and the Line: Challenges of Teaching Heritage Conservation in Asia Jeff Cody and Kecia Fong Part 2: Cultural Politics and Governance 6. World Heritage, States, Governance and the Politics of Culture William Logan 7. Legislating to Safeguard Asia’s Intangible Cultural Heritage: Theory, Issues and Potential Solutions Georgina Lloyd 8. The Leadership’s Attitude Towards Cultural Tradition Since in the Post-Tiananmen China Jiawen Ai 9. Intangible Cultural Heritage and Peace Building in Indonesia and East Timor Birgit Brauchler 10. The Cultural Revitalization of Khmer Ethnic Identity in Thailand: Empowerment or Confinement? Alexandra Denes Part 3: (Re)Claiming the Past 11. National Memoryscape, Urban Landscape: The Ichigawa Memorial Hall in Cosmopolitan Tokyo Jung-Sun N. Han 12. The Politics of Nostalgia and Loss in Luang Prabang, Lao PDR David Berliner 13. War and Revolution as National Heritage: ‘Red Tour’ in China Horng-luen Wang 14. Out in The Cold?: Remembering Socialism and Global Conflict in Asia Colin Long 15. Mining, Globalisation and Tribal Landscapes in Eastern India Vinita Damodaran 16. Vernacular, Everyday Heritage, and Tourism in Asian Urban Cultural Landscapes, Ken Taylor and Keir Reeves Part 4: Negotiating Modernity and Globalization 17. Heritage and the Project of Asian Modernity Denis Byrne 18. Japan’s Pan-Asianism and Buddhist Heritage in Asia Aki Toyoyama 19. The Product of Policy: Theatre in the Time of Globalization Anita Elizabeth Cherian 20. Rethinking Relationships: World Heritage, Communities and Tourism Robyn Bushell and Russell Staiff 21. Shifting Pilgrim Trails and Temple-Towns in India Kiran A. Shinde 22. Visuality, Embodiment and Narrative, and the Future of Digital Heritage in Asia Sarah Kenderdine Conclusion Tim Winter and Patrick Daly December 2010: 246x174: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-60045-3: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415600453

Selected Contents: Volume I: Cultures of Reading The Tale of Genji Volume II: Gender, Sexuality, Women, and Men in The Tale of Genji Volume III: The Tale of Genji and its Others December 2010: 234x156: 1,206pp Hb: 978-0-415-47900-4: £515.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415479004

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

For more titles in Media & Cultural Studies, see page 53

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

ASi an s tud i e s

Forthcoming

Forthcoming in 2011

Forthcoming

Routledge Handbook of the Chinese Diaspora

Routledge Handbook of Central Asian Politics

Routledge Handbook of Indian Politics

Edited by Chee-Beng Tan, Chinese University of Hong Kong

Edited by Reuel R. Hanks, Oklahoma State University, USA

Edited by Atul Kohli, Princeton University, USA and Prerna Singh, Harvard University, USA

With around 30 million migrants worldwide, the ethnic Chinese and the Chinese in diaspora form the largest diaspora in the world. The economic reform of China in the late 1970s marked a huge phase of migration from China, and the new migrants have had a major impact on the local societies (including the ethnic Chinese) and on China. The transnational networks between the Chinese in diaspora and China have become even more significant as China has emerged as an economic world power. Most of those who migrated in the 19th and 20th centuries have largely become citizens of the respective countries; these may be referred to as ethnic Chinese, in contrast to those who remain citizens of China as well as new migrants from the country. This will be an important reference work for students, scholars and policy makers worldwide, given the global distribution of the Chinese and the emergence of China as a world power, both economically and politically.

Written by experts on the region’s complex politics, this Handbook provides an in-depth understanding of political issues in the five states of Central Asia. It is structured along the themes of security and stability, development of political institutions and national integration, issues in political economy and international relations.

India’s growing economic and socio-political importance on the global stage has triggered an increased interest in that country. Scholars, policy analysts, students and the curious layperson alike are keen to gain a basic understanding of the ways in which the world’s largest democracy functions. As a result, there is at present an unprecedented need for a ready reference that provides a concise but comprehensive introduction to the central themes of Indian politics and this Handbook fills this niche. Chapters are structured along the themes of state, society, and the politics that links the two in the context of post-Independence India. In the section entitled ‘The State’ a spectrum of India’s leaders; institutions, such as political parties and federalism; economic growth and social development; and politics in different states are examined. The section on ‘Society’ analyzes identity politics; the relationship between religion and society; and various aspects of civil society. The final section—‘International Perspectives’—analyzes India’s foreign relations as well as a selection of national security issues. The contributions are written by experts in their respective field, and consequently, the handbook offers an invigorating initiation into the seemingly daunting and complex terrain of Indian politics. It is targeted primarily towards academics, policy analysts, researchers and graduates as well as undergraduate students.

December 2010: 246x174: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-60056-9: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415600569

Forthcoming 4-Volume Set

Politics of Modern Iran Edited by Ali M. Ansari, University of St Andrews, UK

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Security and Stability 1. The Politicization of Islam 2. The Status of Minority Populations and Interethnic Conflict 3. Border Issues Between Central Asian States 4. Water Resources and Stability .e.g Military Power and Capacity Part 2: Development of Political Institutions and National Integration 5. Development of Institutions/Civil Society 6. Democratization of Political System 7. Construction of National Identity 8. Corruption, Patronage and Clan Politics 9. Role and Development of Media 10. Educational Reform Part 3: Issues in Political Economy 11. Economic Development and Political Issues 12. The Drug Trade 13. Human Trafficking and the Status of Women 14. Internal and External Migration 15. Environmental Degradation 16. Infrastructure and Communications Part 4: International Relations 17. Geopolitics and International Organizations 18. Relations with Russia 19. Relations with U.S. 20. Relations with South Asia (Afghanistan, Pakistan, India) 21. Relations with China 22. Relations with the EU 23. Geopolitics of Oil and Energy February 2011: 246x174: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-77676-9: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415776769

Series: Critical Issues in Modern Politics This four-volume collection brings together for the first time the very best and most influential scholarship on the politics of modern Iran. It is an invaluable source of reference for both scholars and students alike, and will allow those developing an interest in Iran quickly and easily to access the highest quality scholarship in the field. Selected Contents: Volume I: History & Theory Volume II: Politics & History Volume III: Political Economy Volume IV: International Relations December 2010: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-40911-7: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415409117

Selected Contents: Introduction: Atul Kohli and Prerna Singh (1) State 1.1. Historical Legacy (1.1.1) The Colonial Inheritance 1.2 Leaders (1.2.1) Gandhi (1.2.2) The Nehruvian Legacy (1.2.3) The Iron Man: Patel and the Integration of India (1.2.3) Indira’s India (1.2.4) India’s Minority Leaders (1.2.5) The Poet Prime Minister 1.3 Political Institutions Political Parties (1.3.1) The Congress System and its Decline (1.3.2) The Rise of the BJP (1.3.3) The Emerging Influence of Regional and Caste-based Parties/ Emergence of Coalition Politics (1.3.4) Elections and Electoral Behavior (1.3.5) Judiciary (1.3.6) The Bureaucracy (1.3.7) Panchayati Raj Institutions Federalism (1.3.8) Nature and Construction of India’s Federal Structure (1.3.9) Centre-State Relations (including Challenges to the Centre - Kashmir, Punjab, North East) 1.4 Economic and Social Development (1.4.1) India’ Economic Development (1.4.2) Business and Politics (1.4.3) The Politics of Redistribution (1.4.4) Corruption (1.4.5) The Politics of Public Goods Provision (1.4.6) Unemployment, Labour Regulations and Trade Unions (1.4.7) Outsourcing 1.5 A View from the States (1.5.1) Uttar Pradesh (1.5.2) Kerala (1.5.3) Tamil Nadu (1.5.4) West Bengal (1.5.5) Bihar (2) Society 2.1 Identity Politics (2.1.1) Language Politics: Tbc (2.1.2) Caste Politics (2.1.3) Class Politics (2.1.4) Reservations (2.1.5) Hindu– Muslim Conflict and Civic Life (2.1.6) Hindu–Muslim Conflict and Party Competition 2.2. Religion and Society (2.2.1) Religion and Politics (2.2.2) Muslims in Indian Politics 2.3. Civil Society Social Movements and Agrarian Struggles (2.3.1) Dalit Movements in India (2.3.2) Agrarian Struggles Gender Politics (2.3.2) Women’s Movements Environmental Movements (2.3.3) The Chipko Movement (2.3.4) The Narmada Bachao Andolan Other Aspects (2.3.5) Human Rights Issues (2.3.6) Role of NGOs in Politics (2.3.7) Migration and the Indian Diaspora (including India’s Politics Towards the Diaspora and the Role of the Diaspora) (3) International Perspective (3.1) India and the World (3.2) India in Asia (3.3) Indo-US Relations (3.4) India-European Relations (3.5) India-Russia Relations National Security Issues (3.6) India’s Relations with Pakistan (3.7) India and the Bomb (3.8) Security and Terrorism November 2010: 246x174: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-77685-1: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415776851

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

ASian st u die s

Forthcoming

Forthcoming in 2011

New

4-Volume Set

Routledge Handbook of Japanese Politics

84-Volume Set

Imperial Japan and the World, 1931–1945 Edited by Antony Best, London School of Economics, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Asian Studies The transformation of Japan in the years between 1931 and 1945 into an expansionist and potentially hegemonic power that threatened the stability of the international order in East Asia is a topic that is central to any understanding of the region’s history in the twentieth century. This new four-volume collection from Routledge brings together the best and most influential scholarship on the period, both contemporary and historical. Selected Contents: Volume I: Politics in Japan, 1931–45 Part 1: Contemporary Essays Part 2: Historical Essays Volume II: Foreign Policy and Diplomacy, 1931–45 Part 1: Contemporary Essays Part 2: Historical Essays Volume III: Economics and Finance, 1931–45 Part 1: Contemporary Essays Part 2: Historical Essays Volume IV: Social, Cultural, and Intellectual Factors, 1931–45 Part 1: Contemporary Essays Part 2: Historical Essays November 2010: 234x156: 1,598pp Hb: 978-0-415-40676-5: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415406765

Edited by Alisa Gaunder, Southwestern University, USA The Routledge Handbook of Japanese Politics is an advanced level reference guide which surveys the current state of Japanese Politics, featuring both traditional topics and cutting edge research. The volume is divided into five sections covering domestic politics, civil society, social policy, political economy and international relations/security. The first four sections begin with an overview chapter that provides historical background information on the section’s overarching topic. The chapters that follow explore more specific topics in the sub-area. In the final section, historical background information is contained in the individual chapters which cover the diverse areas of international political economy, security and foreign policy. Offering a complete overview of the full spectrum of Japanese politics, the Handbook is an invaluable resource for academics, researchers, policy analysts, graduate and undergraduate students studying this ever-evolving field. Selected Contents: Part 1: Domestic Politics 1. The ’1955 System’, Reform in the 1990s and the Current Institutional Landscape of National Politics 2. The Liberal Democratic Party: An Explanation of its Continued Dominance 3. The Democratic Party of Japan: Party Leadership, Organization and Ideology 4. The Dynamics of Coalition Government in Japan 5. Prime Ministerial Leadership: Did Koizumi Institutionalize a Strong Prime Ministership and Cabinet or Does Strong Prime Ministerial Leadership Remain Idiosyncratic? 6. The Effects of the Lower House Electoral System (post-1994) on Political Party Organization, Voting and Electioneering 7. Electioneering in Japan: The Role of Personal Support Organizations and Local Branch Offices and/or the Strategies of Individual Politicians 8. Money and Politics: The Effects of the New Political Funding Regulations Over the Last Fiftheen Years 9. Law and Politics: The Role of Courts in Policy Making 10. Local Politics Part 2: Civil Society 11. An Overview of the Landscape of Civil Society in Japan 12. NPOs and Judicial Reform 13. Civil Society and the Internet 14. The Labor Movement 15. The Rightist Movement 16. The Women’s Movement Part 3: Social Policy 17. Overview of the Japanese Welfare State 18. Policies for an Aging Society (Pension and Healthcare) 19. Policies Addressing the Emerging Income gap 20. Gender Related Policies 21. Immigration Policy 22. Environmental Policy Part 4: Political Economy 23. Institutional Changes in the Japanese Model of Capitalism 24. The Dynamics of the Post-Bubble Economy 25. The Debate Over Economic Reform 26. The Politics and Implications of Postal System Reform Part 5: International Relations and Security 27. Japan and East Asian Economic Regionalism 28. Japan’s Security Policy in East Asia 29. The Politics of Constitutional Revision 30. Japan-U.S. Relations 31. Japan-China Relations 32. Japan-EU Relations 33. Japan as a ’Soft Power’ Superpower and/or Japan’s Response to International Norms

Routledge Library Editions: Japan Various Series: Routledge Library Editions Routledge Library Editions: Japan will re-issue works originally published between 1890 and 2005. Volumes will be available to purchase individually, or as sub-disciplinary mini-sets focussing on economics and Japanese business as well as the history, politics, sociology, literature, linguistics, philosophy and religion of Japan. It will include titles by authors such as Ronald Dore, William Tsutsui, Kiyoshi Kojima, Robert J. Ballon, Wolfgang Herbert, Tony Elger, Chris Smith, Howard F. Gospel, Kazuo Sato, John Dunning, Peter Burton, John Clammer, Margaret Powell, Joy Hendry, Merry White, Susan Pollack, G. Lowes Dickinson, Hugh Byas, Arthur Young, George Sansom, G. C. Allen, Radha Sinha, Inazo Nitobe, Otis Poole, Malcolm Kennedy, Henry Chung and Jean-Pierre Lehmann. An extensive collection of previously hard to access or out of print books, this set presents an unrivalled opportunity to build up a wealth of material on a key global influence of the twenty-first century. Selected Contents: Foreign Competition in Japan (978-0-415-58029-8) British Factory Japanese Factory (978-0-415-58717-4) Japanese Participation in British Industry (978-0-415-58027-4) Global Japanization? (978-0-415-58016-8) Industrial Training and Technological Innovation (978-0-415-58030-4) Foreign Workers and Law Enforcement in Japan (978-0-415-58517-0) Broadcasting in Japan: Case Studies on Broadcasting Systems (978-0-415-58518-7) Networking in Japanese Factory Automation (978-0-415-58718-1) Modern Japan and Its Problems (978-0-415-58528-6) Japan: The Hungry Guest (978-0-415-58527-9) Government by Assassination (978-0-415-58529-3) Militarism and Foreign Policy in Japan (978-0-415-58532-3) Japan’s Dream of World Empire (978-0-415-58531-6) The Image of Japan (978-0-415-58534-7) The Death of Old Yokohama (978-0-415-58866-9) The Maker of Modern Japan (978-0-415-58791-4) Origins of the War in the East (978-0-415-58540-8) An Elementary Grammar of the Japanese Language (978-0-415-58836-2) Masterpieces of Chikamatsu (978-0-415-59122-5) The Origins of Socialist Thought in Japan (978-0-415-59182-9) Japan’s Political Warfare (978-0-415-58798-3) Unwrapping Japan (978-0-415-58804-1) Shingo: A Study of a Japanese Fishing Community (978-0-415-58805-8) Social Psychology of Modern Japan (978-0-415-58820-1) The Cultural Transition (978-0-415-58826-3) An Introduction to Mahayana Buddhism (978-0-415-59124-9) September 2010: 234x156: 27,000pp Hb: 978-0-415-56498-4: £4,885.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415564984

April 2011: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-55137-3: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415551373

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

ASi an s tud i e s

New

20-Volume Set

10-Volume Set

4-Volume Set

Japan Mini-Set A: Economics, Business & Management

Japan Mini-Set E: Sociology & Anthropology

Confucian Studies

Various

Mini-set A: Economics, Business & Management re-issues twenty volumes originally published between 1935 and 1996.

Mini-set E: Sociology & Anthropology re-issues ten volumes originally published between 1931 and 1995 and covers topics such as japanese whaling, marriage in Japan, and the Japanese health care system.

September 2010 Hb: 978-0-415-59215-4: £1,280.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415592154

New 34-Volume Set

Japan Mini-Set B: History Various Mini-set B: History re-issues a century of publishing in thirty-four volumes originally published between 1901and 1990. September 2010 Hb: 978-0-415-59300-7: £2,155.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415593007

September 2010: 234x156: 120pp Hb: 978-0-415-59542-1: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415595421

New 4-Volume Set

Japan Mini-Set F: Philosophy & Religion Various Mini-set F: Philosophy & Religion re-issues four volumes originally published between 1926 and 1967. September 2010: 1,448pp Hb: 978-0-415-59354-0: £290.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415593540

New 8-Volume Set

Japan Mini-Set C: Language & Literature Various Mini-set C: Language & Literature re-issues a century of publishing in eight volumes originally published between 1896 and 1989 and covers phonetics, grammar and syntax of the Japanese language as well as some of its most iconic literature and drama. September 2010 Hb: 978-0-415-59439-4: £525.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415594394

New 8-Volume Set

Japan Mini-Set D: Politics Various Mini-set D: Politics re-issues works originally published between 1920 & 1987 and examines the government, political system and foreign policy of Japan during the twentieth century. September 2010 Hb: 978-0-415-59490-5: £530.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415594905

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

Edited by Xinzhong Yao, Kings College, London and Tu Weiming, Harvard University, USA Series: Critical Concepts in Asian Philosophy Scholars tend to see Confucianism as a historical and yet living tradition containing elements of philosophy, religion, politics, morality and education, continuing to hold a swinging power over the way and value of life in East Asia. With more and more universities and colleges offering courses on or relating to Confucian philosophy, ethics, religion and politics, there is an urgent need for a source book in contemporary Confucian studies. This is a major reference work of essential importance to undergraduates, postgraduates and academics in Confucianism, East Asian history, philosophy and religion. Selected Contents: Volume I: Reassessing Confucian Traditions Part 1: Traditions of Transmission Part 2: Confucian Masters Part 3: Modern Relevance Volume II: Reinterpreting Confucian Ideas Part 1: Basic Concepts Part 2: New Interpretations Part 3: Modern Reflections Volume III: Reconstructing Confucian Ethics Part 1: Systematic Ethics Part 2: Morality in Contexts Part 3: Tension in Ethic Relations Volume IV: Reappraising Confucian Ideals Part 1: Political Impact Part 2: Social Transformation Part 3: Self-Cultivation and Spirituality August 2010: 234x156: 1,752pp Hb: 978-0-415-45215-1: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415452151

ASian st u die s

Routledge Handbook of South Asian Politics India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, and Nepal Edited by Paul R. Brass, Professor Emeritus of Political Science and South Asian Studies, University of Washington, USA

The Routledge Handbook of South Asian Politics examines key issues in politics of the five independent states of the South Asian region: India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, and Nepal. Written by experts in their respective areas, this Handbook introduces the reader to the politics of South Asia by presenting the prevailing agreements and disagreements in the literature.

This unique reference work provides a comprehensive survey of the state of the field and is an invaluable resource for students and academics interested in South Asian Studies, South Asian Politics, Comparative Politics and International Relations. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Paul R. Brass Part 1: Colonialism, Nationalism, and Independence in South Asia: India, Pakistan, and Sri Lanka 1. India and Pakistan Ian Talbot 2. Sri Lanka’s Independence: Shadows Over a Colonial Graft Nira Wickramasinghe Part 2: Political Change, Political Parties, and the Issue of Unitary vs. Federal Forms of Government 3. Political Change, Political Structure and the Indian State Since Independence John Harriss 4. Parties and Politics in India Virginia Van Dyke 5. Pakistan’s Politics and Its Economy Shahid Javed Burki 6. Party Overinstitutionalization, Contestation and Democratic Degradation in Bangladesh Harry Blair 7. Politics and Governance in Post-Independence Sri Lanka Neil DeVotta 8. Trajectories of Democracy and Restructuring of the State in Nepal Krishna Hachhethu and David N. Gellner Federalism and Centre-State Relations 9. The Old and the New Federalism in Independent India Lloyd I. Rudolph and Susanne Hoeber Rudolph Part 3: The Judiciary 10. India’s Judiciary: Imperium in Imperio? Shylashri Shankar 11. Balancing Act: Prudence, Impunity and Pakistan’s Jurisprudence Paula R. Newberg 12. Confronting Constitutional Curtailments: Attempts to Rebuild Independence of the Judiciary in Bangladesh Sara Hossein and Tanjib-ul Alam 13. Executive Sovereignty: The Judiciary in Sri Lanka Shylashri Shankar Part 4: Pluralism and National Integration: Language Issues 14. Politics of Language in India E. Annamalai 15. Language Problems and Politics in Pakistan Tariq Rahman Part 5: Crises of National Unity 16. Crises of National Unity in India: Punjab, Kashmir and the Northeast Gurharpal Singh 17. Communal and Caste Politics and Conflicts in India Steven I. Wilkinson 18. Ethnic and Islamic Militancy in Pakistan Mohammad Waseem 19. Ethnic Conflict and the Civil War in Sri Lanka Jayadeva Uyangoda Part 6: Political Economy India 20. The Political Economy of Development in India Since Independence Stuart Corbridge 21. The Political Economy of Agrarian Change in India Jan Breman Sri Lanka 22. Economic Development and Socio-Political Change in Sri Lanka since Independence W. D. Lakshman Part 7: Comparative Chapters 23. The Militaries of South Asia Stephen P. Cohen 24. Corruption and the Criminalization of Politics in South Asia Stanley A. Kochanek 25. Radical and Violent Political Movements Sumanta Banerjee 26. The International Politics of South Asia Vernon Hewitt. Bibliography

3-Volume Set

6-Volume Set

Collected English Works of Yone Noguchi II: Books on Ukiyoe and Japanese Arts in English

The British Tourists; or Traveller’s Pocket Companion, through England

This set provides the very first collection of Yone Noguchi’s works in English, including all of his books of poetry, novels, and literary essays. Yonejiro Noguchi (1875–1947), known in the West as Yone Noguchi, was an influential writer of poetry, fiction, essays, and literary criticism in both English and Japanese. He was the only Japanese author who published original literary works in English, and he gained a strong reputation in Western cultural society before the Second World War. Along with his active writings of literary works, which are collected in the first part of the series, he played a leading role by interpreting Japanese culture and arts for Western society in the early twentieth century. He extensively wrote and lectured in English. In particular, he devoted his English efforts to promoting Ukiyoe and traditional arts of Japan, and published ten books which are all reprinted here together with many colour plates and other illustrations. 2009: 2,700pp Hb: 978-4-86166-095-5: £495.00

This is a facsimile reprint of the 1800 edition of The British Tourists, one of the earliest example of pocket-sized travel guides in England. • The entries cover all areas of the British Isles, including Scotland, Wales and Ireland; and this second edition is supplemented with the additional volume for Oxfordshire, Cambridge and London which was omitted from the first edition. • Collecting texts by highly reputed eighteenth-century authors, including Samuel Johnson, Thomas Pennant, and Arthur Young, it became a unique anthology of travel narratives as well as a practical guide. • Published around the turn of the nineteenth century, it is a valuable primary source for anyone studying eighteenth-century British culture and the beginning of the new century of travel. 2009: 2,700pp Hb: 978-4-902454-53-6: £595.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9784902454536

14-Volume Set

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9784861660955

The Japan Weekly Mail, Series I: 1870–1894, Pt. 5: 1890–1894

2-Volume Set

Western Sources of Japanese Art and Japonism V: Oeuvres choisies de critiques d’art, marchands d’art et collectionneurs sur le Japonisme This is the fifth part of a successful series which provides art historians and students with vital primary source materials related to the reception of Japanese arts in Western societies during the period from the late nineteenth century to the early twentieth century. All materials are reproduced in facsimile reprint and include many plates and illustrations. This new collection includes eight French writings by four authors—from different professional backgrounds: art critic, art dealer, art collector, and curator—who played an important role in the Japonism movement in France.

This is the fifth part of the facsimile reprint series of the leading English newspaper published in Yokohama throughout the Meiji era. It represents a complete collection, provided by the Yokohama Archives of History and other institutions. Playing an important role for Meiji Japan’s exchange with Western society, the journal contains articles on politics, commerce, and economics, and also on the cultural activities of early Japanologists and the Asiatic Society of Japan. Contributors include George Aston, Ernest Satow, Basil Hall Chamberlain, F. V. Dickins, Henry Dyer, William Anderson, Lafcadio Hearn and many others. It is an indispensable primary source for any scholar of Modern Japan. 2009: 2,700pp Hb: 978-4-86166-024-5: £2,500.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9784861660245

2009: 2700pp Hb: 978-4-86166-057-3: £295.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9784861660573

April 2010: 246x174: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-43429-4: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415434294

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

ASi an s tudi e s

4-Volume Set

China’s International Relations in Asia

Women in Asia

Edited by Li Mingjiang, S. Rajaratnam School of International Studies, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore Series: Critical Issues in Modern Politics The startling growth of China’s economic and military power, as well as its cultural influence, is having a huge impact on the rest of the world. The key region which to observe this impact is, of course, Asia and the past decade has witnessed significant and multi-faceted changes in China’s policy toward its Asian neighbours and in the relations between them. The strategic dimension of China’s approaches to Asian international relations is increasingly a focal point in the scholarly community and policy-making circles. However, views on the strategic impact of China’s rise on Asia’s political and security future are polarized, with some believing that China’s regional policy is an intentional attempt to challenge the US supremacy in Asia, or who are simply suspicious of China’s long-term regional ambitions. 2009: 234x156: 1,680pp Hb: 978-0-415-47691-1: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415476911

4-Volume Set

Modern Indian Culture and Society Edited by Knut A. Jacobsen, University of Bergen, Norway Series: Critical Concepts in Asian Studies This collection from Routledge focuses on the cultural shifts in India by collecting and organizing the very best scholarship on modern Indian culture and society. As the world’s largest democracy emerges as an economic and cultural superpower, there is an increased need for knowledge about it. This four-volume work answers that need by making the most important, exciting and original recent writings on central dimensions of modern Indian culture and society readily accessible.

Edited by Louise Edwards, University of Hong Kong and Mina Roces, International Institute for Asian Studies Series: Critical Concepts in Asian Studies Drawing together in four volumes the key research which has shaped the dynamic academic field exploring women’s lives in the Asian region over the past four decades, and edited by two leading scholars, Women in Asia provides users with a comprehensive survey of all the major issues relating to women in the world’s fastest changing and most culturally diverse region. 2009: 234x156: 1,704pp Hb: 978-0-415-44525-2: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415445252

4-Volume Set

Contemporary Chinese Society and Politics Edited by Andrew Kipnis, Luigi Tomba and Jonathan Unger, Contemporary China Centre, Australian National University, Australia Series: Critical Concepts in Asian Studies A new Routledge Major Work, Contemporary Chinese Society and Politics is a four-volume collection of foundational and the very best cutting-edge scholarship edited by three leading academics in the field. It is an essential work of reference destined to be valued by scholars and students as a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource. 2009: 234x156: 1,872pp Hb: 978-0-415-45748-4: £682.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415457484

2009: 234x156: 1,795pp Hb: 978-0-415-45219-9: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415452199

BUSINEs s , E c o n om i c s an d l aw

BUSINESS, ECONOMICS AND LAW Forthcoming in 2012 5-Volume Set

World Trade Organization Edited by Debra Steger, University of Ottawa, Canada Series: Critical Perspectives on the World Economy With a membership of 149 countries, the World Trade Organization (WTO) is the international organization with responsibility for the global rules of trade between nations. Its stated principal function is to ensure that trade flows as smoothly, predictably and freely as possible. Although established little more than ten years ago, the agreements negotiated under its auspices and, indeed, its very existence, have been the source of tremendous controversy and debate, as well as violent demonstrations. Edited by a leading scholar in the field, and former Director of the Appellate Body Secretariat of the WTO, this new Major Work from Routledge brings together in five volumes the very best scholarship on the WTO from economists, academic lawyers and other thinkers to examine its history (including its origins in the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade). The collection also makes available cutting-edge research about the fundamental principles on which the organization is based and explores the implications of the WTO’s policy and practice for domestic regulation and the sovereignty of individual states. The final two volumes collect work on the role of the WTO in dispute settlement and on the legitimacy and governance of the organization. With an introduction, newly written by the editor, which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context, World Trade Organization is an essential collection destined to be valued by scholars, students and practitioners as a vital research resource. December 2012: 234x156: 2,000pp Hb: 978-0-415-36422-5: £825.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415364225

Forthcoming in 2012 3-Volume Set

Women’s Economic Thought in the Eighteenth Century Edited by Edith Kuiper, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands This new three-volume collection from Routledge makes key archival source material readily available to scholars, researchers, and students. This comprehensive compilation of eighteenth-century works by women writers includes several texts translated into English for the first time, such as an important critique on Adam Smith’s Theory of Moral Sentiments (1759) by Sophie de Grouchy Condorcet. October 2012: 234x156: 1,200pp Hb: 978-0-415-49571-4: £520.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415495714

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

B USINEss, Econ om ics a nd law Forthcoming in 2012

Forthcoming in 2012

Forthcoming in 2011

Taxation

4-Volume Set

A Fieldwork Research Handbook

Evolutionary Economics

Law and Development

Edited by Lynne Oats, University of Warwick, UK

Edited by Andreas Pyka, Universität Bremen, Germany

Edited by Julio Faundez, University of Warwick, UK

Series: Critical Concepts in Economics

Law and Development emerged in the United States in the 1960s and rapidly spread throughout the world. Its intellectual origins can be traced back to the boundless confidence of some American legal academics about the possibilities of achieving democratic change in developing countries through legal means. Financial assistance from the US government and US-based foundations enabled the launch of scores of ambitious research projects and the rapid growth of legal education programmes in the newly independent states of Asia and Africa, as well as in several countries in Latin America. Thus, by the late 1960s and early 1970s, as the number of academic lawyers with direct knowledge of developing countries grew, the Law and Development movement was recognized as an important new trend in American legal education.

Taxation is a subject of enquiry that cuts across a range of disciplines, including law, economics, politics, psychology, history and accountancy, to name a few. However, research into taxation as a social and institutional phenomenon—rather than as abstraction from the real world—is largely neglected. Taxation: The Research Handbook opens up new avenues of enquiry into the research of taxation by offering suggestions on how research might be conducted into actual tax practice, rather than abstract models. This book: • Introduces tax as a field of enormous potential for research to all social scientists • Explains the methodological issues relating to tax research • Provides new opportunities for tax researchers to widen the scope of their enquiries • Encourages researchers to think differently about this subject. Given the importance of taxation to modern society, not only as a revenue raising mechanism, but also as a tool of governance used to influence social actors, this unique text is a vital read for any social science researcher interested in this subject. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Taxation as a Social and Institutional Practice Part 1: Qualitative research methodologies 2. Designing and Administering Qualitative Surveys 3. Conducting Effective Interviews 4. Conducting Case Studies 5. Analyzing Documentary Records 6. The Delphi Method 7. Real World Experiments 8. Interpreting Qualitative Data 9. Using Quantitative Methods of Analysis Part 2: Field Studies: Qualitative Research in Action 10. Tax Planning in US Multinationals 11. The Relationship between Tax Authorities and Large Corporate Taxpayers 12. Advance Pricing Agreements in Transfer Pricing 13. Disclosure of Tax Avoidance Schemes 14. Tax Risk Management 15. Knowledge Management in Tax Practice 16. Compliance Costs 17. Ethics and Tax Practice 18. Policy Making in Action: Tax and Retirement Part 3: Transdisciplinary Possibilities 19. Neo Institutionalism 20. Epistemic Communities 21. Critical Perspectives 22. Tax and Power

Series: Critical Concepts in Law

A major feature in the development of Evolutionary Economics is—and has always been—its strong multi-disciplinary character, and this new four-volume collection in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Economics, meets the need for an authoritative, up-to-date, and comprehensive reference work synthesizing this voluminous literature. Indeed, the sheer scale of the research output—and the breadth of the field—makes this collection especially welcome. It answers the need for a comprehensive collection of classic and contemporary contributions to facilitate ready access to the most influential and important scholarship from a wide range of theoretical and practical perspectives. June 2012: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-57716-8: £725.00

During the 1960s Law and Development had a crucial impact on lawyers and law schools in a variety of countries, including Ethiopia, Sri Lanka, Chile, Peru, and Colombia. By the early 1970s, however, the movement lost its momentum, as some of its leading figures came to realize that American liberal legalism could not easily be replicated in developing countries. They refocused their attention on domestic legal issues and soon became the precursors of the enormously successful Law and Society and Socio-Legal Studies movements.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415577168

Forthcoming in 2012 6-Volume Set

Women’s Economic Writing 1760–1900 Edited by Janet Seiz, Grinnell College, Iowa, USA and Michele Pujol Series: Critical Concepts in Economics A comprehensive and fascinating set, this collection presents six volumes of significant economic writing by women between the mid-eighteenth and early twentieth centuries. With writings organized thematically, key topics discussed include: • political economy for the masses • women’s economic lives • poverty and the condition of the working class • slavery, race and empire

February 2012: 234x156: 316pp Hb: 978-0-415-57761-8: £85.00

• socialism. Previous titles in the series include Origins of International Economics (0-415-31555-7) 2003, ten Volumes, Origins of Macroeconomics (0-415-24929-5) 2001, ten Volumes and The Chicago Tradition in Economics 1892-1945 (0-415-25422-1) 2001, eight Volumes.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415577618

Forthcoming in 2011 4-Volume Set

Labor Economics

June 2012 Hb: 978-0-415-34039-7: £975.00

Edited by George J. Borjas, Harvard University, USA

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415340397

Series: Critical Concepts in Economics

By the late 1980s, however, Law and Development made a remarkable comeback, as the World Bank and bilateral donors began to acknowledge the crucial role of legal institutions in the process of development. As a consequence, Law and Development today occupies a prominent place on the agenda of all major international and national development agencies. It has also been firmly embraced by most developing countries, as they adapt their institutions and procedures to the demands generated by the process of globalization. The four volumes in this new collection from Routledge’s Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Law, bring together carefully selected materials that trace the evolution of the Law and Development movement, identify the key theoretical texts that have served as inspiration to this movement, provide a representative collection of articles written by specialists from various disciplines, and offer a selection of case studies and policy-based papers on the implementation of Law and Development projects. Edited by a leading scholar in the field, the collection also contains an extensive Introduction that examines the past, present, and future of Law and Development and will enable users to place the collected materials in their historical and intellectual context. November 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-57762-5: £725.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415577625

This new title from Routledge meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the subject’s vast literature and the continuing explosion in research. Edited by George J. Borjas, the pre-eminent scholar in the field, Labor Economics is a four-volume collection of classic and contemporary contributions. October 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-57726-7: £725.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415577267

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

BUSINEs s , E c o n om i c s an d l aw Forthcoming in 2011

Forthcoming in 2012

New

4-Volume Set

Agricultural Development

Environmental Law

Islamic Law

Edited by Christopher B. Barrett, Cornell University, USA

Edited by Stuart Bell, University of York, UK and Donald McGillivray, University of Kent, UK

Edited by Gavin Picken, University of Edinburgh, UK

Series: Critical Concepts in Development Studies

The material contained in the four volumes of Environmental Law covers global themes, crosses jurisdictional borders, captures different theoretical perspectives and elucidates numerous substantive areas of the subject to provide both an intellectual justification for the foundations of environmental law and to stake out the boundaries of this once amorphous topic. It is destined to be valued by scholars and students of environmental law—as well as those working in allied areas—as a vital one-stop research resource.

Islamic law is a legal tradition entrenched within a religious context. It is one of the most intriguing and fascinating areas of Islamic Studies. Many practitioners of Islam believe that their lives should be governed by a divinely revealed and sanctioned form of law that affects every aspect of their daily routines. Thus, whether it be a conventional religious act such as prayer, a customary practice such as marriage, or commercial activities such as trade, all these activities are determined by their legal validity within Islamic law.

Virtually all national cases of rapid, widespread progress from poverty to wealth have been causally associated with the transformation of agricultural systems. From eighteenth- and nineteenth-century Europe and North America to late twentieth-century East Asia, striking increases in agricultural productivity, improvements in food safety, and the markedly reduced costs of food distribution have dramatically bettered the quantity, quality, and variety of food available at lower prices. Around the globe, these agricultural advances have permitted unprecedented growth in incomes, life expectancy, and other quality-of-life indicators, and have decreased the risk of chronic or acute malnutrition. Furthermore, increased investment in education and non-agricultural activities in developed economies has also been enabled. Understanding the process of agricultural development is therefore central to most contemporary research and advanced study in development studies, agricultural economics, and cognate areas. It provides a thorough review of the evolution of agricultural development, integrating theoretical and empirical research. With a full index, chronological table of contents, and also supplemented by an extensive introductory essay, newly written by the collection’s editor, which summarizes the state of the subdiscipline and outlines its history, Agricultural Development is an essential reference work for academic researchers, policy practitioners, and students alike. October 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-58187-5: £725.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415581875

Forthcoming in 2011 4-Volume Set

Experimental Economics Edited by K. Vela Velupillai, University of Trento, Italy Series: New Trends and Frontiers in Economic Analysis Designed to meet the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the subdiscipline’s enormous literary corpus and the continuing explosion in research output, Experimental Economics is the first title in a new Routledge Major Works series, New Trends and Frontiers in Economic Analysis. Edited and introduced by a leading scholar in the field, it is a four-volume collection of foundational and the best cutting-edge research.

June 2012: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-44264-0: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415442640

Forthcoming in 2011 4-Volume Set

Political Economy Edited by Norman Schofield, Washington University of St. Louis, USA Dino Falaschetti, Florida State University, USA and Andrew R. Rutten, Stanford University, USA Series: Critical Concepts in the Social Sciences Until about two hundred years ago, almost everyone faced the prospect of a life that was poor, nasty, brutish, and short, with few if any prospects for betterment. For example, in today’s money, annual average per-capita income during the first millennium was constant at about $500. And most of the next century saw little in the way of expanded opportunities. Indeed, until the early nineteenth century, annual average per-capita income was only a couple of hundred dollars higher, and the average per-capita growth rate barely increased above zero. Why have societies so consistently failed to generate high standards of living and why, even today, do so many societies live far from the frontier of the developed world’s economic possibilities? Political Economy is a new title in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Concepts in the Social Sciences. Bringing together canonical and the best cutting-edge scholarship from economics, political science, law, and other disciplines, this four-volume collection meets the need for an authoritative reference work to address these and other fundamental questions in political economy.

Selected Contents: Volume I: Classics, Foundations and Individual Decision Making Volume II: Games, Bargaining, Auctions and Voting Volume III: Markets, Mechanisms, Learning and Information Volume IV: Public Goods, Industrial Organization and Institutions

Selected Contents: Volume I: Theory: Social Choice and Elections Part 1: Social Choice Part 2: Equilibrium and Cycles Part 3: Electoral Competition and Bargaining Volume II: Elections and Institutions Part 4: Elections and Coalitions in Developed Polities Part 5: Historical Discussion Part 6: Democracy and Autocracy Volume III: Politics, Law, and Economic Performance Part 7: Economic Growth Part 8: Business Cycles Part 9: Law, Politics, and Economic Performance Volume IV: Governance Part 10: Democracy and Macroeconomics Part 11: Democracy and Corporate Governance

September 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-45127-7: £725.00

May 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-57613-0: £725.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415451277

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415576130

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

Series: Critical Concepts in Islamic Studies

Selected Contents: Volume I: Origins and Sources The Primacy of Revelation. The Quran. Hadith and Sunna. Ijmfi. Qiys. Subsidiary Sources of Law. Ijtihd. Volume II: The Genesis of Legal Theory and the Schools of Law Malik B. Anas (d. 179/795) and the Muwatta al-Shafii (d. 204/820). Contemporaneous Juristic Activity. Evolution of the Schools. Volume III: Consolidation and ‘Stagnation’ Ijtihad and Taqlid. Muftis and Qadis. Consolidation of the Schools. Volume IV: Islamic Law in the Modern World Islamic Law and the State. The Reconstruction of Tradition. The Study of Islamic Law in the West. October 2010: 234x156: 1,744pp Hb: 978-0-415-47076-6: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415470766

Forthcoming in 2011 4-Volume Set

Urban and Regional Economics Edited by Philip McCann, University of Reading, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Economics This collection, part of Routledge’s Critical Concepts in Economics series, is edited by Philip McCann, author of the leading textbook in the field. He has carefully organized the collection to give users not only a thorough understanding of current ideas, but also a detailed exploration of the origin and development of these critical concepts to situate them within a number of rich analytical research traditions. Selected Contents: 1. Urban and Regional Labour Markets 2. Urban Economics 3. The Location of Industry 4. Urban and Regional Growth 5. Regional Modelling 6. Regional Knowledge, Trade, and Policy January 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-48774-0: £725.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415487740

For more titles in Geography and the Environment, see page 35

B USINEss, Econ om ics a nd law Forthcoming in 2011

Forthcoming in 2011

4-Volume Set

The Routledge Companion to Organizational Change

4-Volume Set

Corporate Social Responsibility Edited by Jeremy Moon and Jean-Pascal Gond, both at University of Nottingham, UK Series: Critical Perspectives on Business and Management Although the idea of social responsibility has a long and distinguished intellectual pedigree, Corporate Social Responsibility (or ‘CSR’) has re-emerged during the last fifteen years or so as a high-profile concept in both academia and business practice. This revitalized interest has come about largely because of the development of the ‘markets for virtue’ that have institutionalized CSR in business practices in an unprecedented manner. CSR has achieved organizational distinctiveness within companies (e.g. in managerial and board responsibilities); social and environmental reporting requirements have dramatically increased; socially responsible investment funds have not only established themselves in their own right, but have also informed more mainstream investment criteria, particularly regarding social and environmental risk; a CSR consultancy industry has emerged, along with various ‘vanguard groups’ and NGOs who seek not only to promote CSR, but also to bring critical perspectives to bear and to raise CSR standards; and governments around the globe have encouraged investment in CSR, better reporting of these activities, and the implementation of CSR initiatives that complement broader public policies. As research in and around CSR blossoms as never before, this new four-volume collection from Routledge’s acclaimed Critical Perspectives on Business and Management series meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a rapidly growing and ever more complex corpus of literature. Edited by two scholars from Nottingham University’s world-class International Centre for Corporate Social Responsibility, the collection gathers foundational and canonical work, together with innovative and cutting-edge applications and interventions. With a full index, together with a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editors, which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context, Corporate Social Responsibility is an essential work of reference. The collection will be particularly useful as an essential database allowing scattered and often fugitive material to be easily located. It will also be welcomed as a crucial tool permitting rapid access to less familiar—and sometimes overlooked—texts. For researchers, students, practitioners, and policy-makers, it is a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource. Selected Contents: Volume I: Early Testimonies and Emerging Contestations Part 1: Early Testimonies and Emerging Contestations Part 2: Historical Emergence of CSR Practice Part 3: Theoretical Foundations: CSR Concepts and Frameworks Part 4: Analysing and Mapping CSR Research Volume II: CSR Strategy Part 1: Stakeholder Theory Part 2: Stakeholder Relations Part 3: Implementation Part 4: Competitive Advantage and Financial Performance Volume III: Comparative and Global CSR Part 1: Conceptualizations of Comparative CSR Part 2: CSR in Countries and Regions Part 3: CSR and Global Governance Volume IV: Critical Reflections and Emerging Perspectives Part 1: Deconstructing CSR Practice and Concepts Part 2: Constructing CSR in the Corporation: Discourse and Objects Part 3: Identity, Social Movement, and CSR Behaviours Part 4: Reconceptualizing CSR in Global Context

Edited by David Boje, New Mexico State University, USA, Bernard Burnes and John Hassard, both at University of Manchester, UK ‘This book provides a sorely needed overview of the contemporary areas and topics linked to Organizational Change.’ – Suzanne Benn, Macquarie University, Australia Organizations change. They grow, they adapt, they evolve. The effects of organizational change are important, varied and complex and analyzing and understanding them is vital for students, academics and researchers in all business schools. Change offers a comprehensive and authoritative overview of the field. The volume brings together the very best contributors not only from the field of organizational change, but also from adjacent fields, such as strategy and leadership. These contributors offer fresh and challenging insights to the mainstream themes of this discipline. Surveying the state of the discipline and introducing new, cutting-edge themes, this book is a valuable reference source for students and academics in this area. Selected Contents: Introduction: A Chronology of the Development of Organizational Change David Boje, Bernard Burnes and John Hassard Part 1: Planned Change and OD: Origins, Developments, Challenges and Controversies Alan McKinlay, David Bargal, Bernard Burnes, David Coghlan, Bill Cooke, Cliff Oswick, Chris Rees, Ed Schein and Dick Woodman Part 2: Processual, Emergent and Complexity Approaches to Change: Origins, Developments, Challenges and Controversies Patrick Dawson, Ralph Stacey, David Wilson, Ken Baskin, Hugo Letiche, Michael Lissack, Doug Samuelson and Theodore Taptiklis Part 3: Perspectives on Change: Stakeholders, Consultants, Theorists and Society Richard Badham, George Cairns, Ed Clark, Miguel Pina e Cunha, Peter Clark, Stewart Clegg, David Grant, Royston Greenwood, Ann Langley, Bev Metcalfe, Carl Rhodes, Andre Spicer, Ralph Stable and John Storey Part 4: Change in Practice: Organizations, Industries, Sectors and Countries— Classifying and Operationalising Approaches to Change Steve Ackroyd , Dave Buchanan, Rune Todnem By, Raymond Caldwell, Colin Carnall, Dave Collins, Helga Drummond, Igor Filatotchev, Slawomir Magala, Stella Minahan, Steve Procter, Julian Randall, Julie Wolfram Cox and Melanie Bryant Part 5: Key Issues, Themes and Controversies Nic Beech, Rob McIntosh, Emma Bell, Simon Down, Karin Garrety, Richard Badham, Steve Fineman, Phil Hancock, Mary Ann Hazen, Mary Jo Hatch, Kate Kearins, Sue Benn, Raza Mir, Scott Taylor, Robyn Thomas and Maxim Voronov Part 6: The Future: Challenges and Responses Tom Cummings, Andrew Pettigrew, Noel Tichy and Warren Bennis

Law and Institutions of Modern China Edited by Sanzhu Zhu, School of Oriental and African Studies, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Law In the past three decades, the Chinese legal system has undergone a substantial transformation, reflecting the economic, social, cultural, administrative and political changes taking place in China. Compared with the situation in the early 1950s when the newly established People’s Republic of China started to construct a socialist legal system and with the situation in the early 1980s when post-Cultural Revolution (1966–1976) legal reform had just started, the current Chinese legal system has become a relatively comprehensive system, comparable to a certain degree with the jurisdictions in Western developed countries. Correspondingly, the study of Chinese law in English literature has grown into a rich body of books, articles and other forms of output over the years. This new Major Work selects the most representative pieces for a comprehensive set covering every aspect of current Chinese law, providing readers with a one-stop reference for the essential readings in the study of China’s legal, judicial and institutional changes in the past decades as well as current law and institutions in China. The four volumes include all aspects of law and institutions of modern China, including legal theory, constitution and constitutional development, court, prosecutors, police and judicial reform, lawyers and professional ethics, economic law, civil law, civil procedural law, arbitration system, medication, commercial law, foreign trade and investment, intellectual property law and IP protection, criminal law, criminal procedural law, administrative law and procedures, and international dimensions of Chinese law. May 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-56545-5: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415565455

March 2011: 246x174: 608pp Hb: 978-0-415-55645-3: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415556453

February 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-54804-5: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415548045

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

BUSINEs s , E c o n om i c s an d l aw Forthcoming in 2011

Forthcoming in 2012

Forthcoming in 2011

4-Volume Set

Economic Reform in Modern China

Critical Legal Theory

The Routledge Companion to Organizational Transformation

Edited by Costas Douzinas, Birkbeck College, University of London, UK and Colin Perrin

Ashley Braganza, Brunel University, UK and Colin Ashurst, University of Durham, UK

Series: Critical Concepts in Law

Business transformation is emerging as a major challenge for organizations around the world in all sectors of the economy. With failure rates of over 70%, a major problem that business leaders and managers face is that transformation programmes often become invisible in the organization.

Edited by Wei Zhang, University of Cambridge, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Economics It is more than three decades since China initiated its economic reform and in that time, China has successfully transformed itself from an inefficient centrally-planned economy to a fast-growing market economy. To the rest of the world, China has emerged from the condition of a poor and completely isolated nation to become the most powerful engine of global economic growth. China’s dynamic economic transition and development, especially its performance in the current world financial crisis, have attracted considerable worldwide interest. Selected Contents: Volume I: Macroeconomic Reform and Growth Part 1: Chinese Economy Before the Reform Part 2: Strategy of Economic Reform Part 3: Economic Growth Part 4: Monetary and Fiscal Systems and Policies Volume II: Microeconomic Reform Part 5: Rural Reform Part 6: Transformation of State-Owned Enterprises Part 7: Process of Marketization Part 8: Reform of the Financial Sector Volume III: External Economic Relations Part 9: External Trade Part 10: Foreign Direct Investment in China Part 11: Exchange Rate Policy Part 12: China’s Outward Investment Volume IV: Political Economy Part 13: Political Economy of Reform Part 14: Economic Growth and Society Part 15: Income Distribution across Regions and Social Groups Part 16: Social Security April 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-56068-9: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415560689

Critical Legal Theory has conventionally been traced to the social, political, and philosophical movements of the 1960s and, before that, to the early-twentieth-century ‘realist’ critique of modern jurisprudence. In truth, however, its origins go back to classical and pre-modern thought, and to their acknowledgement of the centrality of law in attempts to conceive of the good life, or the just polity—a centrality that is, moreover, also discernible in the recent gravitation of a number of contemporary philosophers and theorists (such as Habermas, Derrida, Agamben, Luhmann, Latour) towards law. Against the ‘restricted’ and ‘conservative’ character of modern jurisprudence, Critical Legal Theory constitutes a return to this more general interest in law and legality. Exceeding (if not exploding) the limits of jurisprudence, it has, moreover, drawn upon the most ancient and most contemporary traditions of critical thought in order to pursue new ways of understanding, living, and imagining the law. Critical Legal Theory is now an established—if heterogeneous and controversial—field of study, represented by numerous international journals, regional organizations, and global conferences. The first volume in the collection (‘Critical Legal Sources’) illuminates the foundations of Critical Legal Theory from the classical, modern, and contemporary traditions. Volume II (‘Critical Legal Orientations’), meanwhile, examines the ways in which Critical Legal Theory has addressed and problematized conventional jurisprudential ideas about law. Volume III (‘Critical Movements’) assembles the best and most influential research to provide an overview of the variety of movements that characterize the field. The scholarship assembled in the final volume (‘Critical Legal Themes’) brings together the key work to explore a range of substantial themes with which Critical Legal Theorists have engaged. Supplemented with a full index and comprehensive introductions, newly written by the editors, which situate the collected material in the context of more general theoretical traditions, as well as in critical relation to jurisprudence, Critical Legal Theory is destined to be valued by scholars, students, and researchers as a vital resource. February 2012: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-48673-6: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415486736

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

This is a developing area of academic interest and Transformation communicates key ideas and helps shape future developments in research, teaching and practice. With contributions from a wide range of leading academics, this volume offers a multi-disciplinary perspective on business transformation, as well as providing case studies for transformation initiatives and discussing potential trajectories of the field. Under the rigorous editorship of Braganza and Ashurst, this reference tool will be appreciated by all those students, researchers and lecturers with an interest in organizational change, business strategy and organizational behaviour and will also be a great source for those involved with the field of information systems. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. Theories of Change and Critiques: The Need for a New Approach 2. Introduction to Organizational Transformation Part 2: Drivers of Change and Transformation 3. Mega Trends (Macro Level Variables) 4. The Competitive Environment 5. Social Trends Part 3: Strategy for Change 6. Establishing the Rationale and Vision and Setting Priorities 7. Degrees of Change: Local/Organizational Part 4: Components of Change 8. Culture Part 5: Mechanics of Change 9. Process of Change 10. Approaches to Change 11. Managing Change Initiatives 12. Finance of Change 13. Results of Change Part 6: People and Change 14. Leading Change 15. The Change Team 16. Sustainable Change Part 7: Building the Change Capability of the Organization 17. Executive Sponsorship Part 8: Succeeding with Change 18. Key Principles 19. Theory into Practice 20. Looking to the Future February 2011: 246x174: 608pp Hb: 978-0-415-57586-7: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415575867

B USINEss, Econ om ics a nd law

Development Mini-Set D: Demography

Forthcoming 111-Volume Set

Routledge Library Editions: Development Various Series: Routledge Library Editions Routledge Library Editions: Development will re-issue works which address economic, political and social aspects of development. Published over more than four decades, these books trace the emergence of development as one of the most important contemporary issues and one of the key areas of study for modern social science. The books cover the most important themes within development and include studies of Latin America, Africa and Asia. Authors include Sir Alexander Cairncross, W. Arthur Lewis, Lord Peter Bauer and Cristobal Kay. An extensive collection of previously hard to access or out of print books, this set presents an unrivalled opportunity to build up a wealth of material in the field of development studies, with a particular focus upon economic and political concerns. December 2010: 234x156 Hb: 978-0-415-58414-2: £6,420.00 before publication / £7,250.00 thereafter eBook: 978-0-203-84035-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415584142

Development Mini-Set A: Agriculture, Food and Development Various November 2010: 234x156: 1,865pp Hb: 978-0-415-59717-3: £355.00 before publication / £400.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415597173

Various November 2010: 234x156: 2,004pp Hb: 978-0-415-59918-4: £375.00 before publication / £425.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415599184

Development Mini-Set K: Security and Development

Various

November 2010: 234x156: 882pp Hb: 978-0-415-59949-8: £175.00 before publication / £195.00 thereafter

November 2010: 234x156: 972pp Hb: 978-0-415-60225-9: £230.00 before publication / £260.00 thereafter

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415599498

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415602259

Development Mini-Set F: Development Economics

Development Mini-Set L: Sociology and Social Policy

Various

November 2010: 234x156: 9,150pp Hb: 978-0-415-60042-2: £1,950.00 before publication / £2,200.00 thereafter

November 2010: 234x156: 2,082pp Hb: 978-0-415-60226-6: £525.00 before publication / £595.00 thereafter

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415600422

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415602266

Development Mini-Set G: Education and Development

Development Mini-Set M: Theories of Development Various

Various

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415600668

Various

Development Mini-Set H: Geography and Planning

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415597807

November 2010: 234x156: 1,778pp Hb: 978-0-415-60224-2: £415.00 before publication / £470.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415602242

November 2010: 234x156: 1,714pp Hb: 978-0-415-60066-8: £400.00 before publication / £450.00 thereafter

November 2010: 234x156 Hb: 978-0-415-59780-7: £330.00 before publication / £375.00 thereafter

Various

Development Mini-Set E: Development and the Environment

Development Mini-Set B: Aid

November 2010: 234x156: 3,482pp Hb: 978-0-415-60290-7: £795.00 before publication / £900.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415602907

Various November 2010: 234x156: 2,168pp Hb: 978-0-415-60121-4: £500.00 before publication / £565.00 thereafter

Development Mini-Set C: Debt and Development

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415601214

Various

Development Mini-Set I: Planning and Development

November 2010: 234x156: 858pp Hb: 978-0-415-59867-5: £225.00 before publication / £255.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415598675

Development Mini-Set J: Politics and International Relations

Various November 2010: 234x156: 1,596pp Hb: 978-0-415-60163-4: £310.00 before publication / £350.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415601634

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

BUSINEs s , E c o n om i c s an d l aw Forthcoming

Forthcoming

New

5-Volume Set

The Great Depression

Routledge Handbook of International Criminal Law

Law of International Business

Edited by Geoffrey E. Wood, Cass Business School, City University, London, UK and Forrest Capie, Official Historian, Bank of England, UK

Edited by William Schabas, National University of Ireland, Galway and Nadia Bernaz, Middlesex University, UK

Series: Critical Concepts in Economics

Written in an accessible and non-technical style, this text is an important guide to International Business Law. It will benefit lawyers and businesses, students and researchers alike.

As research in and around the Great Depression flourishes as never before this new addition to Routledge’s Critical Concepts in Economics series meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the subject’s vast literature and the continuing explosion in scholarly output. Edited by two leading scholars in the field, this new Routledge Major Work is a five-volume collection of classic and cutting-edge contributions. Selected Contents: Part 1: Some Classic Texts Part 2: The United States Part 3: UK and Europe Part 4: General and Rest of World November 2010: 234x156: 2,187pp Hb: 978-0-415-57351-1: £850.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415573511

International criminal law has developed extraordinarily quickly over the last decade, with the creation of ad hoc tribunals in the former Yugoslavia and Rwanda, and the establishment of a permanent International Criminal Court. This book provides a timely and comprehensive survey of emerging and existing areas of International Criminal Law. The Handbook features new, specially commissioned papers by a range of international and leading experts in the field. It contains reflections on the theoretical aspects and contemporary debates in International Criminal Law.

Charles Chatterjee

It: • brings the most important aspects of international business law into one work • discusses issues from a truly international, rather than a comparative, perspective • deals with topics such as sovereignty, risks, regulatory aspects of international business, transfer of technology and turn-key contracts. Familiarizing students with negotiating techniques for international contracts, this concise volume is the perfect introduction and handy reference to International Business Law. October 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-85743-383-8: £75.00

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction William Schabas and Nadia Bernaz Part 1: Historical and Institutional Framework 2. Trial at Nuremberg Guéna’l Mettraux 3. The TokyoTrial Neil Boister 4. The Trials of Eichann Barbie Finta and Joe Powderly 5. The Ad Hoc International Criminal Tribunals: Launching a New Era of Accountability Michael P. Scharf and Margaux Day 6. The International Criminal Court David Scheffer 7. Hybrid Tribunals Fidelma Donlon Part 2: The Crimes 8. Genocide Paola Gaeta 9. Crimes Against Humanity Margaret M. deGuzman 10. War Crimes Anthony Cullen 11. Aggression Nicolaos Strapatsas 12. Terrorism as an International Crime Fiona De Londras 13. Drug Crimes and Money Laundering Robert Cryer Part 3: The Practice of International Tribunals 14. Understanding the Complexities of International Criminal Tribunal Jurisdiction Leila Sadat 15. Admissibility in International Criminal Law Mohamed M. El Zeidy 16. Defences to International Crimes Shane Darcy 17. Participation in Crimes in the Jurisprudence of the ICTY and ICTR Mohamed Elewa Badar 18. International Criminal Procedures: Trial and Appeal Procedures Hakan Friman 19. Sentencing and Penalties Nadia Bernaz 20. State Cooperation and Transfers Judge Kimberley Prost 21. Evidence Nancy Combs Part 4: Key Issues in International Criminal Law 22. The Rise and Fall of Universal Jurisdiction Luc Reydams 23. Immunities Rémy Prouvèze 24. Truth Commission Eric Wiebelhaus-Brahm 25. State Responsibility and International Crimes Eric Wyler and León Castellanos-Jankiewicz 26. International Criminal Law and Victims’ Rights Carla Ferstman 27. Amnesties Louise Mallinder 28. International Criminal Law and Human Rights Thomas Margueritte 29. Conclusion William Schabas and Nadia Bernaz

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857433838

November 2010: 246x174: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-55203-5: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter eBook: 978-0-203-83689-7

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435863

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415552035

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

NEW IN PAPERBACK

International Law and Diplomacy Charles Chatterjee In this work, the author explores the subjects of sovereignty, diplomacy and the function of diplomats, diplomatic missions, protocol, ethics in diplomacy, the role of Ministries of Foreign Affairs, intergovernmental conferences and the United Nations. The Text: • includes a useful glossary of over sixty essential terms (such as Calvo Doctrine, Extradition, Rapporteur and Uti Possidetis Juris) • clearly relates the conduct of diplomacy to the principles of International Law. New in paperback, this volume will appeal to graduate and undergraduate students studying diplomacy, public administration and international relations courses as well as practising diplomats, international organization and foreign ministry officials and those who have regular dealings with them. October 2010: 234x156: 440pp Pb: 978-1-85743-586-3: £35.00

B USINEss, Econ om ics a nd law

NEW

Asian Yearbook of International Law

4-Volume Set

6-Volume Set

Agricultural Economics

International Economic Law

Volume 14 (2008)

Edited by Gail L. Cramer, Louisiana State University, USA

Edited by Asif H. Qureshi and Xuan Gao, both at University of Manchester, UK

Edited by B. S. Chimni, Jawaharlal Nehru University, India, Miyoshi Masahiro, Aichi University, Japan and Li-ann Thio, National University of Singapore Series: Asian Yearbook of International Law Launched in 1991, the Asian Yearbook of International Law is a major refereed publication dedicated to international law issues as seen primarily from an Asian perspective, under the auspices of the Foundation for the Development of International Law in Asia (DILA). It is the first publication of its kind edited by a team of leading international law scholars from across Asia. The Yearbook provides a forum for the publication of articles in the field of international law, and other Asian international law topics, written by experts from the region and elsewhere. Its aim is twofold: to promote international law in Asia, and to provide an intellectual platform for the discussion and dissemination of Asian views and practices on contemporary international legal issues. Each volume of the Yearbook normally contains articles and shorter notes; a section on State practice; an overview of Asian states participation in multilateral treaties; succinct analysis of recent international legal developments in Asia; an agora section devoted to critical perspectives on International Law issues; surveys of the activities of international organizations of special relevance to Asia; and book review, bibliography and documents sections. It will be of interest to students and academics interested in international law and Asian studies. Selected Contents: Introduction by the General Editors Articles 1. Japan-Alcoholic Beverages Case Revisited: A Case of Treaty Interpretation or Formation of International Law? Takashi Miyazaki 2. Caveat Emptor: Three Aspects of Investment Protection Treaties Michael Ewing-Chow and Ng Wuay Teck 3. Some Asian States’ Opposition to the Concept of War Crimes in Non-International Armed Conflicts and its Legal Implications Zhu Lijiang 4. Effectiveness of National Human Rights Institutions in International Human Rights Law: Problems and Prospects Sanzhuan Guo Note Vietnam’s Membership in the WTO: The Challenge of Reconciling Socialist Policies with the Principle of Open Economy Lan Anh Tran Legal Materials State Practice of Asian Countries in the Field of International Law, Participation in Multilateral Treaties Agora: Is There an Asian Approach to International Law? Is There an Asian Approach to International Law? – Questions, Theses and Reflections BS Chimni Asian International Law: Where is it Now? M. Sornarajah Developments Case Between Malaysia and Singapore Concerning Sovereignty over Pedra Branca/Pulau Batu Puteh, Middle Rocks and South Ledge Robert Beckman Australia’s ’Rudd Proposal’: Business as Usual CL Lim Suhakam: The First Ten Years: The Reception and Interpretation of Human Rights Norms in Malaysia Cheah Wuiling Survey of Literature Book Reviews Survey of Literature October 2010: 234x156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-58227-8: £95.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84024-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415582278

Series: Critical Concepts in Economics

Series: Critical Concepts in Law

The application of the principles of economics to the production of crops and livestock—and to land usage more generally—is a well-established and flourishing area of research and study, and this new four-volume collection in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Economics, meets the need for an authoritative, up-to-date, and comprehensive reference work synthesizing its voluminous literature. Indeed, the sheer scale of the research output—and the breadth of the field—makes this collection especially welcome. It answers the need for a comprehensive collection of classic and contemporary contributions to facilitate ready access to the most influential and important scholarship from a wide range of theoretical and practical perspectives.

This new six-volume collection from Routledge meets the need for an authoritative reference work to map a rapidly growing and ever more complex corpus of literature. Edited by a leading scholar, International Economic Law gathers foundational and canonical work, together with more contemporary and cutting-edge scholarship. The collection boldly identifies and elucidates International Economic Law’s critical concepts to make sense of the subdiscipline’s evolution and to garner insights into its likely development.

Agricultural Economics is edited by Gail L. Cramer, a leading scholar in the field. The collection is fully indexed and has a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor, which places the material in its intellectual context. It is an essential work of reference and is destined to be valued by scholars and students as a vital one-stop research resource. Selected Contents: Volume I: Production Economics Volume II: Resource and Environmental Economics Volume III: Agribusiness, Marketing, and Consumption Economics Volume IV: Agricultural Policy, International Trade, and Development Economics October 2010: 234x156: 1,712pp Hb: 978-0-415-54745-1: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415547451

NEW 4-Volume Set

Twentieth-Century Economic History Edited by Lars Magnusson, Uppsala University, Sweden Series: Critical Concepts in Economics The study of economic phenomena over time is a well-established and flourishing area of research and study, and this new four-volume collection in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Economics, meets the need for an authoritative, up-to-date, and comprehensive reference work synthesizing the voluminous literature from twentiethcentury economic historians. Indeed, the sheer scale of the research output—and the breadth of the field— makes this collection especially welcome. Selected Contents: Volume I Part 1: Theory and Methodology Part 2: Growth in Economic History Volume II Part 3: The Causes of the Industrial Revolution Part 4: The Social Consequences of the Industrial Revolution Volume III Part 5: The Feudal and Early Modern Economy Part 6: Free Trade, Mercantilism, and Imperialism Part 7: The Great Depression Volume IV Part 8: World Economic History and the Slave Economy Part 9: Miscellany

Selected Contents: Volume I Part 1: Theory 1. Conceptualizing International Economic Law 2. The Phenomenon of Globalization 3. The Washington Consensus 4. International Distributive Justice Part 2: Fundamental Concepts 1. Sources Customary International Economic Law International Economic Soft Law 2. Participants State Economic Development Paradigms Non-governmental Organizations 3. Economic Sovereignty 4. Non-discrimination and Differential Treatment 5. Extraterritorial Jurisdiction 6. State Immunity 7. Constitutionalizing International Economic Law 8. Economic Human Rights 9. Economic Sanctions Volume II: International Monetary and Financial Law 1. Monetary Sovereignty 2. Exchange Arrangements 3. Multilateral System of Payments 4. International Capital Transfers 5. International Liquidity: Special Drawing Rights 6. IMF Conditionality 7. Surveillance and IMF Standards and Codes 8. International Financial Architecture 9. Sovereign Debt Volume III: World Trade Law 1. Theory of Comparative Advantage 2. Reciprocity in Trade Negotiations 3. Market Access 4. National Treatment 5. MFN Treatment 6. Unfair Trade Practices 7. Regional Trade Agreements 8. Consensus Decision-Making 9. Enforcement and Transparency Non-violation Complaint Trade Policy Review 10. Development and Trade Special and Differential Treatment Aid for Trade Food Security Process and Production Methods Volume IV: International Investment Law 1. Key Concepts in General International Law International Minimum Standard Expropriation Stabilization Clauses International Corporate Social Responsibility 2. Key Concepts in Investment Agreements ‘Investment’ in International Investment Law Fair and Equitable Treatment MFN Treatment Volume V: International Development Law 1. Development 2. Permanent Sovereignty over Natural Resources 3. Right to Development 4. Sustainable Development 5. Millennium Development Goals 6. Monterrey Consensus 7. New International Economic Order 8. Good Governance and Global Governance Volume VI: International Fiscal Law 1. International Fiscal Law Defined 2. Worldwide versus Residence Taxation 3. Fiscal Sovereignty and Jurisdiction 4. Key Concepts in Double Taxation Relief and Tax Evasion and Avoidance 5. Non-discrimination 6. Permanent Establishment 7. Non-enforcement of Tax Claims 8. Harmful Tax Competition 9. Calculation of Multijurisdictional Company Profits Unitary Taxation Transfer Pricing July 2010: 234x156: 2,616pp Hb: 978-0-415-54326-2: £1,095.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415543262

June 2010: 234x156: 1,576pp Hb: 978-0-415-49607-0: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415496070

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

BUSINEs s , E c o n om i c s an d l aw NEW

4-Volume Set

Feminist Economics

Islamic Banking and Finance

Edited by Drucilla Barker, University of South Carolina, USA and Edith Kuiper, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands

Edited by Amer al-Roubaie, Ahlia University, Bahrain and Shafiq Alvi, Concordia University, Canada Series: Critical Concepts in Economics Islamic banking refers to a financial system which is consistent with principles of Islamic law (or ‘sharia’) and guided by Islamic economics. In particular, Islamic law prohibits ‘riba’ or usury, the collection and payment of interest. Additionally, Islamic law prohibits investing in businesses considered unlawful (‘haram’) or contrary to Islamic values. In recent years, a number of Islamic banks have been created to cater to this growing demand, driven by globalization and the vast wealth of some Muslim states in the Middle East and Southeast Asia, and Islamic finance has moved from a niche position to become a mainstream component of the global banking system. Selected Contents: Volume I: Pre- and Early Islamic Finance 1. Pre-Islamic Financial Setup 2. Early Islamic Financial System 3. Islamic Economic Philosophy Volume II: Evolution of the Islamic Financial System 4. Islamic Finance: Evolution and Institutions 5. The Discourse on Interest: Religious Context 6. Islamic View of Interest 7. Secular (Modern) View of Interest Volume III: Current Islamic Finance 8. Capitalization of Islamic Institutions 9. Markets and Design of Financial Instruments 10. Operations and Control of Islamic Banks Volume IV: Future Islamic Finance 11. Prospects for Islamic Finance 12. Challenges Facing Islamic Finance Globalization of Islamic Financial System May 2010: 234x156: 1,672pp Hb: 978-0-415-48576-0: £695.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415485760

The Jewish Law Annual Volume 18 Edited by Berachyahu Lifshitz, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel Series: Jewish Law Annual Volume eighteen of The Jewish Law Annual adds to the growing list of articles on Jewish law that have been published in volumes one to seventeen of this series, providing English-speaking readers with scholarly articles presenting jurisprudential, historical, textual and comparative analysis of issues in Jewish law. Selected Contents: 1. The Prohibition against Consulting Two Authorities and the Nature of Halakhic Truth Shimshon Ettinger 2. The Changing Profile of the Parent-Child Relationship in Jewish Law Yehiel Kaplan 3. Jewish Law in London: Between Two Societies Amihai Radzyner 4. Corporal Punishment of Children in Jewish Law: A Comparative Study Benjamin Shmueli 5. Recovery for Infliction of Emotional Distress: Toward Relief for the Agunah Ronnie Warburg 6. The Agent who Breaches his Principal’s Trust Michael Wygoda

Series: Critical Concepts in Economics Edited by a leading scholar in the field, this is a new title in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Economics. It is a four-volume collection of historical and contemporary work in the flourishing field of feminist economics, an innovative and dynamic area of scholarship that broadens the scope of economic inquiry and allows a richer and more complex view of the ways in which economies function. The first two volumes of the collection consist of work done before the founding of the International Association for Feminist Economics in 1991 and are organized historically. The final two volumes consist of cutting-edge contemporary work in feminist economics and are organized thematically. Selected Contents: Volume I: Early Conversations, 1800–1960 Part 1: Economic Literacy Part 2: On Gender Equality, the Family and the Economy Part 3: On Household Production and Consumption Part 4: On Women’s Education, Work and Wages Part 5: Feminist Economic History Part 6: Feminist Economic Proposals or Change Volume II: Households, Labour, and Paid Work Part 7: Household Labour and Reproductive Labour Part 8: Caring Labour Part 9: Economics of the Family Part 10: Discrimination, Occupational Segregation, and the Wage Gap Volume III: Engendering Development and Economic Well-Being Part 11: Women and Development Part 12: Feminization of the Labor Force, Structural Adjustment, and Economic Transformation Part 13: Gender and Economic Well-Being Volume IV: Epistemological and Methodological Considerations Part 14: Methodology Part 15: History of Thought Part 16: Postcolonial and Postmodern Critical Perspectives 2009: 234x156: 1,934pp Hb: 978-0-415-43916-9: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415439169

4-Volume Set

Public Sector Economics Edited by Richard W. Tresch, Boston College, USA Series: Critical Concepts in Economics A new title in the Routledge Major Work series, Critical Concepts in Economics, Public Sector Economics is a four-volume collection of cutting-edge and canonical research edited by a leading scholar in the field.

Fiscal Policy Making in the European Union An Assessment of Current Practice and Challenges Edited by Martin Larch and João Nogueira Martins

This book examines key aspects of the measurement of fiscal policy making in the EU fiscal surveillance framework, highlighting strengths and weaknesses of current assessment practice.

Based on the proceedings of a workshop organized by the European Commission’s Directorate-General Economic and Financial Affairs, the book’s contributions from leading experts will be of particular value to individuals and institutions involved in the fields of national and international economics and finance. Key Features: • Chapters are arranged within three main sections: Long-term sustainability; Measurement of the underlying budgetary position and discretionary fiscal policy; Reliability of fiscal indicators • Edited by Martin Larch and João Nogueira Martins • Expert contributors include António Afonso, Fabrizio Balassone, Fernando Ballabriga, Roy Barrell, Peter Brandner, Peter Claeys, Leopold Diebalek, Per Eckefeldt, Jonas Fischer, Daniele Franco, Jagadeesh Gokhale, Ian Hurst, Walpurga Köhler-Töglhofer, György Kopits, Martin Larch, Carlos Martinez-Mongay, James Mitchell, João Nogueira Martins, Jan in ’t Veld, Stefania Zotteri • Text amply supported by charts and tables. • Bibliography and Index. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: ‘Long-term Sustainability’ 2. A Further Inquiry about the Sustainability of Fiscal Policy in the EU 3. Unfunded Obligation Measures for EU Countries Part 2: ’Measurement of the Underlying Budgetary Position and Discretionary Fiscal Policy’ 4. Budget Balances Decomposed: Tracking Fiscal Policy in Austria 5. The Dynamic Behaviour of Budget Components and Output – the Cases of France, Germany, Portugal and Spain Part 3: ’Reliability of Fiscal Indicators’ 6. The Reliability of EMU Fiscal Indicators: Risks and Safeguards 7. Uncertainty Bounds for Cyclically Adjusted Budget Balances.

Selected Contents: Volume I: Public Expenditures Volume II: Taxation Volume III: Distribution Volume IV: Federalism

2009: 246x174: 224pp Pb: 978-92-79-11451-9: £40.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86645-0

2009: 234x156: 1,832pp Hb: 978-0-415-44836-9: £650.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9789279114519

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415448369

March 2010: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-57404-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85524-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415574044

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

B USINEss, Econ om ics a nd law

e ducati o n

Chris Argyris

4-Volume Set

Michael Porter Edited by John C. Wood, Managing Director, University Division, Navitas and Mike C. Wood, University of Notre Dame, Australia Series: Critical Evaluations in Business and Management Michael Porter (b. 1947) has been described by The Economist as ‘the doyen of living management gurus’. Boldly introducing the language and concepts of economics into management theory, his work has focused on how a firm (or a region) can build a competitive advantage and develop a competitive strategy.

Edited by John C. Wood, Managing Director, University Division, Navitas and Mike C. Wood, University of Notre Dame, Australia Series: Critical Evaluations in Business and Management

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415325844

4-Volume Set

2009: 234x156: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-32560-8: £182.00

Ecological Economics

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415325608

Edited by Clive Spash, Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization (CSIRO), Australia Series: Critical Concepts in the Environment Edited by a leading scholar in the field, this new four-volume Routledge Major Work brings together canonical and cutting-edge research in ecological economics. In tracing both the development of thought in the field, as well as exploring the most recent scholarship, diverse elements of the rapidly expanding literature are brought together for the first time, providing an overview of—and vision for—ecological economics. 2009: 234x156: 2,080pp Hb: 978-0-415-43145-3: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415431453

5-Volume Set

Cross-Cultural Management Edited by Tim G. Andrews, University of Strathclyde, UK and Richard Mead, University of London, UK Series: Critical Perspectives on Business and Management A new title in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Perspectives on Business and Management, this is a five-volume collection of cutting-edge and canonical research on cross-cultural management.

Forthcoming in 2012 4-Volume Set

Chris Argyris (b. 1923) was one of the key figures in the Human Relations Movement in the 1960s and 1970s; he is widely regarded as the founding father of the learning organization. His work has made substantial contributions to the understanding of organizational behaviour, organizational learning, and action research, and has deepened significantly our comprehension of experiential learning. Supplemented by the editors’ introduction, which places the gathered work in its historical and intellectual context, this new collection from Routledge brings together in one volume all the best and most influential critical writing on Argyris.

2009: 234x156: 1,752pp Hb: 978-0-415-32584-4: £650.00

EDUCATION Multicultural Education Edited by James A. Banks, University of Washington, Seattle, USA Series: Major Themes in Education Multicultural education is a flourishing—though sometimes controversial and increasingly contested—field of study. Its major aim and purpose has been described as equal educational opportunities for students from diverse social, racial, ethnic, and cultural backgrounds to help them acquire the knowledge, aptitudes, and skills needed to function effectively in a pluralistic democratic society. Multicultural education draws its content, concepts, paradigms, and theories from specialized interdisciplinary domains such as ethnic and women’s studies (and from history and the social and behavioural sciences), as well as by interrogating, challenging, and reinterpreting the work of other established disciplines and applying it to pedagogy and curriculum development in educational settings. As academic thinking about and around multicultural education continues to develop, this new title in the Routledge series, Major Themes in Education, meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the field’s vast literature and the continuing explosion in research output. Edited by James A. Banks, one of the world’s leading authorities on the topic, this new Major Work brings together in four volumes the canonical and the best cutting-edge scholarship. The editor has drawn on the most important and influential research from a range of countries—including the UK, the US, South Africa, Japan, China, and Canada—to create a one-stop ‘mini library’ which describes and analyzes the nature, scope, and principal issues of global multicultural education today. Multicultural Education is fully indexed and has a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor, which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. It is an essential work of reference and is destined to be valued by scholars and students— as well as by educational policy-makers—as a vital research and pedagogic tool. December 2012: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-46868-8: £575.00 Available now at a special introductory price. This price is applicable until 3 months after publication. For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415468688

2009: 234x156: 2,392pp Hb: 978-0-415-44340-1: £780.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415443401

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

e ducat i o n

Forthcoming in 2011

Forthcoming in 2012

4-Volume Set

Physical Education

Education and Development

The Routledge International Handbook of Learning

Edited by David Kirk, University of Bedfordshire, UK

Edited by Walter W. McMahon, University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign, USA

Series: Major Themes in Education As academic thinking about and around physical education continues to flourish and develop, this new title in the Routledge series, Major Themes in Education, meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the subject’s vast literature and the continuing explosion in research output. Edited by David Kirk of the Institute for Sport and Physical Activity Research at the University of Bedfordshire, this Routledge Major Work is a four-volume collection of foundational and cutting-edge contributions that cover all of the major themes in physical education. With a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor, which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context, Physical Education is an essential work of reference. It is destined to be valued by specialists in physical education and scholars working in related areas—as well as by educational policy-makers and professionals—as a vital one-stop research tool. December 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-57805-9: £725.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415578059

Series: Major Themes in Education Knowledge-based growth is a central feature of the modern world, and education has a vital part to play. Education generates not only direct personal gains to individuals and families, but also external social benefits and future generations. In short, its role is critical in determining the level and rate of a nation’s growth and development. Many scholars, other researchers, and policy-makers are now undertaking serious work that seeks to define, measure and estimate the relative value of human capital formation through education in the economic development process. While some countries have produced an educated labour force, lowered their rates of reproduction through widespread female education, replaced raw-material exports with skill-intensive ones, reduced poverty and inequality, strengthened civic institutions and democracy, and improved individual health, life-expectancy, and happiness—all development outcomes on which education has important effects— many other countries have not. Too many states remain at subsistence level with high rates of population growth and a burden of starvation borne mostly by children and those in rural villages. What strategies have the former countries followed that the latter have not? To enable users to answer this question and make sense of the subject’s vast and complex multidisciplinary literature, as well as the continuing explosion in research output, Routledge is pleased to announce this new addition to its acclaimed Major Themes in Education series. Edited by a leading scholar in the field—in consultation with other international leading experts from Japan, India, the UK, the US, and elsewhere—Education and Development is a four-volume collection that brings together in one easy-to-use ‘mini library’ the foundational and the very best contemporary scholarship. Volume I explores ‘Education and Growth’, while Volume II assembles the key scholarship on ‘Education and Development Outcomes Beyond Growth’. Volume III focuses on ‘Endogenous Growth, New Ideas, and Development’ and the final volume in the collection is organized around ‘Education Finance and Policy’. Together, they present the theoretical framework of how education contributes to development; the evidence about the significance of each effect and causality at the micro level; empirical estimates of the macro impacts of education and their value for development; and discussion of their interaction and the cumulative dynamic build-up over time that constitutes knowledgebased development. A newly-written editorial introduction to the whole collection explicates the field’s critical concepts and places the gathered materials in a logical context. Separate thematically specific introductions to each of the four component volumes are also included. And with a full index and chronological table of contents, the collection is destined to be valued by specialists in education and development and scholars working in related areas—as well as by policy-makers and professionals—as a vital one-stop research tool. November 2011: 234x156: 1,736pp Hb: 978-0-415-58279-7: £725.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415582797

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

Edited by Peter Jarvis, University of Surrey, UK As our understanding of learning begins to focus on the person and not so much on single aspects of learning, so it is beginning to be studied from a very wide variety of perspectives and disciplines. The aim of this Handbook is to present an overview of the work on learning, written by leading scholars from all these different perspectives and disciplines. This Handbook captures the complexities of the learning process in seven major parts with fifty-five chapters which underline the significance, of this inter-disciplinary. Written by a wide range of global experts recommended by a team of expert advisors including Professor Mary Watts—a psychologist with wide interests in counselling and health psychology and a former Pro-Vice Chancellor of City University—and Professor Kristiina Kumpalainen—director of Cicero, an interdisciplinary learning project at Helsinki University – this book is the first comprehensive multi-discipintary assessment of the topic and a much more complete collection than anything else that is available in one volume. March 2012: 246x174: 544pp Hb: 978-0-415-57130-2: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415571302

Forthcoming in 2011

The Routledge International Handbook of Creative Learning Edited by Julian Sefton-Green and Pat Thomson, both at University of Nottingham, UK, Liora Bresler, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA and Ken Jones, University of Keele, UK Until now there has been no single text bringing together the significant literature that explores the dimensions of creative learning, despite the work of artists in schools and the development of a cadre of creative teaching and learning specialists. January 2011: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-54889-2: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415548892

e du cat ion

Forthcoming

24-Volume Set

4-Volume Set

5-Volume Set

Women and Education

Higher Education

International Library of the Philosophy of Education

Edited by Jane Martin, University of London, UK and Joyce Goodman, University of Winchester, UK

Edited by Malcolm Tight, University of Lancaster, UK

Various

Series: Major Themes in Education

Series: Routledge Library Editions

Series: Major Themes in Education

As serious thinking about and around higher education continues to flourish and develop, this new title in Routledge’s Major Themes in Education series meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the subject’s vast literature and the continuing explosion in research output. Edited by Malcolm Tight, a leading scholar in the field, it is a five-volume collection of foundational and cutting-edge contributions.

International Library of the Philosophy of Education reprints twenty-four distinguished texts published in this field over fifty years.

If a primary objective of feminism is to expose and challenge the social relations of power embedded in all spheres of life, then an exploration of the issues attached to female education is a vital aspect of such a project. Indeed, ‘women and education’ is now an established—and flourishing—domain of study. Edited by two leading scholars in the field, Women and Education is a four-volume collection of foundational and cutting-edge contributions further distinguished by the inclusion of autobiographical works to capture the experience of education as a broad societal process, and not simply as formal schooling. Selected Contents: Volume I: Space, Place, and Time Volume II: Pupils, Students, and Learning Volume III: Teachers and Teaching Volume IV: Politics and Policies December 2010: 234x156: 1,630pp Hb: 978-0-415-54939-4: £650.00

Selected Contents: Volume I: Teaching, Learning, and Course Design Volume II: The Student Experience Volume III: System Policy Volume IV: Institutional Management and Quality Volume V: Academic Work, Knowledge and Research November 2010: 234x156: 2,088pp Hb: 978-0-415-49775-6: £875.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415497756

New

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415549394

The Routledge Encyclopedia of UK Education, Training and Employment

Forthcoming 4-Volume Set

From the Earliest Statutes to the Present Day

Islam and Education Edited by Tahir Abbas, University of Birmingham, UK Series: Major Themes in Education Volume I of this new Routledge collection focuses on theories of education. The gathered materials explore and analyze the impact of the classical Islamic period on history and the developments in education which have emanated from it. Volume II focuses on education in Eastern Europe and Muslim Asia, capturing the essential issues in each of the countries studied, and how they vary across a vast region. The impact of culture and modernization on traditional societies, as well as the ways in which Westernized modes of education are introduced, and the aspirations of youth, are in turn determined. Volume III looks at education in the Middle East and Muslim Africa. Islam has its origins in the Middle East, and today many of the challenges Muslims face in relation to Islam and education are concentrated in this region. Volume IV explores the education of Muslims in North America and Europe, and of minorities in advanced liberal secular democracies.

John P. Wilson, University of Sheffield, UK

A comprehensive guide to all the main labour market initiatives and agencies combining education and employment in the UK, this encyclopaedia presents an historical progression from the Guilds and Statute of Artifices in 1563 through to present day initiatives and changes.

Selected Contents: 1. Philosophical Analysis and Education Reginald Archambault 2. Beyond the Present and the Particular Charles Bailey 3. Plato, Utilitarianism and Education Robin Barrow 4. Moral Education Norman J. Bull 5. Moral Judgement from Childhood to Adolescence Norman J. Bull 6. Education, Values and Mind D. E. Cooper 7. Illusions of Equality D. E Cooper 8. Education and the Development of Reason R. F. Dearden, Paul H. Hirst and R. S. Peters 9. Educational Judgements James F. Doyle 10. Philosophers as Educational Reformers Peter Gordon and John White 11. Experience and the Growth of Understanding D. W. Hamlyn 12. Knowledge and the Curriculum Paul H. Hirst 13. New Essays in the Philosophy of Education Glenn Langford and D. J. O’Connor 14. Philosophy of Education: An Introduction T. W. Moore 15. The Philosophy of Open Education D. A. Nyberg 16. Values, Education and the Adult R. W. K. Paterson 17. The Concept of Education R. S. Peters 18. John Dewey Reconsidered R. S .Peters 19. Education and the Education of Teachers R. S. Peters 20. Concepts of Indoctrination I. A. Snook 21. Ethics and Educational Policy K. A. Strike and Kieran Egan 22. The Aims of Education Restated John White 23. Beyond Domination Patricia White 24. Preface to the Philosophy of Education John Wilson January 2010: 216x138: 5,960pp Set Hb: 978-0-415-55946-1: £1,500.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86097-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415559461

August 2010: 246x174: 424pp Hb: 978-0-415-55822-8: £125.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415558228

Selected Contents: Volume I: Defining the Topic Volume II: Education in Eastern Europe, Central Eurasia, South Asia, and South-East Asia Volume III: Education in the Arab World and Africa Volume IV: Muslim Minorities in North America, Britain, Western Europe and Australia. November 2010: 234x156: 1,625pp Hb: 978-0-415-47845-8: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415478458

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

e ducat i o n

The Routledge International Handbook of English, Language and Literacy Teaching

4-Volume Set

6-Volume Set

Mathematics Education

English Language Teaching

Edited by Alan Bishop, Monash University, Australia

Edited by Dominic Wyse, University of Cambridge, UK, Richard Andrews, Institute of Education, UK and James Hoffman, University of Texas at Austin, USA

Series: Major Themes in Education

Edited by Patricia Hedge, Nick Andon and Martin Dewey, all at Kings College, University of London, UK

Edited by three authorities in the field, this Handbook presents contributions from experts across the world who report the cutting-edge of international research. It is ground-breaking in its holistic, evidence-informed approach which aims to synthesize key messages for policy and practice in English, Language and Literacy Teaching. A comprehensive collection, the Handbook focuses on the three key areas of reading, writing, and language, and issues that cut across them. The international emphasis of all the chapters is extended by a final section that looks directly at different countries and continents. This definitive guide concludes by discussing the need for better policy cycles that genuinely build on research evidence and teachers’ working knowledge in order to engage young people and transform their life chances. A powerful account that will be of interest to students, researchers and academics involved with education. Selected Contents: Part 1: Reading Social and Cultural Influences on Children’s Motivation for Reading. Literature for Children. Approaches to Teaching Literature. Reading and Teaching Short Stories, Based on Process Studies and Experimental Research. Comprehension Instruction: Merging Two Historically Antithetical Perspectives. The Genre-Specific Nature of Reading Comprehension. Morphological Knowledge and Learning to Read in English. Phonological Development Across Different Languages. Interaction and Learning to Read: Towards a Dialogic Approach. Part 2: Writing Facilitating Writing Development. Writing in the Early Years. The Ontogenesis of Writing in Childhood and Adolescence. Composition Across Levels of Schooling: Cognitive, Textual and Social Dimensions. Rhythm And Blues: Making Textual Music with Grammar and Punctuation. Linguistic Foundations of Spelling Development. Handwriting and Writing. Part 3: Language Orality, Literacy, and Culture: Talk, Text, and Tools in Ideological Contexts. Understanding Language Development. Bilingualism and English Language Teaching. Drama– Teaching, Learning, Language and Literacy. Classroom Discourse: Towards a Dialogic Pedagogy. Part 4: Teaching English, Language and Literacy Critical Approaches to Teaching Language, Reading and Writing. Culturally Responsive Teacher Preparation: Learning in Field Experiences for Prospective Literacy Educators. The Text Environment and Learning to Read: Windows and Mirrors. Shaping Literate Lives. The Relationship Between Home And School. Literacy Practices. Gender and the Teaching of English. An Outward, Inward, and School-ward Overview of Interactive Communication. Technologies Across the Literacy Landscape. Multimodality, Literacy and School English. A Very Long Engagement: English and The Moving Image. Reading, Writing and Speaking Poetry . Teaching Shakespeare. Difficulties in Learning Literacy. Classroom Assessment. Initial Teacher Preparation for Reading Instruction. Part 5: English, Language and Literacy Teaching: Countries as Contexts International Comparisons of Literacy: What have they revealed? Globalisation and the International Context for Literacy Policy Reform. A Tale of the Two Special Administrative Regions (SARS) of China—An Overview of English Language Teaching Developments in Hong Kong and Macao. Bilingual Educational Programmes in Indian Schools: Addressing the English Language Needs of the Country. English in Scandinavia—A Success Story? Sub-saharan Africa—Recent Federal Education Policy in the United States. English Teaching in Australia and New Zealand. English in England and Wales: Knowledge and Ownership. Part 6: Conclusion Recommendations for Practice, Policy and Research.

A new title in the Routledge series, Major Themes in Education, this Major Work is a four-volume collection of cutting-edge and foundational research about mathematics education. Selected Contents: Volume I: Mathematics, Mathematics Education, and the Curriculum Part 1: Mathematics and Mathematics Education (a) Histories of Mathematics (b) Conceptions of Mathematics from an Educational Standpoint (c) Culture, Mathematics, and Mathematics Education (d) Society, Technology, and Mathematics Education Part 2: Education and the Mathematics Curriculum (e) Goals of Mathematics Education (f) Mathematics Curricula in Schools (g) Mathematics Curricula at Tertiary and Vocational Levels (h) Assessment, Evaluation, and the Mathematics Curriculum Volume II: Mathematics Teachers and Teaching Part 1: Mathematics Teachers (a) Mathematics Teachers’ Knowledge (b) Mathematics Teachers’ Beliefs, Attitudes, and Values (c) Pre-Service Mathematics Teacher Education (d) Mathematics Teachers’ Professional Development Part 2: Teaching Mathematics (e) Issues in Teaching Mathematical Topics (f) Pedagogical Theories and Practices (g) Classroom Cultures and Interactions (h) Teaching and Assessing (i) Teachers as Researchers Volume III: Mathematics Learners and Learning Part 1: Mathematics Learners (a) School Learners (b) Adult Learners (c) Disadvantaged and Marginalized Learners (d) Gifted Learners (e) Gender Issues (f) Cultural Issues Part 2: Learning Mathematics (g) Issues in Learning Mathematical Topics (h) Theories of Learning Mathematics (i) Language, Visualization, and Mathematics Learning (j) Beliefs and Affective Aspects of Learning Mathematics Volume IV: The Contexts of Mathematics Education Part 1: Societal and Cultural Contexts (a) Parental and Community Aspects (b) Numeracies and Mathematics Education (c) Technologies and Mathematics Education (d) International Comparisons of Mathematics Achievement Part 2: Research and Theoretical Contexts (e) Developments in Research Approaches (f) Histories of Mathematics Education (g) Philosophies of Mathematics Education (h) Theories in Mathematics Education (i) International Cooperation in Mathematics Education Research (j) Globalization, Post-Colonialism, and Critical Perspectives 2009: 234x156: 1,716pp Hb: 978-0-415-43874-2: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415438742

February 2010: 246x174: 584pp Hb: 978-0-415-46903-6: £125.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86309-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415469036

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

Series: Major Themes in Education With contributions drawn from a variety of contexts, this extensive new six-volume collection from Routledge’s Major Themes in Education series, reflects the international diversity of English Language Teaching in practice. Bringing together material from a broad range of perspectives, it highlights the controversial nature of many apparent ‘givens’ in the field, and provides a useful balance between academic and practical insights. With a general introduction and separate section introductions presenting the historical context for current debates and guiding users through the various issues raised in the collection, this is a highly useful resource for both student and scholar alike. Selected Contents: Part 1: Focus On Key Orientations In ELT Part 2: Focus On The Learner Part 3: Focus On Methodology Part 4: Focus On Curriculum Part 5: Focus On The Teacher 2009: 234x156: 2,576pp Hb: 978-0-415-29943-5: £1,014.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415299435

4-Volume Set

Gifted and Talented Education Edited by Deborah Eyre, University of Warwick, UK Series: Major Themes in Education As serious thinking about and around the education of the gifted and talented continues to flourish, this new title in the Routledge series, Major Themes in Education, meets the need for an authoritative reference work to codify and make sense of the field’s literature. Edited by Deborah Eyre, the founding Director of the worldrenowned Academy for Gifted and Talented Youth at the University of Warwick, this new Major Work brings together in four volumes the foundational and the best cutting-edge scholarship. The editor has drawn on the most important and influential research from a broad range of countries to create a one-stop ‘mini library’ which describes and analyzes the rationale and purposes of gifted education. Selected Contents: Volume I Section 1. Rationale and Purposes of Gifted Education 1.1. The Case for Gifted Education 1.2. Gifted Education as a Feature of General School Systems 1.3. Giftedness in the Long Term Section 2. Socio-Cultural Perspectives 2.1. Cultural and Equity Issues in Specific Countries 2.2. Landmark Developments in Gifted Education Volume II 2.3. Gifted Children or Gifted Education? Section 3. Definitions and Identification 3.1. Early Pioneers in the Study of Giftedness 3.2. Definitions: Seminal Papers on the Definition of Intelligence and Ability 3.3. Identification Dilemmas, Identification Methods, the Significance of Labels Volume III Section 4. Curriculum and Classrooms 4.1. Curriculum Models 4.2. Teaching and Learning 4.3. Teachers and their Practice Section 5. School-wide and Non-school Provision 5.1. Structural Models Volume IV 5.2. Programmes Specifically for the Gifted 5.3. New Technologies and Distance Learning Section 6. Personal Development 6.1. Social and Emotional Development 6.2. Gender and Background 6.3. Underachievement 6.4. Multiple Exceptionality 2009: 234x156: 2,225pp Hb: 978-0-415-46598-4: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415465984

e du cat ion

New

Forthcoming in 2011

New

Handbook of Research on Schools, Schooling and Human Development

International Guide to Student Achievement

Handbook of Reading Disability Research

Edited by John C. Hattie, University of Auckland, New Zealand and Eric M. Anderman, Ohio State University, USA

Edited by Anne McGill-Franzen and Richard L. Allington, both at University of Tennessee, USA

Enhanced student achievement is arguably the most important outcome of schooling at any level. Unfortunately, there are so many, often competing, claims about how to enhance student achievement that the views often talk across each other. This leads to an ’everything goes’ attitude toward interventions and the acceptance of weak measures of achievement. The result is that in many schools each teacher is permitted to introduce their own methods and interventions.

Bringing together a wide range of research on reading disabilities, this comprehensive Handbook extends current discussion and thinking beyond a narrowly defined psychometric perspective. Emphasizing that learning to read proficiently is a long-term developmental process involving many interventions of various kinds, all keyed to individual developmental needs, it addresses traditional questions (What is the nature or causes of reading disabilities? How are reading disabilities assessed? How should reading disabilities be remediated? To what extent is remediation possible?) but from multiple or alternative perspectives.

Edited by Judith L. Meece, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, USA and Jacquelynne S. Eccles, University of Michigan, USA The purpose of this book is to document some important ways schools influence children’s development and to describe various models and methods for studying schooling effects. May 2010: 276x219: 536pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5948-5: £160.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-5949-2: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87484-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780805859485

Forthcoming

Handbook of Research on Learning and Instruction Edited by Richard E. Mayer, University of California, Santa Barbara, USA and Patricia A. Alexander, University of Maryland, College Park, USA Series: Educational Psychology Handbook During the past twenty years researchers have made exciting progress in the science of learning (i.e., how people learn) and the science of instruction (i.e., how to help people learn). This Handbook examines learning and instruction in a variety of classroom and nonclassroom environments and with a variety of learners, both K-16 students and adult learners. The chapters are written by leading researchers from around the world, all of whom are highly regarded experts on their particular topics.

This volume brings together and critically examines the many possible influences shaping student cognitive achievement outcomes, and considers their relative importance. An introduction evaluates the many meanings of ’student achievement’ while later chapters examine issues of assessment. Too often the fundamental notions of what is meant by student achievement have been defined by proxies such as test scores and graduation rates. As a result politicians, parents, and school-based personnel have differing conceptions of what kinds of student achievements are valued. It must also be remembered that students have their own views regarding achievement. If they don’t share the disposition to learn what is taught to them, engagement issues, drop-out, and resistance arise. December 2011: 276x219: 750pp Hb: 978-0-415-87898-2: £140.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87901-9: £54.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85039-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415878982

The book is divided into two sections: learning and instruction. The learning section consists of chapters on how people learn in reading, writing, history, and mathematics, as well as learning to move effectively, think critically, learning to self-monitor, and learning with motivation. The instruction section consists of chapters on effective instructional methods—feedback, examples, self-explanation, peer interaction, cooperative learning, inquiry, discussion, tutoring, visualizations, and computer simulations. December 2010: 246x174: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-80460-8: £160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80461-5: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83908-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415804608

Taking incursions into the broader research literature represented by linguistic and anthropological paradigms, as well as psychological and educational research, the volume is on the front line in exploring the relation of reading disability to learning and language, to poverty and prejudice, and to instruction and schooling. The editors and authors are distinguished scholars with extensive research experience and publication records and numerous honors and awards from professional organizations representing the range of disciplines in the field of reading disabilities. Throughout, their contributions are contextualized within the framework of educators struggling to develop concrete instructional practices that meet the learning needs of the lowest achieving readers. Selected Contents: Section 1: Pespectives on Reading Disability 1. Political Contexts of Reading Disability 2. Historical Contexts for Understanding Reading Disabilities 3. Poverty and Reading Disabilities 4. Ethnicity and Reading Disabilities 5. Home Language and Reading Disabilities 6. Cognitive Profiles and Reading Disabilities 7. Biological Characteristics and Reading Disabilities 8. Neurosciences and Reading Disabilities 9. Language Development and Reading Disabilities 10. Socio-cultural Aspects of Reading Disabilities 11. Critical Theory and Reading Disabilities 12. Opportunity to Learn and Reading Disabilities Section 2: Causes and Consequences of Reading Disabilities 13. Individual Differences and Reading Disabilities 14. Home Differences and Reading Disabilities 15. Summer Setback and Reading Disabilities 16. Persistence of Reading Disabilities 17. Gender and Reading Disabilities 18. Drug Exposure and Reading Disabilities 19. Aliteracy, Agency, and Identity Section 3: Assessing Reading Proficiency 20. Beliefs and Reading Assessment 21.Assessments for Different Goals 22. Reading Ability as Developing Expertise 23. Traditions of Reading Diagnosis 24. Assessing Reading Disabilities in ELL Student 25. Culturally Relevant Assessment of Reading Disabilities Section 4: Developmental Patterns of Reading Proficiency and Difficulties 26. Emergent Literacy 27. Word Recognition and Fluency 28. Vocabulary 29. Self-regulation 30. Comprehension 31. Writing 32. Discussion 33. Motivation Section 5: Developmental Interventions 34. Expert Classroom Instruction 35. Extended Learning Beyond the Classroom 36. Interventions to Develop the Phonological Systems 37. Interventions to Develop Decoding Proficiencies 38. Interventions to Enhance Fluency and Rate of Reading 39. Interventions to Enhance Vocabulary Development 40. Interventions to Enhance Narrative Comprehension 41. Interventions to Enhance Informational Text Comprehension 42. Interventions to Develop e-text Learning Section 6: Studying Reading Disabilities 43. Teacher Research 44. Single-subject and Case Study Designs 45. Experimental Research 46. Observational Research 47. Interpretive Research 48. Large Database Analyzes 49. Survey 50. Meta-analysis August 2010: 276x219: 536pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5333-9: £165.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-5334-6: £71.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85301-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780805853339

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

e ducat i o n

Forthcoming

New

Forthcoming

3rd Edition

Handbook of Research on Children’s and Young Adult Literature

Handbook of Asian Education

Handbook of Research on Teaching the English Language Arts Co-Sponsored by the International Reading Association and the National Council of Teachers of English Edited by Diane Lapp, San Diego State University, USA The Handbook of Research on Teaching the English Language Arts –sponsored by the International Reading Association and the National Council of Teachers of English – offers an integrated perspective on the teaching of the English language arts and a comprehensive overview of research in the field. Prominent scholars, researchers, and professional leaders: • provide historical and theoretical perspectives about teaching the language arts • focus on bodies of research that influence decision making within the teaching of the language arts • explore the environments for language arts teaching • reflect on the methods and materials for instruction. The Third Edition is restructured, updated, and includes many new contributors. More emphasis is given to the learner, multiple texts, learning, and sharing one’s knowledge. A companion website, new for this edition, includes, among other features, interactive tools, Powerpoints, and several videos. This Handbook is an essential resource for all professional educators, researchers, curriculum designers, students, and prospective and practicing teachers across the field of the English language arts. November 2010: 276x219: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-87735-0: £160.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83971-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415877350

Forthcoming

Handbook of Reading Research Volume 4 Edited by Michael L. Kamil, Stanford University Stanford University, USA, P. David Pearson, University of California at Berkeley, USA, Elizabeth Birr Moje, University of Michigan, USA, and Peter Afflerbach, University of Maryland, USA The Handbook of Reading Research is the research Handbook for the field. Each volume has come to define the field for the period of time it covers. Volume IV follows in this tradition. The editors extensively reviewed the reading research literature since the publication of Volume III in 2000, as portrayed in a wide array of research and practitioner-based journals and books, to identify the themes and topics covered. As in previous volumes, the focus is on reading research, rather than a range of literate practices. When taken as a set, the four volumes provide a definitive history of reading research. Volume IV brings the field authoritatively and comprehensively up-to-date.

Edited by Shelby Wolf, University of Colorado at Boulder, USA, Karen Coats, Illinois State University, USA, Patricia A. Enciso, Ohio State University, USA and Christine Jenkins, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA This landmark volume is the first to bring together leading scholarship on children’s and young adult literature from three intersecting disciplines: Education, English, and Library and Information Science. Distinguished by its multidisciplinary approach, it describes and analyzes the different aspects of literary reading, texts, and contexts to illuminate how the book is transformed within and across different academic figurations of reading and interpreting children’s literature. • Part 1 considers perspectives on readers and reading literature in home, school, library, and community settings. • Part 2 introduces analytic frames for studying young adult novels, picturebooks, indigenous literature, graphic novels, and other genres. Chapters include commentary on literary experiences and creative production from renowned authors and illustrators. • Part 3 focuses on the social contexts of literary study, with chapters on censorship, awards, marketing, and literary museums. The singular contribution of this Handbook is to lay the groundwork for colleagues across disciplines to redraw the map of their separately figured worlds, thus to enlarge the scope of scholarship and dialogue as well as push ahead into uncharted territory. October 2010: 276x219: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-96505-7: £190.00 Pb: 978-0-415-96506-4: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84354-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415965057

New

Handbook of Research in the Social Foundations of Education Edited by Steven Tozer, University of Illinois, Chicago, USA, Bernardo P. Gallegos, National University, Los Angeles Campus, USA, Annette Henry, University of Washington, Tacoma, USA, Mary Bushnell Greiner, Queens College, CUNY, USA and Paula Groves Price, Washington State University, USA This groundbreaking volume helps readers understand the history, evolution, and significance of this wide-ranging, often misunderstood, and increasingly important field of study. September 2010: 276x219: 736pp Hb: 978-0-8058-4211-1: £140.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-4212-8: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87483-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780805842111

November 2010: 246x174: 712pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5342-1: £190.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-5343-8: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84041-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780805853421

Edited by Yong Zhao, Jing Lei, Guofang Li, all at Michigan State University, USA, Ming Fang He,Kaori Okano, La Trobe University, Australia, Gamage David,Ramanathan Hema and Megahed Nagwa Comprehensive and authoritative, this Handbook provides a nuanced description and analysis of educational systems, practices, and policies in Asian countries and explains and interprets these practices from cultural, social, historical, and economical perspectives. Using a culture-based framework, the volume is organized in five sections, each devoted to educational practices in different Asian civilizations: Sinic, Japanese, Islamic, Buddhist, and Hindu. Culture and culture identities, essentially civilization identities; the major differences among civilizations are rooted in their different cultures. This framework offers a novel approach to capturing the essence of the diverse educational systems and practices in Asia. Uniquely combining description and interpretation of educational practices in Asia, this Handbook is a must-have resource for education researchers and graduate students in international and comparative education, globalization and education, multicultural education, sociocultural foundations of education, and Asian studies. December 2010: 246x174: 624pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6445-8: £190.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-6444-1: £84.99 eBook: 978-1-4106-1874-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780805864458

Forthcoming in 2011 2nd Edition

Handbook of Family Literacy Edited by Barbara H. Wasik, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, USA and Barbara Van Horn, Pennsylvania State University, USA Providing intervention services for at-risk children and their families has become a major goal of countries throughout the world. A vital part of this movement is the introduction of family literacy services not only in the USA but throughout Europe, Africa, Canada, Australia and New Zealand. The emerging field of family literacy, which cuts across early childhood education, early literacy development, parent education, adult education, and parent-child literacy interactions has never yet had a comprehensive volume that pulls together and integrates its many interacting components. That is the mission of this Handbook. It provides an up-to-date picture of existing family literacy programs, of the research and theories that guide these programs, of current issues, and of likely future directions. The new edition of this Handbook focuses on the intergenerational transfer of literacy and shows why family literacy is basic to the goals of any country. It discusses the latest developments in child and adult literacy, parent education, and the implications of family literacy for home visiting programs. Information on culture and diversity remain central to the discussion of family literacy and new information on the role of fathers is presented. October 2011: 246x174: 608pp Hb: 978-0-415-88457-0: £160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88458-7: £84.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84149-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415884570

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

e du cat ion

Handbook of Youth Prevention Science Edited by Beth Doll, University of Nebraska at Lincoln, USA, William Pfohl, Western Kentucky University, USA and Jina S. Yoon, Wayne State University, USA The Handbook of Youth Prevention Science describes current research and practice in mental health preventive interventions for youth. Traditional prevention research focused on preventing specific disorders, e.g. substance abuse, conduct disorders, or criminality. This produced ’silos’ of isolated knowledge about the prevention of individual disorders without acknowledging the overlapping goals, strategies, and impacts of prevention programs. This Handbook reflects current research and practice by organizing prevention science around comprehensive systems that reach across all disorders and all institutions within a community. Throughout the book, preventive interventions are seen as complementary components of effective mental health programs, not as replacements for therapeutic interventions. This book is suitable for researchers, instructors and graduate students in the child and adolescent mental health professions: school psychology, school counseling, special education, school social work, child clinical psychology and the libraries serving them. It is also suitable for graduate course work in these fields. March 2010: 246x174: 496pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6331-4: £140.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-6332-1: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86641-2

Forthcoming in 2011

Handbook of Self-Regulation of Learning and Performance

Handbook of Adolescent Transition Education

Edited by Barry J. Zimmerman, City University of New York, USA and Dale H. Schunk, University of North Carolina, Greensboro, USA

Edited by Michael L. Wehmeyer, University of Kansas, USA and Kristine W. Webb, University of North Florida, USA

Series: Educational Psychology Handbook

Transition from secondary education to adulthood represents a period during which adolescents with disabilities face multiple responsibilities and changing roles that include establishing independence, attending post-secondary education or training, developing social networks, choosing a career, participating in their communities, and managing healthcare and financial affairs. Sponsored by the Division of Career Development and Transition (DCDT) of the Council of Exceptional Children, this Handbook will serve as a comprehensive resource to the communities of educators, related service and agency personnel, families, caretakers, counselors, and other stakeholders who facilitate these complex transitions to adulthood for adolescents with disabilities.

Self-regulated learning (or self-regulation) refers to the process whereby learners personally activate and sustain cognitions, affects, and behaviours that are systematically oriented toward the attainment of learning goals. Part of the impetus for studying academic self-regulation came from research showing that learners’ skills and abilities did not fully explain differences in student achievement. Research indicated that other factors such as self-regulation and motivation are also quite important. This will be the first volume to integrate into a single volume all aspects of the field of self regulation of learning and performance: basic domains, applications to content areas, instructional issues, methodological issues, and individual differences. February 2011: 246x174: 600pp Hb: 978-0-415-87111-2: £185.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87112-9: £72.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83901-0

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415872782

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415871112

Forthcoming in 2012 2nd Edition

Forthcoming in 2011

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780805863314

Handbook of Special Education Edited by Daniel P. Hallahan and James M. Kauffmann, both at University of Virginia, USA

Forthcoming

Handbook of Research in Second Language Teaching and Learning Edited by Eli Hinkel, Seattle University, USA Series: ESL & Applied Linguistics Professional Series This landmark volume provides a broad-based, comprehensive, state-of-the-art overview of current knowledge and research into second language teaching and learning. Volume II captures new and ongoing developments, research, and trends in the field.

April 2011: 246x174: 1,080pp Hb: 978-0-415-80071-6: £135.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80072-3: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83730-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415800716

December 2010: 246x174: 1,088pp Hb: 978-0-415-99871-0: £199.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99872-7: £84.99

Handbook of School Violence and School Safety International Research and Practice

Special education is an established part of public education in the USA, but it is still widely misunderstood and dogged by controversies. This thirteen-part, fifty-nine-chapter Handbook profiles and brings greater clarity to this sprawling and growing field.

Volume 2

March 2011: 246x174: 600pp Hb: 978-0-415-87278-2: £185.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87279-9: £72.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83732-0

Edited by Shane Jimerson and Michael J. Furlong, both at University of California, Santa Barbara, USA, Amanda Nickerson, University at Albany, SUNY, USA and Matthew J. Mayer, Rutgers University, USA The Handbook of School Violence and School Safety is the premier resource for educational and mental health professionals seeking to implement effective prevention and intervention programs to reduce school violence and promote safe schools. January 2012: 246x174: 624pp Hb: 978-0-415-88461-7: £160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88462-4: £84.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84137-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415884617

Forthcoming in 2011

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415998710

Handbook of Leadership for Special Education Edited by Jean B. Crockett, Bonnie S. Billingsley and Mary Lynn Boscardin August 2011: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-87280-5: £185.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87281-2: £72.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83731-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415872805

For more titles in Linguistics & Language see page 43

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

g e o g r aph y a n d the e n v i ro n m e n t

GEOGRAPHY AND THE ENVIRONMENT Forthcoming in 2012

Handbook of Tourism and the Environment Edited by Andrew Holden, University of Bedfordshire, UK and David A. Fennell, Brock University, USA The Handbook of Tourism and the Environment explores and critically evaluates the debates and controversies inherent to tourism’s relationship with nature, especially pertinent at a time of major re-evaluation of our relationship with the environment as a consequence of the environmental problems we now face. It brings together leading specialists from a range of disciplinary backgrounds and geographical regions, to provide state-of-the-art theoretical reflection and empirical research on this complex relationship and future direction. The book is divided in to five interrelated sections. Section 1 evaluates the philosophical basis, rationale and complexity of what is meant by the term ‘environment’ considering the major influences in the construction of how we understand our surroundings and the types of values we place upon them. Section 2 evaluates the types of ecosystems that are used as natural resources for tourism and the negative and positive impacts upon them. Section 3 evaluates relevant environmental policy and management mechanisms for the impacts of tourism on the natural environment. Section 4 focuses on the changing tourism-environment relationship, and types of tourism that have become established in the tourism industry, market and policy. Section 5, analyzes contemporary and future issues of the tourismenvironment relationship, based upon themes of environmental and social welfare. This timely book will provide an invaluable resource for all those with an interest in tourism’s relationship with the natural environment, encouraging dialogue across disciplinary boundaries and areas of study. The book is international in its focus, emphasizing that issues of tourism and the natural environment are not only localized but transcend national boundaries that sometimes require both international and global responses. This is essential reading for students, researchers & academics of Tourism as well as those of Geography, Environmental Studies & Development Studies. January 2012: 246x174: 608pp Hb: 978-0-415-58207-0: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter

Forthcoming in 2011

4-Volume Set Edited by Mark Maslin and Samuel Randalls

Handbook of Hazards, Disaster Risk Reduction and Management

Series: Critical Concepts in the Environment

Edited by Ben Wisner, J. C. Gaillard and Ilan Kelman

Future Climate Change In recent years, future climate change has increasingly been recognized as one of the most important issues of the twenty-first century, challenging the very structure of our global society. No longer just an abstruse scientific concern, it prompts difficult choices for both individuals and governments. Moreover, it is of importance to those working in disciplines such as climatology, engineering, economics, sociology, geopolitics, local politics, law, and global health. Emanating from across the social and natural sciences, as well as in the humanities, serious scholarship on future climate change flourishes now as it has never done before, and this new title in the Routledge series, Critical Concepts in the Environment, meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a vast literature and the continuing explosion in research output. Edited by leading scholars in the field, this new Routledge Major Work is a four-volume collection of foundational and cutting-edge contributions. The first volume (‘Science’) in the collection deals with the development of the science of global warming and climate change, starting with Tyndall (1859), through to the IPCC synthesis (2007), and ending with the very latest research. Volume II (‘Impact Assessments’), meanwhile, assembles the best thinking on how the potential physical, biological, social-political, and economic impacts of climate change are assessed. This volume also includes material on potential surprises that science is starting to investigate, such as the rapid melting of the Greenland and Western Antarctic ice sheets, die back of the Amazon rainforest, release of gas hydrates, and other tipping points. The third volume (‘Politics and Solutions’) gathers the most influential research on climate-change solutions; it encompasses global and local politics, engineering, renewable energy, and geoengineering. The final volume in the collection (‘Framing the Debate’) brings together key scholarship to question and explore how the climate-change debate has been framed and reframed as a scientific, economic, security, health, development, geopolitical, ethical, and cultural issue. With comprehensive introductions to each volume, newly written by the editors, which place the collected material in its historical and intellectual context, Future Climate Change is an essential collection destined to be welcomed as a vital research resource by all scholars and students of the subject. August 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-56981-1: £685.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415569811

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415582070

Forthcoming in 2012

Handbook of Events Edited by Stephen J. Page and Joanne Connell, both at University of Stirling, UK January 2012: 246x174: 550pp Hb: 978-0-415-58334-3: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415583343

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

This Handbook provides a comprehensive statement and reference point for hazard and disaster research, policy making, and practice in an international and multidisciplinary context. Specifically, it aims to provide critical reviews and appraisals of the current state of the art and future development of conceptual, theoretical and practical approaches as well as empirical knowledge and available tools. One intention is to encourage dialogue across disciplinary barriers regarding notions of ‘disaster risk reduction’ and ‘vulnerability’ (central concepts within the hazards and disaster community), ‘climate change adaptation’ and ‘sustainable livelihood security’ (core notions underlying much work within the climate and environmental studies community), and ‘poverty reduction’ (which remains a pivotal rallying point within development studies). The international reach and scope of the Handbook’s coverage and contributors’ experience allow engagement with and reflection upon these bridging and linking themes as well as the politics and policy of how we think about and practice applied hazard research and disaster risk reduction. June 2011: 246x189: 796pp Hb: 978-0-415-59065-5: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415590655

Forthcoming in 2011 4-Volume Set

The Making of Olympic Cities Edited by John R. Gold, Oxford Brookes University, UK and Margaret M. Gold, London Metropolitan University, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Urban Studies Edited and introduced by two leading scholars, this new four-volume collection from Routledge brings together key primary-source materials and the best scholarship and serious commentary to elucidate and explore the planning, making, and generation of Olympic cities. The gathered materials (some of which are reproduced in facsimile to give users a strong sense of immediacy to the original texts) cover topics such as how cities have embraced the Olympics into their town-planning strategies; built new stadia and sports facilities; and constructed new transport and other communications networks. From what is widely seen as the paradigm of Olympics-led urban regeneration (Barcelona, 1992) to the planning disaster of Montreal, 1976, issues around the short-term impact, and longer-term legacy, of the Olympics on various cities are also closely interrogated. April 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-55351-3: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415553513

geograp hy an d t he environ men t Forthcoming

4-Volume Set

Handbook of Urban Ecology

Event Tourism

Edited by Ian Douglas, University of Manchester, UK, David Goode, University College London, UK, Mike Houck, Portland State University, USA and Rusong Wang, Chinese Academy of Sciences, China

Edited by Stephen J. Page and Joanne Connell, both at University of Stirling, UK

Urban Regeneration and Renewal

This Handbook contains original contributions from leading academics and practitioners from across the world to provide an in-depth coverage of the main elements of practical urban ecology. The sixty-five chapters provide practitioners and students with a wealth of interdisciplinary information needed to manage the biota and green landscapes in urban areas. In six parts it deals with the philosophies, concepts and history of urban ecology, followed by consideration of the biophysical character of the urban environment and the diverse habitats found within it. It then examines human relationships with urban nature, the health, economic and environmental benefits of urban ecology, before discussing the methods used in urban ecology and ways of putting the science into practice. Selected Contents: Part 1: Context, History and Philosophies Introduction 1. Urban Ecology: Definitions and Goals 2. The Analysis of Cities as Ecosystems 3. Urban Ecology and Industrial Ecology 4. Urban Areas in the Context of Human Ecology 5. In livable Cities is Preservation of the Wild: The Politics of Providing for Nature in Cities 6. The Human Relationship with Nature: Rights of Animals and Plants in the Urban Context 7. Urban Natural Histories to Urban Ecologies: the Growth of the Study of Urban Nature 8. Planning for Nature in Towns and Cities: a Historical Perspective 9. How Much is Urban Nature Worth? and for Whom? Thoughts from Ecological Economics Part 2: The Urban Ecological Environment Introduction 10. Climate of Cities 11. Urban Heat Islands 12. Urban Effects on Precipitation and Associated Convective Processes 13. Urban Hydrology 14. Urban Geomorphology 15. Urban Soils 16. The Process of Natural Succession in Urban Areas 17. Recombinant Ecology of Urban Areas: Characterization, Context and Creativity 18. Creative Conservation Part 3: The Nature of Urban Habitats Introduction 19. Walls and Paved Surfaces: Urban Complexes with Limited Water and Nutrients 20. Urban Cliffs 21. Suburban Mosaic of Houses, Roads, Gardens and Mature Trees 22. Urban Wildlife Corridors: Conduits for Movement or Linear Habitat? 23. Landscaped Parks and Open Spaces 24. Grassland on Reclaimed Soil, with Streets, Car Parks and Buildings but few, or no, Mature Trees 25. Urban Contaminated Land 26. Urban Woodlands as Distinctive and Threatened Nature-in-City Patches 27. Wetlands in Urban Environments 28. Urban Animal Ecology 29. Feral Animals in the Urban Environment Part 4: Ecosystem Services and Urban Ecology Introduction 30. Intrinsic and Aesthetic Values of Urban Nature: The View from London 31. Intrinsic and Aesthetic Values of Urban Nature: A Psychological Perspective 32. Urban Nature and Human Physical Health 33 Urban Nature: Human Psychological and Community Health 34. Street Trees and the Urban Environment 35. Urban Gardens and Biodiversity Part 5: Methodologies Introduction 36. Urban Habitat Analysis 37. Urban Habitat Type Mapping 38. Invasive Species and Their Response to Climate Change 39. Urban Biogeochemical Flux Analysis 40. Urban Metabolism Analysis Part 6: Applications and Policy Implications Introduction 41. Delivering Urban Greenspace for People and Wildlife 42. Urban Areas and the Biosphere Reserve Concept 43. Urban Ecology and Sustainable Urban Drainage 44. Green Roofs, Urban Vegetation and Urban Runoff 45. The Role of Green Infrastructure in Adapting Cities to Climate Change 46. Creative use of Therapeutic Green Spaces 47. Peri-urban Ecology: Green infrastructure in the 21st century metro-scape 48. Biodiversity as a Statutory Component of Urban Planning 49. Making Urban Ecology a Key Element in Urban Development and Planning 50. Towards Ecopolis: New Technologies, New Philosophies and New Developments Conclusion December 2010: 246x174: 744pp Hb: 978-0-415-49813-5: £150.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83926-3

Series: Critical Concepts in Tourism Event tourism is now a vibrant and dynamic field of study and research, and the sheer scale of the growth in its output makes this Routledge collection especially timely. A wide range of social science journals have published material about event tourism and this new Major Work makes available foundational pieces of scholarship—as well as cutting-edge research—from these disparate, and sometimes less accessible sources, as well as from the leading UK, European, and North American tourism journals, and from other hard-to-find publications. Selected Contents: Volume I: The Evolution of Event Tourism: Concepts and Approaches Part 1: Defining Event Tourism Part 2: Historical Studies on Event Tourism Part 3: Approaches to Understanding Event Tourism Volume II: Effects, Role, and Significance Part 4: Social and Cultural Perspectives Part 5: Political and Economic Perspectives Volume III: Event Tourism Destinations: Case Studies and Best Practice Part 6: Private Events Part 7: Cultural Events Part 8: Urban destinations Part 9: National Events Part 10: Sporting Events Volume IV: Managing Event Operations Part 11: Event Audiences Part 12: Stage and Visitor Management Part 13: Planning and Managing Events Part 14: Evaluating Events 2009: 234x156: 1,712pp Hb: 978-0-415-47517-4: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415475174

Edited by Andrew Tallon, University of the West of England, Bristol, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Urban Studies This new title in the Routledge series, Critical Concepts in Urban Studies, meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the explosion in research output on regeneration and renewal as a significant historical and contemporary urban process of economic, social, cultural, and political importance. Selected Contents: Volume I: Part 1: Cities in Transition Globalization and Urban Competitiveness. From Managerialism to Urban Entrepreneurialism. Social Capital, Exclusion, Cohesion, and Diversity. Urban Governance and the Post-Fordist City. Volume II: Postmodernism and Urban Space: Part 2: Responses to Urban Change from National Governments Postwar Physical Redevelopment and Area-Based Social Welfare Projects. Entrepreneurial and Property-Led Regeneration. Economic Competition in Urban Policy. Combining Economic Development and Social Justice in Urban Policy. Evaluating National Government Urban Regeneration and Renewal Policies. Volume III: Part 3: City Responses to Urban Change Place Marketing. Expanding the Leisure and Cultural Economies. Creative Cities and Creative Industries. Sport and Regeneration. City Centre Retail Regeneration. Volume IV: Housing-Led Regeneration and Gentrification Community Involvement in Urban Regeneration Partnerships. Urban Sustainable Development and Sustainable Communities. March 2010: 234x156: 1,840pp Hb: 978-0-415-47506-8: £685.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415475068

5th Edition

The Environment Encyclopedia and Directory 2010 Europa Publications

’This Encyclopedia and Directory provides an easy-to-use printed reference source covering a wide variety of environmental affairs that are brought together conveniently in one volume.’ – Science and Technology

Examining environmental issues throughout the world, this reference title contains thorough definitions and explanations of terms relating to the environment. The volume includes detailed maps, an extensive bibliography and a Who’s Who section, making this an essential one-stop reference work for anyone interested in environmental issues. Features of this title include: • an updated A-Z section of key terms and issues surrounding the environment • a comprehensive directory section organized alphabetically by country, listing main governmental and non-governmental organizations, both national and international • a series of maps showing environmental features both regionally and world-wide • an extensive bibliography of relevant periodicals • a comprehensive Who’s Who section of the leading personalities actively involved in environmental affairs. 2009: 297x211: 736pp Hb: 978-1-85743-377-7: £310.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857433777

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415498135

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

hi s tory

HISTORY Forthcoming in 2012 4-Volume Set

Children and Empire Edited by Cheryl Cassidy and Cheryl M. Kaston-Tange, both at Eastern Michigan University, USA Series: History of Feminism Co-published by Routledge and Edition Synapse, the History of Feminism series makes key archival source material readily available to scholars, researchers, and students of women’s and gender studies, women’s history, and women’s writing, as well as those working in allied and related fields. Selected and introduced by expert editors, the gathered materials are reproduced in facsimile, giving users a strong sense of immediacy to the texts and permitting citation to the original pagination. July 2012: 234x156: 1,716pp Hb: 978-0-415-57837-0: £625.00

Forthcoming in 2011

The Victorian World

Ottoman World

Edited by Martin Hewitt, Leeds Trinity & All Saints, UK

Edited by Christine Woodhead

Series: Routledge Worlds

With an interdisciplinary approach that encompasses the political history, history of ideas, cultural history, and art history, this volume, in the successful Routledge Worlds series, offers a sweeping survey of the world in the nineteenth century.

Was there such a thing as an ’Ottoman World’? The Ottoman empire as a political entity comprised most of the present Middle East, north Africa and south-eastern Europe. For over 500 years, it encompassed a wide range of communities with differing religious, linguistic and cultural traditions, most of whom lived under Ottoman rule as a result of military conquest.

With essays from leading historians, art historians, literary scholars, sociologists, political scientists, historical geographers, and academics working in cultural studies, this multi-disciplinary volume takes a global approach to the Victorian period, ensuring that the perspective of the volume is not solely metropolitan, but understands the Victorianism of the period from multiple positions, social and spatial as well as disciplinary. Divided into seven thematic sections, the volume starts with an introductory, context setting, historiographical section on mapping and milestones—grounding the themes that follow. It then moves on to consider the world order, the economy, high and low politics, knowledge and belief culture and Victorianism around the world.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415578370

Lavishly illustrated, vivid and accessible this volume is invaluable reading for all students and scholars of the nineteenth century.

Forthcoming in 2011

Selected Contents: Introduction The Idea of the Victorian Martin Hewitt; 1. Milestones; 2. The World Order; 3. Economy and Society; 4. Politics; 5. Knowledge and Belief; 6. Culture; 7. Varieties of Victorian.

4-Volume Set

The Ottoman Empire and Its Aftermath

November 2011: 246x174: 736pp Hb: 978-0-415-49187-7: £150.00

The Emergence of the Modern Middle East and Balkans

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415491877

Edited by M. Sükrü Hanioglu, Princeton University, USA

New

This four-volume study is a major compilation for students of Ottoman history and culture, particularly the late period where the political and social structures were not able to evolve in the face of intellectual and industrial expansion in the outside world. The ensuing, inevitable collapse led to the British and French mandates of the entire Middle East, as well as Balkanisation, and created the conditions for the gradual emergence of nation-states through the course of the twentieth century, as well as a host of wars and ethnic conflicts, some of which are still extant. December 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-45254-0: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415452540

Forthcoming in 2011

The Routledge History of East Central Europe Since 1700 Edited by Irina Livezeanu and Arpad Von Klimo The Routledge History of East Central Europe focuses on the origins and evolution of modernity in the region between Russia to the east, and Germany and Austria to the west. As a collective volume it brings together a team of both young and established European and American historians working with new methodological and transnational perspectives.

Traditional study of the Ottoman empire has focused on the dynasty in Istanbul, its military undertakings and its centralized administration: the nature of its huge and diverse state has not been seriously addressed until recently and is not covered in standard textbooks. The Ottoman World inverts this approach, looking not from Istanbul outwards, but from the provinces inwards, and examining Ottoman social and cultural worlds from the bottom up. How did major cities such as Cairo or Damascus adjust to Ottoman rule—or did it adjust to them? What produced the consensus that held the empire together, particularly in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries? To what degree did subject peoples see themselves as part of a political whole? How far did the state impinge upon the lives of ordinary people in the provinces? Thirty-five of the world’s leading specialists examine these and many other questions in this ambitious and important volume, making readily available the exciting new research which has been undertaken in recent years. January 2011: 246x174: 720pp Hb: 978-0-415-44492-7: £140.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415444927

Forthcoming in 2011

The World of the American West The Atlantic World Edited by Gordon Morris Bakken, California State University, Fullerton, USA

1400–1850

Edited by William O’Reilly

Series: Routledge Worlds

The World of the American West is an innovative collection of original essays that brings the world of the American West to life, and conveys the distinctiveness of this diverse, constantly changing region. Twenty scholars incorporate the freshest research in the field to take the history of the American West out of its timeworn ’Cowboys and Indians’ stereotype right up into the major issues being discussed today, from water rights to the presence of the defense industry. Other topics covered in this heavily illustrated, highly accessible volume include the effects of leisure and tourism, western women, politics and politicians, Native Americans in the twentieth century, and of course, oil.

The Atlantic world is a constantly shifting arena, but one which has been a focus of huge and vibrant debate for many years.

With insight both informative and unexpected, The World of the American West offers perspectives on the latest developments affecting the modern American West, providing essential reading for all scholars and students of the field so that they may better understand the vibrant history of this globally significant, everevolving region of North America. October 2010: 246x174: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-98995-4: £155.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415989954

December 2011: 246x174: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-58433-3: £100.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415584333

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

In over fifty chapters, all written by experts in the field, The Atlantic World takes up these debates and gathers together key original scholarship in the area. Thematically structured, the volume covers a broad range of subjects. Including an introductory essay from the editor which defines the field and is lavishly illustrated with paintings and drawings and maps, this accessible volume is invaluable reading for all students and scholars of this broad sweep of world history. Selected Contents: Introduction: The Atlantic World: Definition, Theory, and Boundaries William O’Reilly Part 1: Atlantic Explorations Part 2: The Movement of Peoples Part 3: Cultural Encounters Part 4: Governance, Economy and Empire Part 5: Religion Part 6: The Circulation of Ideas Part 7: The Structure of Colonial Societies Part 8: Indigenous Societies Part 9: Atlantic Revolutions Part 10: Atlantic Networks Conclusion: The Future of Atlantic History William O’Reilly January 2011: 246x174: 736pp Hb: 978-0-415-46704-9: £140.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415467049

history

New

Forthcoming in 2011

Forthcoming

The Elizabethan World

The Routledge Guide to European Political Archives

English Historical Documents 1558–1603

Sources since 1945

Edited by Ian W. Archer and F. Douglas Price, both at Keble College, University of Oxford, UK

Edited by Susan Doran, Jesus College, University of Oxford, UK and Norman Jones, Utah State University, USA Series: Routledge Worlds This comprehensive and beautifully illustrated collection of essays conveys a vivid picture of a fascinating and hugely significant period in history. Featuring contributions from thirty-eight international scholars, the book takes a thematic approach to a period which saw the defeat of the Spanish Armada, the explorations of Francis Drake and Walter Raliegh, the establishment of the Protestant Church, the flourishing of commercial theatre and the works of Edmund Spencer, Philip Sidney and William Shakespeare. Encompassing social, political, cultural, religious and economic history, and crossing several disciplines, The Elizabethan World depicts a time of transformation, and a world order in transition. Topics covered include central and local government; political ideas; censorship and propaganda; parliament, the Protestant Church of the Catholic community; social hierarchies; women; the family and household; popular culture, commerce and consumption; urban and rural economies; theatre; art; architecture; intellectual developments ; exploration and imperialism; Ireland and the Elizabethan wars. The volume conveys a vivid picture of how politics, religion, popular culture, the world of work and social practices fit together in an exciting world of change, and will be invaluable reading for all students and scholars of the Elizabethan period. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Susan Doran and Norman Jones Part 1: Governance and Politics 2. Governing Norman Jones 3. Elizabeth Susan Doran 4. Council Natalie Mears 5. Court William Tighe 6. Political Ideas Anne McLaren 7. Parliament David Dean 8. Centre and Localities J.P.D. Cooper 9. Parish Government H.R. French 10. Censorship and Propaganda Cyndia Susan Clegg 11. Ireland: Security and Conquest David Edwards Part 2: Religion 12. New Wine into Old Bottles: The Doctrine and Structure of the Elizabethan Church Brett Usher 13. Parish Religion John Craig 14. The Godly, Godlier, and Godliest Peter Kaufman 15. The Catholic Community William J. Sheils Part 3: Society 16. Social Hierarchies Susan D. Amussen 17. Nobility and Gentry Janet Dickinson 18. Poverty and the Poor Laws Steve Hindle 19. Tudor Troubles: Problems of Youth in Elizabethan England Paul Griffiths 20. Women Tim Stretton 21. Family and Household Alexandra Shepard 22. Rebellion and Disorder K.J. Kesselring Part 4: Economy 23. Commonwealth Discourse and Economic Thought: The Morality of Exchange David Harris Sacks 24. Commerce and Consumption Ian Archer 25. Urban Economies Muriel C. McClendon and Joseph Ward 26. Rural Economies Under Stress: ‘A World So Altered’ Richard Hoyle Part 5: Culture 27. Who Killed Robin Hood? Martin Ingram 28. Witchcraft and the Devil Darren Oldridge 29. News Joad Raymond 30. Educational and Intellectual Developments Freyja Cox Jensen 31. Theatre Lawrence Manley 32. Poetry Steven W. May 33. The Visual Arts Richard L. Williams 34. Architecture Tara Hamling Part 6: The Outside World 35. England and Europe 1558-85 David Potter 36. The Catholic Threat and the Military Response Paul E. J. Hammer 37. Exploration, Trade, and Empire Ken MacMillan 38. Awareness and Experiences of the Outside World Matthew Dimmock August 2010: 246x174: 640pp Hb: 978-0-415-40959-9: £150.00

Edited by Chris Cook, formerly Head of the Modern Archives Unit, UK Presenting a comprehensive range of 1,500 personal papers, this major reference work provides an authoritative and wide-ranging guide to archives and sources now becoming available for European political history since 1945. Selected Contents: Introduction and Acknowledgements. Abbreviations of Major Record Repositories. Part 1: Checklist of Archives of Organizations and Societies (A-Z). Part 2: Personal Archive Collections. Appendix 1: The Colonial Records Survey. Appendix 2: The Military Records Survey. Appendix 3: A Note on Electronic Pathways August 2011: 246x189: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-46475-8: £145.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415464758

Forthcoming in 2011 6-Volume Set

Women and Belief, 1852–1928 Edited by Mark Llewellyn, University of Liverpool, UK and Jessica Cox, University of Wales, Lampeter, UK Series: History of Feminism

Series: English Historical Documents This long awaited volume in a landmark series covers 1558–1603, the reign of Elizabeth I, when government, culture, religion and foreign policy all underwent profound change. The format of the series has been updated and the documents gathered here encompass the most up-to-date approaches to the material. Selected Contents: 1.1 Accession 1.2 Religious Settlement 1.3 Economic Settlement 1.4 Scotland 1.5 Marriage and Succession 1.6 Enforcing the Settlement 1.7 Beginnings of Puritanism 1.8 Crisis of 1568-72 2.1 Monarchy and the Court 2.2 Projecting Power 2.3 Parliament 2.4 Crown Finances 2.5 Law 2.6 Local Government 2.7 Militia 3.1 Social Structure 3.2 Family and Household 3.3 Domestic Economy 3.4 Overseas Trade and Exploration 3.5 Cultural Life 3.6 Poverty and Welfare 3.7 Crime 3.8 London 4.1 State of the Church 4.2 Catholicism 4.3 Puritan Challenge 4.4. Religious Radicals 4.5 Anjou 4.6 Ireland 4.7 The Problem with Mary 4.8 The Armada 5.1 Politics in the 1590s 5.2 The Burdens of War 5.3 Poverty and Crime 5.4 Catholics Divided 5.5 Puritanism Contained 5.6 Ireland 5.7 Succession 5.8 End of the Regime Bibliography Primary Final Bibliography Secondary Final December 2010: 234x156: 1,104pp Hb: 978-0-415-35097-6: £200.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415350976

Women and Belief, 1852–1928 provides a unique collection of different viewpoints. It brings together the work of women writers, theologians, philosophers, and economic and cultural historians to illustrate the multiplicity of voices and opinions on the issues of suffrage and religious faith. This diversity is equally reflected in the broad geographical coverage of the collection which draws on works not only from the United Kingdom and United States but also includes materials from Canada and India, and moves beyond the Christian into the spheres of theosophy, Islam, Hinduism, Buddhism, and Judaism. February 2011: 234x156: 2,400pp Hb: 978-0-415-47218-0: £695.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415472180

Forthcoming in 2012

The Routledge History of Sex and the Body, 1500 to the present Edited by Sarah Toulalan and Kate Fisher, both at University of Exeter, UK June 2012: 234x156: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-47237-1: £110.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415472371

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415409599

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

hi s tory

New

Forthcoming in 2011

Forthcoming

English Historical Documents, 1603–1660

3rd Edition

The Routledge History of the Holocaust

Edited by Barry Coward, Birkbeck College, University of London, UK and Peter Gaunt, University of Chester, UK Series: English Historical Documents English Historical Documents is the most ambitious and comprehensive collection of primary documents on English history ever published. The volumes were published between 1953 and 1977 and have become landmark publications in their own fields. This long awaited volume covers 1603–1660, the tumultuous years of the Stuart Kings, the English Civil War and the rise and fall of the Republic. The volume includes informative introductory pieces for the parts and sections, and editorial comments are directed towards making sources intelligible rather than drawing conclusions from them. Opening with an overview of the landscape, people and places of England and Wales, the volume covers all the key aspects of the Stuart period, including: • Parliaments

The Major International Treaties of the Twentieth and Twenty-First Centuries A History and Guide with Texts J.A.S. Grenville, University of Birmingham, UK This definitive work surveys the history of treaty-making in the twentieth century, providing the texts of all the major treaties that either continue in force today, or are of historical importance. Truly global in scope and completely up-to-date, this book covers treaties of all kinds, from political and economic agreements to environmental and human rights pacts. January 2011: 234x156: 1,120pp Hb: 978-0-415-46716-2: £200.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415467162

Forthcoming in 2011

• Multiple Kingdoms

The Major Laws and Decrees of the Third Reich

• Finance

A History and Guide with Texts

• Political ideas

Edited by J. A. S. Grenville, University of Birmingham, UK and Jeremy Noakes, Exeter University, UK

• Religion

• The Monarchy • Internal Wars and Warfare • Foreign Policy and External Wars • Justice and Judicial Affairs • Links between localities and centres. The format of the series has been fully updated for this new volume, and the documents gathered here encompass the most up-to-date approaches to the material. October 2010: 234x156: 1,280pp Hb: 978-0-415-19909-4: £200.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415199094

Forthcoming in 2011

English Historical Documents, 1914–1957 John Stevenson, Worcester College, Oxford, UK Series: English Historical Documents English Historical Documents is the most ambitious, impressive and comprehensive collection of primary documents on English history ever published. The volumes were published between 1953 and 1977 and have become landmark publications in their own fields. This exciting new volume covers the period from 1914 to 1957, bringing the series further into the twentieth century. The format of the series has been updated and the documents gathered here encompass the most up-to-date approaches to the material, covering political, social and cultural history. This volume includes informative introductory pieces for the parts and sections and editorial comment is directed towards making sources intelligible rather than drawing conclusions from them.

The Major Laws and Decrees of the Third Reich is a collection of all the principal laws and decrees brought in over the period of Nazi rule in Germany in the 1930s and 1940s. The book contains not only the full text in translation of the major legislation of the period, but also many of the much-neglected supplementary laws and decrees which often impacted on the laws themselves and which contextualize them and help us make sense of them today. In addition to the full text of the laws, an introduction deals with issues such as the role of law and the judiciary, how laws and decrees were formulated, mechanisms of consent and subversion of the established law. Over three chronological sections, divided into thematic parts, J.A.S. Grenville and Jeremy Noakes include laws which covered all areas of government, the economy, race and ideological indoctrination. Each part and section will have a commentary discussing issues such as the relationship between party and state, the rise of the party and the SS, and the politicization of the legal system during the war. Many of the laws included in this volume have never been translated into English before, and so together with the unique commentary and the contextualization of the laws, the book is an essential reference work for all students of Nazi Germany. March 2011: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-46714-8: £85.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415467148

March 2011: 234x156: 928pp Hb: 978-0-415-47603-4: £200.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415476034

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

Edited by Jonathan C. Friedman, West Chester University, USA Series: Routledge Histories Serving as a comprehensive introduction to the history of the Holocaust, The Routledge History of the Holocaust adds depth to current debate, both geographically and topically, assessing the Final Solution as the German occupation instituted it across Europe and covering issues which have previously been under-investigated. The genocide of Jewish and non-Jewish civilians perpetrated by the German regime during World War Two continues to confront scholars with elusive questions even after nearly seventy years and hundreds of studies. This multi-contributory work is a landmark publication that sees experts renowned in their field addressing these questions in light of current research. Serving as a comprehensive introduction to the history of the Holocaust, this volume also adds depth to current debate, both geographically and topically, assessing the Final Solution as the German occupation instituted it across Europe and covering issues which have previously been under-investigated, such as the problem of prosecuting war crimes, gender and Holocaust experience, the persecution of non-Jewish victims, and the Holocaust in post-war culture. November 2010: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-77956-2: £120.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779562

Forthcoming 4-Volume Set

Female Journalists of the Fin de Siècle Edited by Lorna Shelley, University of Hull, UK Series: History of Feminism Co-published by Routledge and Edition Synapse, the History of Feminism series makes key archival source material readily available to scholars, researchers, and students of women’s and gender studies, women’s history, and women’s writing, as well as those working in allied and related fields. Selected and introduced by expert editors, the gathered materials are reproduced in facsimile, giving users a strong sense of immediacy to the texts and permitting citation to the original pagination. This new title in the series brings together a unique range of texts published between the 1800s and the early twentieth century, revealing different aspects of what it meant to be a female journalist at the turn of the nineteenth century. Selected Contents: Volume I: The Advanced Woman in Journalism and the Case against the Women Journalist Volume II: Fiction I Volume III: Fiction II: Journalism and the Modern Girl November 2010: 246x174: 1,698pp Hb: 978-0-415-55949-2: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415559492

history

New

6-Volume Set

12-Volume Set

The Routledge History of Slavery

Genocide

Routledge Library Editions: Responding to Fascism

Edited by Gad Heuman and Trevor Burnard, both at University of Warwick, UK The Routledge History of Slavery is a landmark publication that provides an overview of the main themes surrounding the history of slavery from ancient Greece to the present day. Taking stock of the field of Slave Studies, the book explores the major advances that have taken place in the past few decades of study in this crucial field. Offering an unusual, transnational history of slavery, the chapters have all been specially commissioned for the collection. The volume begins by delineating the global nature of the institution of slavery, examining slavery in different parts of the world and over time. Topics covered here include slavery in Africa and the Indian Ocean World, as well as the Transatlantic Slave Trade. In Part Two, the chapters explore different themes that define slavery such as slave culture, the slave economy, slave resistance and the planter class, as well as areas of life affected by slavery, such as family and work. The final part goes on to study changes and continuities over time, looking at areas such as abolition, the aftermath of emancipation and commemoration. The volume concludes with a chapter on modern slavery. Including essays on all the key topics and issues, this important collection from a leading international group of scholars presents a comprehensive survey of the current state of the field. It will be essential reading for all those interested in the history of slavery.

Edited by A. Dirk Moses, University of Sydney, Australia Series: Critical Concepts in Historical Studies Addressing the need for an authoritative and comprehensive reference work to enable users to make sense of—and to navigate around—the ever more complex research corpus, Genocide is a new title in Routledge’s Critical Concepts in Historical Studies series. Edited by A. Dirk Moses of the University of Sydney, it is a six-volume collection of foundational and the very best cutting-edge scholarship. Selected Contents: Volume I: The HE Discipline of Genocide Studies Part 1: Conceptual Origins and the United Nations Convention Part 2: Definitions Part 3: Frameworks Part 4: Enablers Volume II: Genocide Before Modernity Part 1: Pre-History, Biblical and Classical Antiquity Part 2: Medieval and Early Modern Periods Part 3: ‘Tribal’ Societies Volume III: Colonial and Imperial Genocides Volume IV: Twentieth-century Imperial Genocides: The Soviet Union and Nazi Germany Part 1: Russia and the Soviet Union Part 2: The Nazi Empire and its Victims Volume V: Post-colonial and-Imperial Genocide Volume VI: Humanitarian Intervention, The Prosecution of Genocide, Trauma, and Recovery Part 1: Humanitarian Intervention Part 2: International Law and Genocide Prosecution April 2010: 234x156: 2,640pp Hb: 978-0-415-49375-8: £975.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415493758

Selected Contents: Introduction Trevor Burnard and Gad Heuman Part 1: Slavery as a Global Institution 1. Ancient Slavery Niall McKeown 2. African Slavery Paul Lovejoy 3. Slavery in the Indian Ocean World Gwyn Campbell 4. The Origins of Slavery in the Americas Betty Wood 5. The Transatlantic Slave Trade Trevor Burnard Part 2: The Character of Slavery 6. Work and the Slave Economy Lorena Walsh 7. Demography Richard Follett 8. Gender and Family Life Jennifer Morgan 9. Religion Sylvia Frey 10. Slave Culture Matt Childs 11. The Planter Class Trevor Burnard 12. Slave Resistance James Sidbury 13. Slave Rebellions Gad Heuman 14. Free Coloureds John Garrigus 15. Black-White Relations Timothy Lockley Part 3: Changes and Continuities 16. The Age of Revolutions Laurent Dubois 17. The Abolition of the Slave Trade Christopher Brown 18. Forging Freedom Steven Hahn 19. Commemorations Edward Rugemer 20. Modern Slavery Joel Quirk October 2010: 246x174: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-46689-9: £100.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415466899

Various Series: Routledge Library Editions The rise of fascism in Europe ultimately plunged the world into war and brought about the horrors of the holocaust, yet these outcomes were far from apparent to many observers in the 1930’s. This collection of contemporary and near contemporary works represents some of the diversity of response as the English speaking world struggled to come to terms with the political upheaval. It includes a wide range of works, including translations from French, Italian and German. The authors are similarly diverse and range from activists through academics to apologists. In Enter Mussolini and The Rise of Italian Fascism, leading anti-fascist writers Emilio Lussu and Angelo Tasca (writing under the pseudonym ‘Amilcare Rossi’) chart the establishment of a fascist state in Italy and offer telling insights into the nature and future of fascism. Both Lussu and Tasca were active in their opposition, and for many others the response to fascism involved taking up arms, typified by the thousands who volunteered to fight against Franco in Spain. In The Spanish Tragedy, Dutch writer Jef Last’s recounts his experience, which ends in disillusionment with Stalin and the Soviet Union. Other works demonstrate a more basic need for information. Hitler’s Official Programme is a translation of official Nazi documents, which a contemporary review describes as ‘a declaration of war by barbarism on civilization’. However, it should never be forgotten that the views of many others were more equivocal. In Norman Hillson’s I Speak of England the author offers a sympathetic description of a journey through Germany, highlighting the success of economic reconstruction under Hitler. Issues of race are not ignored but are not seen as central, a view which is challenged by the works of the two exiled German Jews, Heinrich Fraenkel and G. Warburg, included in this collection. A characteristic of the fascist regimes was the extent to which ideology penetrated aspects of everyday life. German Literature through Nazi Eyes and Higher Education in Nazi Germany examine the impact of the Nazis on culture and education. Straight On includes an account of Red Cross work in Belsen and Auschwitz, perhaps the most moving and tragic of the many responses to fascism. Selected Contents: 1. Hitler’s Official Programme 2. A History of National Socialism 3. The Nazi Dictatorship 4. Enter Mussolini 5. I Speak of Germany 6. The Rise of Italian Fascism 7. The Spanish Tragedy 8. Six Years of Hitler 9. The German People Versus Hitler 10. German Literature Through Nazi Eyes 11. Higher Education in Nazi Germany 12. Straight On April 2010: 234x156: 6,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-57699-4: £750.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85012-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415576994

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

hi s tory

4-Volume Set

5-Volume Set

Victorian and Edwardian Anti-Feminism

Louisiana Purchase Exposition, St. Louis in 1904: A Collection of Official Guidebooks and Miscellaneous Publications

Women and Empire, 1750–1939

Edited by Valerie Sanders, University of Hull, UK and Lucy Delap, University of Cambridge, UK Series: History of Feminism This new collection from Routledge and Edition Synapse provides the documentary backdrop to this growing critical interest in anti-feminism. Based on the premise that to understand the social and intellectual context of the women’s movement and feminism, it is crucial that all contributions to the debate be explored, and not just those of the ‘winning side’, the collection meets an urgent need to restore to the historical record a sense of how feminism was a deeply marginalized position, and to remember that anti-feminism in many cases better represents public opinion concerning the gender politics of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Selected Contents: Part 1: Education, Law, and Science Part 2: Working, Professional, and Spiritual Women Part 3: Marriage, Motherhood and Domesticity Part 4: Satire Part 5: Social Change and Leisure Part 6: Literature Part 7: Anti-Suffragists Part 8: Feminism and Militancy Part 9: Constructive and ‘Modern’ Anti-feminism Part 10: War Part 11: After Suffrage March 2010: 246x174: 1,888pp Hb: 978-0-415-49817-3: £625.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415498173

5-Volume Set

Irish Feminisms, 1810–1930 Edited by Mary Pierse, University College Cork, Republic of Ireland Series: History of Feminism This new title in the series brings together a unique selection of the multiple feminisms articulated by Irish writers between 1810 and 1930, a ‘long Victorian’ period. The five volumes foreground a multiplicity of beliefs and attitudes from novels, poetry, short stories, newspaper and journal articles, and essays, both by relatively unknown and by more celebrated writers (such as Lady Gregory, Lady Wilde, and the Parnells). Selected Contents: Volume I: Leading the Way Volume II: Land and Labour Volume III: Éire Abú? Volume IV: In the Real World Volume V: Literary Approaches 2009: 246x174: 2,570pp Hb: 978-0-415-47529-7: £660.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415475297

This is a facsimile reprint collection of various guides, catalogues and other publications published in conjunction with the Louisiana Purchase Exposition in 1904, known as the Saint Louis World’s Fair, which was the largest international exposition to date. US governments and forty-three of their states, and sixty-two foreign nations in total exhibited at the Fair which celebrated the opening of the century of America. In addition to its scale, the Fair is now notoriously famous for its ‘human zoo’ exhibits where some of native in habitants in the America’s newly acquired territories like the Philippines and Puerto Rico were ‘displayed’. Japan was about to declare war against Russia and took this as a perfect outlet for the nation’s propaganda and tried to show themselves as a member of the civilized world. Like the US and other countries, they, too, ‘exhibited’ Ainu people at the Fair. Today, academic interest in this exposition is growing widely and in response to the demand from the scholarly community, this collection makes available primary source materials for the first time. Together with the authoritative publications released by the secretariat, the collection pays special attention to Japan’s participation and features catalogues of the Japanese exhibition and a very rare souvenir program of Belasco & Long’s theatre production of a Japonism play. 2009: 2,700pp Hb: 978-4-902454-51-2: £695.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9784902454512

5-Volume Set

The Enlightenment Edited by Ryan Patrick Hanley, Marquette University, USA and Darrin McMahon, Florida State University, USA Series: Critical Concepts in Historical Studies More than any earlier period of European intellectual history, the age of Enlightenment infused the republic of letters with social and political significance. This long-awaited new collection from Routledge brings together in five volumes the very best scholarship on the period and its legacy. It also incorporates historical and critical essays addressing the Enlightenment’s alleged responsibility for institutions or policies prevalent in the twentieth century, including economic globalization and the Holocaust. 2009: 234x156: 1,968pp Hb: 978-0-415-34687-0: £825.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415346870

Primary Sources on Gender and Anglo-Imperialism Edited by Susan K. Martin, Caroline Daley, Elizabeth Dimock, all at La Trobe University, Australia, Cheryl Cassidy, Eastern Michigan University, USA and Cecily Devereux, University of Alberta, Canada Series: History of Feminism Concerning questions of power, gender, class and race, this set will be of interest to scholars and students of imperialism, colonization, women’s history and women’s writing. Selected Contents: Volume I: Australia Susan Martin Volume II: New Zealand Caroline Daley Volume III: Africa Elizabeth Dimock Volume IV: India Cheryl Cassidy 2009: 234x156: 2,016pp Hb: 978-0-415-31092-5: £595.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415310925

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Encyclopedia of Islamic Civilization and Religion Edited by Ian Richard Netton The Encyclopedia of Islamic Civilization and Religion provides scholarly coverage of the religion, culture and history of the Islamic world, at a time when that world is undergoing considerable change and is a focus of international study and debate. The non-Muslim world’s perceptions of Islam have often tended to be dominated by unrepresentative radical extremist movements and media interpretations of events involving such movements, to the extent that many people are unaware of the depth and variety of Islamic thought. At the same time, many who have had a formal training in Islamic studies have tended to concentrate on the traditional, to the exclusion of the contemporary. The Encyclopedia of Islamic Civilization and Religion covers the full range of Islamic thought, in historical depth, but it also provides substantial coverage of contemporary trends across the Muslim world. With well over a thousand entries on Islamic theology, history, arts, science, law and institutions, and coverage of Islam in individual countries and cities around the world, the Encyclopedia of Islamic Civilization and Religion provides an extremely rich resource for students and researchers in religious studies and Middle Eastern studies. Entries are cross-referenced and bibliographies are provided. There is a full index. Routledge published The Qura’n: An Encyclopedia in 2005, an excellent companion to the Encyclopedia of Islamic Civilization and Religion. 2007: 246x174: 872pp Hb: 978-0-7007-1588-6: £175.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56025-2: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86204-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780700715886

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

L ibrary sci e n ce an d i nf ormat ion studie s

LIBRARY SCIENCE AND INFORMATION STUDIES

New

19th Edition

A Guide to Outsourcing Records Management

The Directory of EU Information Sources

Forthcoming 16th Edition

ASLIB Directory of Information Sources in the United Kingdom

Jane Proffitt

Edited by Europa Publications

First published in 1928, the Aslib Directory is the leading information sources reference work on organizations of all kinds. Now published in its sixteenth edition, the title’s diversity is reflected by the wide spectrum of entries. The Directory is widely regarded as the best publication of its type.

The Aslib Directory of Information Sources in the United Kingdom provides instant access to listings of 6,600 associations, clubs, societies, companies, educational establishments, institutes, commissions, government bodies, and other organizations which provide information freely or on a fee-paying basis. Entries in the sixteenth edition include:

’The EU does not get any simpler as time goes on ... this volume is ... a good place to start into the labyrinth ... This remains an essential directory for any organization requiring regular contact with the EU ... It is comprehensive in its coverage, accurate and up to date in its contents, well organized and well presented.’ – Reference

Reviews The ninteenth edition of The Directory of EU Information Sources is the most comprehensive compilation of contacts and published information on the European Union. It brings together a broad range of information sources, comprising not only the various constituent institutions of the European Union, their personnel, publications, information websites and representations in Europe and the rest of the world; but also diplomatic representation in Brussels, European-level trade and professional associations and NGOs, consultants and lawyers specializing in EU affairs, Press Agencies, EU grants and loans programmes, and information networks serving businesses, students, academics, consumers, job-seekers and many other groups. October 2010: 297x211: 570pp Hb: 978-1-85743-556-6: £300.00

• Macular Disease Society • Costume Society of Scotland

• Surrey Performing Arts Library.

3rd Edition

Each entry is listed alphabetically and includes the organization’s name and contact details, type and purpose, and lists publications and collections where appropriate. The Directory also contains a comprehensive index of acronyms and abbreviations and a substantial subject index.

Assessing Information Needs in the Age of the Digital Consumer

November 2010: 297x210: 1,500pp Hb: 978-1-85743-576-4: £425.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435764

Outsourcing is not necessarily the way ahead for every organization or business. The process of determining whether the concept is feasible, cost-effective and beneficial is complex and should not be entered into lightly. The price of failure is high and, for that reason, any outsourcing initiative demands robust project management skills, strong support at board level and the unremitting support and commitment of every executive, departmental head and senior manager in the company. Much has been written about the concepts of outsourcing. Research has generated numerous books, journal articles and case studies attesting to its merits but there is little to nothing available that is specific to a records management facility. This title will prove invaluable for any librarian or information professional with a practical or academic interest in outsourcing.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857434910

• Centre for Global Energy Studies

David Nicholas and Eti Herman

The content of this book is a distillation of the outsourcing process, is derived from detailed and wide-ranging research in the subject, but contextualized to cater for the records management environment.

September 2010: 198x129: 130pp Pb: 978-1-85743-491-0: £35.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435566

• Parentline Plus

Outsourcing is a global phenomenon that has enjoyed rapid growth over recent years, evidenced by the proliferation of outsourcing service providers in all areas of business. The concept centres on businesses and organizations divesting themselves of essential, but non-core, business activities and, properly managed, outsourcing can realize considerable cost and other benefits for both the service provider and the outsourcing client.

Aiming at ensuring that everyone obtains the rich rewards available in today’s information-centred society, this book seeks to provide a systematic method for the understanding, appreciation and evaluation of information needs, which alone can guarantee the value of information to the consumer. Based on the insights gained from research projects involving hundreds of thousands of people, it sets out to provide a framework, firmly grounded in theory but nevertheless highly practical, for information needs analysis. The book is written both for librarians, publishers, archivists, records managers, journalists and other information professionals, to help them in their efforts to design improved systems and monitor the effectiveness of their services on an ongoing basis, and for individual information consumers, to enable them better to meet their own information needs in the expanding sphere of virtual information.

Freedom of Information Open Access, Empty Archives? Edited by Andrew Flinn, University College London, UK and Harriet Jones, University of London, UK The Freedom of Information (FOI) Act has been broadly welcomed by contemporary British historians as a means of increasing access to public records within the thirty-year rule. But the benefits of this formal commitment to open government are untested, and experiences in other countries with FOI or Access to Information legislation have raised a number of shared problems and concerns. These problems are common among countries with FOI legislation. But there has been very little discussion among historians and archivists internationally about dealing with these issues as well as reflecting on the benefits of access legislation. This volume will be the first to compare and reflect upon both the successes and difficulties of FOI across the world. Written by an international mixture of senior archivists and historians, it will appeal across the disciplines of history and archive studies. 2009: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-1-85743-420-0: £130.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857434200

2009: 234x156: 192pp Pb: 978-1-85743-487-3: £40.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85579-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857434873

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

Libr ary s c i e n c e an d in formati o n s tudi e s

Information Worlds

Forthcoming in 2011

Behavior, Technology, and Social Context in the Age of the Internet

Perspectives on Information

Paul T. Jaeger, University of Maryland, USA and Gary Burnett, Florida State University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Library and Information Science The authors present a multi-level theory of ’Information Worlds’ to investigate the ways in which information creates the social worlds of people. Building upon the foundational works of Library and Information Studies (LIS) scholar and theorist Elfreda Chatman and philosopher Jurgen Habermas, as well as from theory and research from a wide range of other fields, the theory of Information Worlds can serve as a theoretical driver both in LIS studies and across other disciplines that study information issues, enriching and expanding our understanding of the multi-layered role of information in society. Testing their theory through application to a variety of real-world issues, Burnett and Jaeger tackle the topics of libraries and information provision, the value assigned to information by differing social groups, information access and exchange, international information policies, the role of information in democracy, and technological change. Information Worlds provides a framework for empirical investigations into the fascinating and very real social dimensions of information. Selected Contents: Introduction Acknowledgments 1. Theory, Information, and Society 2. Information Worlds 3. Information Value 4. The Evolution of Information Access and Exchange 5. Public Libraries in the Public Sphere 6. Information Worlds and Technological Change 7. News, Media, and Information Worlds 8. Information Worlds and the Political World 9. Applications of the Theory of Information Worlds 10. The Future of Information Theory Bibliograpy Index March 2010: 234x156: 214pp Hb: 978-0-415-99778-2: £70.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415997782

Edited by Magnus Ramage and David Chapman, both at The Open University, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Library and Information Science We live in an information society. Many aspects of the world which were once understood in terms of their physical properties, and were seen to be quite separate, are now represented and analyzed in terms of their information content. The importance of information has been appreciated differently across many academic disciplines, and it is treated in different ways. There are many disciplines (including information and communication technologies, quantum physics, information systems, library and information science, and the sociology of the information society) for which information is foundational. Each of these disciplines has a different definition of the concept, and each uses the concept differently. Perspectives on Information reflects both the diversity of understanding of information within the disciplines, and brings clarity and coherence to the different perspectives through promoting information as a unifying concept across the disciplinary spectrum. Drawing from an unusually broad range of fields, each contributor presents an insider’s perspective on information. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Magnus Ramage and David Chapman 2. A Historical Perspective: The Development of the Concept of Information in Cybernetics Magnus Ramage 3. There is No Such Thing as ‘The Information Revolution’…and This is a Chapter About It Chris Bissell 4. Information, Meaning, and Context in Telecommunications and Art David Chapman 5. Signs and Signals: Where is Information? John Monk 6. Fundamentals of Information: Purposeful Activity, Meaning, and Conceptualization Sue Holwell 7. Using Information (and Exformation) to Inform Action Paul Lefrere 8. Information and Libraries: Impact of Web 2.0 Juanita Foster-Jones 9. Logic-Based Models of Information Exchange Paul Piwek 10. Quantum Information: the Future? Tony Nixon 11. The Nature of Information Policy-Making Ray Corrigan 12. Conclusion Magnus Ramage and David Chapman February 2011:6x9: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-88410-5: £70.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415884105

l i n g ui s ti c s a n d l an g uage

LINGUISTICS AND LANGUAGE Forthcoming in 2012 6-Volume Set

English Phonetics: TwentiethCentury Development Edited by Beverley S. Collins, University of Leiden, the Netherlands and Inger Mees, Copenhagen Business School, Denmark Series: Logos Studies in Language and Linguistics By the end of the nineteenth century, phonetics was increasingly recognized as a valid scientific discipline. While early experimental and instrumental research in speech science was concentrated in Germany, France, and the USA, in Britain—thanks to the pioneering work of scholars such as Alexander Melville Bell, Isaac Pitman, Alexander J. Ellis, and Henry Sweet—the emphasis was on what is now known as articulatory phonetics. (See further Phonetics of English in the Nineteenth Century (Routledge, 2006), compiled by the editors of the current collection.) These pioneers regarded their task as essentially one of observation and description. The twentieth century saw the consolidation of previous efforts. Many of these developments were centred round the work of what has come to be called the British School of phonetics under the leadership of Daniel Jones, Professor of Phonetics at University College London. (Jones’s seminal contributions are documented in another set edited by Collins and Mees; see Daniel Jones: Selected Works (Routledge, 2002).) The present collection concentrates largely on the work of Jones’s colleagues at University College, and also documents how the British School extended its influence further afield—to Europe, North America, Japan and, effectively, worldwide. Although articulatory phonetics provides the thread running through the publications—now very difficult to obtain—that have been brought together in this collection, they vary widely in their content. An area of prime importance was the teaching of pronunciation to language learners, and in particular the acquisition of English pronunciation by non-natives. Apart from works devoted to second-language acquisition, and in particular to the teaching of English as an acquired language, this emphasis also led to the production of important English pronunciation dictionaries, including the Afzelius dictionary reproduced as Volume I of this collection. Other areas covered in the following volumes include key foundational work on dialectology, intonation theory and practice, the growth of broadcasting and the influence of radio (especially the BBC) on the establishment of a de facto standard southern British English pronunciation. Making readily available materials which have until now been very difficult for phoneticians, phonologists, and other linguists to locate and use, Twentieth-Century Developments in English Phonetics is a veritable treasuretrove. November 2012: 234x156: 1,736pp Hb: 978-0-415-59054-9: £800.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415590549

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

lingu ist ics an d language Forthcoming in 2011

Forthcoming in 2011

5-Volume Set

4-Volume Set

Historical Linguistics

Educational Linguistics

The Routledge Handbook of Second Language Acquisition

Edited by Brian D. Joseph and Hope Dawson, both at Ohio State University, USA

Edited by Nancy H. Hornberger, University of Pennsylvania, USA

Series: Critical Concepts in Linguistics

Historical linguistics is that area of the study of language concerned with the way languages change over time, looking both at the distant past and at the present day, and taking as its point of departure the truism that the only constant in language is that it is always changing. Historical linguistics is also the area of linguistics that placed the field on a scientific footing in the nineteenth century, through the recognition of regularities in language change that allowed for the reconstruction of the prehistory of many languages.

What educational approaches best serve languageminority children? What policies, programmes, and circumstances encourage or contribute to minoritylanguage maintenance? How do we make sense of the ecology of language development and socialization in non-traditional settings? And what is the relationship between language, learning, and technology?

December 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-45443-8: £895.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415454438

Forthcoming in 2011

The Khoesan Languages Edited by Rainer Vossen, University of Frankfurt, Germany Series: Routledge Language Family Series According to a widely accepted hypothesis, the Khoesan languages represent the smallest of the four language families in Africa, geographically distributed mainly in Botswana and Namibia. Today, only forty or so Khoesan languages may still exist, with about 120,000 native speakers. In other words, most Khoesan languages were already extinct before a sound scholarly interest in them could begin to develop. This volume presents descriptive, typological, historico-comparative and socio-linguistic material on Khoesan, much of it drawn from the author’s own field work. December 2011: 234x156: 700pp Hb: 978-0-7007-1289-2: £225.00

Edited by Susan M. Gass, Michigan State University, USA and Alison Mackey, Georgetown University, USA

These are the kinds of dizzying questions addressed by those working in educational linguistics. The subdiscipline first came to prominence in the 1970s, and in recent decades it has expanded rapidly. It is now a wellestablished field of teaching and scholarly research. As serious academic thinking about and around educational linguistics continues to flourish and develop, this new title in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Linguistics, meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the subject’s vast literature and the continuing explosion in research output. Edited by Nancy H. Hornberger, Goldie Anna Professor of Education and Director of the Educational Linguistics Program at the University of Pennsylvania, USA, this Routledge Major Work is a four-volume collection of foundational and cutting-edge contributions.

Series: Routledge Handbooks in Applied Linguistics July 2011: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-47993-6: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415479936

Forthcoming in 2011

Routledge Handbook of Discourse Analysis Edited by James Paul Gee, Arizona State University, USA and Michael Handford Series: Routledge Handbooks in Applied Linguistics April 2011: 246x174 Hb: 978-0-415-55107-6: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415551076

With a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor, which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context, Educational Linguistics is an essential work of reference. It is destined to be valued by specialists and scholars working in the area—as well as by educational policy-makers and professionals—as a vital one-stop research tool.

Forthcoming

September 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-58839-3: £800.00

The Routledge Handbook of Applied Linguistics serves as an introduction and reference point to key areas in the dynamic field of applied linguistics. It is characterised by its scope, its broad relevance, its social engagement, and its authoritative yet straightforward chapters. For newcomers and established academics alike, it offers a readable and accessible overview of the field.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415588393

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780700712892

The Routledge Handbook of Applied Linguistics James Simpson, University of Leeds, UK Series: Routledge Handbooks in Applied Linguistics

December 2010: 246x174: 680pp Hb: 978-0-415-49067-2: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter

Forthcoming in 2011 NEW IN PAPERBACK

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415490672

3rd Edition

The Routledge Linguistics Encyclopedia Kirsten Malmkjaer, Middlesex University, UK The Routledge Linguistics Encyclopedia is a singlevolume Encyclopedia covering all major and subsidiary areas of linguistics and applied linguistics. The seventy nine articles provide in-depth coverage of the topics and sub-topics of the field, extensively cross-referenced so the reader can see how areas interrelate. Including a substantial introduction which provides a potted history of linguistics and suggestions for further reading, this is an indispensable reference tool for specialists and non-specialists alike. This new edition includes ten completely new articles, introducing new areas like slang language and new technologies. September 2011: 246x174: 704pp Pb: 978-0-415-42432-5: £27.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415424325

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

l i n g ui s ti c s a n d l an g uage Forthcoming in 2011

The Routledge Handbook of Multilingualism Edited by Marilyn Martin-Jones, Adrian Blackledge and Angela Creese, all at Birmingham University, UK Series: Routledge Handbooks in Applied Linguistics The Routledge Handbook of Mulitlingualism provides a comprehensive survey of the field of multilingualism for a global readership and an overview of the research which situates multilingualism in its social, cultural and political context. The Handbook includes an Introduction and five sections with thirty-two chapters by leading international contributors. The Introduction charts out the changing landscape of social and ethnographic research on multilingualism (theory, methods & research sites) and it foregrounds key contemporary debates. Chapters are structured around sub-headings such as: Early developments, key issues related to theory and method, new research directions. The Routledge Handbook of Multilingualism offers an authoritative guide to shifts over time in thinking about multilingualism as well as providing an overview of the range of contemporary themes, debates and research sites. Selected Contents: Introduction. Part 1: Multilingualism: Nations, States and Citizenship Part 2: Multilingualism and Education Part 3: Multilingualism within other Institutional Sites Part 4: Multilingualism in Social and Cultural Change Part 5: Multilingualism: Situated Practices May 2011: 246x174: 496pp Hb: 978-0-415-49647-6: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415496476

New

The Routledge Handbook of World Englishes

The Routledge Handbook of Corpus Linguistics

The Routledge Handbook of Forensic Linguistics

Edited by Anne O’Keeffe, Mary Immaculate College, University of Limerick, Ireland and Michael McCarthy, Emeritus Professor of Applied Linguistics at the University of Nottingham, UK

Edited by Malcolm Coulthard, Aston University, UK and Alison Johnson, The University of Leeds, UK

Series: Routledge Handbooks in Applied Linguistics

The Routledge Handbook of Forensic Linguistics provides a unique work of reference which profiles the leading ideas, debates, topics, approaches and methodologies in Forensic Linguistics.

The Routledge Handbook of Corpus Linguistics provides a timely overview of a dynamic and rapidly growing area with a widely applied methodology. Through the electronic analysis of large bodies of text, corpus linguistics demonstrates and supports linguistic statements and assumptions. In recent years it has seen an everwidening application in a variety of fields: computational linguistics, discourse analysis, forensic linguistics, pragmatics and translation studies.

Forensic Linguistics is the study of language and the law, covering topics from legal language and courtroom discourse to plagiarism. It also concerns the applied (forensic) linguist who is involved in providing evidence, as an expert, for the defence and prosecution, in areas as diverse as blackmail, trademarks and warning labels.

Bringing together experts in the key areas of development and change, the Handbook is structured around six themes which take the reader through building and designing a corpus to using a corpus to study literature and translation. Each theme is preceded by a substantial overview of the area putting the subsequent themes into perspective.

The Routledge Handbook of Forensic Linguistics includes a comprehensive introduction to the field written by the editors and a collection of thirty-seven original chapters written by the world’s leading academics and professionals, both established and up-and-coming, designed to equip a new generation of students and researchers to carry out forensic linguistic research and analysis.

A comprehensive introduction covers the historical development of the field and its growing influence and application in other areas. Structured around five headings for ease of reference, each contribution includes further reading sections with three to five key texts highlighted and annotated to facilitate further exploration of the topics. The Routledge Handbook of Corpus Linguistics is the ideal resource for advanced undergraduates and postgraduates.

The Routledge Handbook of Forensic Linguistics is the ideal resource for undergraduates or postgraduates new to the area.

March 2010: 246x174: 624pp Hb: 978-0-415-46489-5: £125.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85694-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415464895

Edited by Andy Kirkpatrick, Hong Kong Institute of Education Series: Routledge Handbooks in Applied Linguistics The Routledge Handbook of World Englishes constitutes a comprehensive introduction to the study of world Englishes drawing on the expertise of leading authors within the field. The Handbook is structured in nine sections covering historical perspectives, core issues and topics and new debates which together provide a thorough overview of the field taking into account the new directions in which the discipline is heading. Among the key themes covered are the development of English as a lingua franca among speakers for whom English is a common but not first language, the parallel development of English as a medium of instruction in educational institutions throughout the world and the role of English as the international language of scholarship and scholarly publishing, as well as the development of ‘computer-mediated’ Englishes, including ‘cyberprose’. The Routledge Handbook of World Englishes is the ideal resource for postgraduate students of applied linguistics. June 2010: 246x174: 728pp Hb: 978-0-415-47039-1: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter eBook: 978-0-203-84932-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415470391

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

March 2010: 246x174: 616pp Hb: 978-0-415-46309-6: £125.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85560-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415463096

lingu ist ics an d language Forthcoming in 2011

Forthcoming in 2013

Forthcoming in 2011

4-Volume Set

Sino-Tibetan Linguistics

Phonetics

Endangered Languages

Edited by Randy LaPolla, La Trobe University, Australia

Edited by William J. Idsardi, University of Maryland, USA

Edited by Peter K. Austin and Stuart McGill, both at The School of Oriental and African Studies, UK

The Sino-Tibetan languages form the largest language family in the world in terms of native speakers, of whom there are some 1.4 billion spread across East Asia, Southeast Asia and parts of South Asia. The family consists of two branches: Sinitic, consisting of the Chinese languages (including Cantonese and Hakka), and Tibeto-Burman, which as well as Tibetan and Burmese includes several hundred further languages spoken from the Tibetan plateau in the north to the Malay peninsula in the south, and from northern Pakistan in the west to northeastern Vietnam in the east.

Series: Critical Concepts in Linguistics

Series: Critical Concepts in Language Studies

Apart from philology, phonetics is the oldest tradition within linguistics as a practising science. Hermann von Helmholtz published On the Sensations of Tone as a Physiological Basis for the Theory of Music in 1863, Alexander Melville Bell published Visible Speech in 1867, and those works remain vital and relevant today. Phonetics is a truly interdisciplinary endeavour, drawing on work from anatomy, computer science, electrical engineering, neuroscience, physics, and psychology, as well as from linguistics.

This four-volume collection focuses on journal articles, with a small selection of seminal contributions from book literature. Although the majority of the material is drawn from sources published in the past thirty years, some classic pieces are included; for example, a paper on Tibetan initials by F. K. Li which was published in 1933 and has never been surpassed.

Bringing together the best and most influential canonical and cutting-edge research from this rich and flourishing subdiscipline, Phonetics is a new title in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Linguistics. It documents the major approaches to the phonetic sciences: articulatory, acoustic, auditory, and linguistic, and highlights the contributions from the various allied disciplines.

The field of endangered languages and language documentation research and practice is a growing one with new programmes having been established in Europe, Australia and the US recently, and new initiatives planned for the future. This is one area of the humanities that has attracted the largest grant support in the world from Volkswagen Foundation, NSF-NEH and Lisbet Rausing Charitable Fund, amounting to several million pounds in total annually. A whole new generation of students and researchers are being trained in the field and they will want to read and refer to this unique collection of articles. There is no existing collection of papers with this range of coverage.

This new Major Work from Routledge is a set to which someone new to the field of Sino-Tibetan studies could refer in order to get a general idea of the development and current state of the art of the subject, or that a veteran could go to as an easy source for the most frequently cited articles.

Phonetics is fully indexed and has a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor, which places the material in its historical and intellectual context. It is an essential work of reference and is destined to be valued by scholars and students as a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource.

July 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-57739-7: £650.00

Selected Contents: Volume I: Acoustic Phonetics Volume II: Articulatory Phonetics Volume III: Auditory Phonetics Volume IV: Linguistic Phonetics and Theoretical Phonetics

Series: Critical Concepts in Linguistics

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415577397

December 2013: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-45395-0: £725.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415453950

Forthcoming in 2011 2nd Edition

The Routledge Handbook of Scripts and Alphabets Christopher Moseley, University College London, UK and George L Campbell

Selected Contents: Volume I: Language Ecology and Endangered Languages 1. Language Ecology and Endangerment 2. Speakers and Communities of Endangered Languages (Including Ethical Aspects) 3. Endangered Language Situations around the World 4. What is Lost When a Language is Lost? 5. Structural Aspects of Language Endangerment 6. Language and Identity Volume II: Documenting Endangered Languages 1. Language Documentation Theory 2. Speakers and Language Documentation 3. Data and Language Documentation 4. Data Processing and Management 5. Multidisciplinarity in Language Documentation 6. Archiving and Language Documentation Volume III: Maintaining and Supporting Endangered Languages 1. Language Policy for Endangered Languages 2. Revitalization 3. Language Programmes for Endangered Languages 4. Information Technology and Endangered Languages 5. Advocacy and Support for Endangered Languages Volume IV: The Future of Endangered Languages 1. Language and Development 2. Communitybased Training and Capacity Development 3. Researcher Training and Capacity Development 4. New Roles for Endangered Languages April 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-43843-8: £725.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415438438

This is a handy reference to the main scripts and alphabets of the world: • over forty alphabets are presented and discussed • enormous scope of languages ranging from Amharic and Chinese to Thai and Cree • full script tables are given • each entry is accompanied by a brief overview of its historical and linguistic context. June 2011: 234x156: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-56098-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56097-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86548-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415560986

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

l i n g ui s ti c s a n d l an g uage Forthcoming in 2013

Forthcoming in 2011

Forthcoming

4-Volume Set

5-Volume Set

Edited by John Joseph, University of Edinburgh, UK

The Routledge Spanish Bilingual Dictionary of Psychology and Psychiatry

Series: Critical Assessments of Leading Linguists

Steven M. Kaplan

Edited by Bambi Schieffelin, New York University, USA and Paul Garrett, Temple University, USA

Ferdinand de Saussure Ferdinand de Saussure (1857–1913) is widely recognized as the founder of twentieth-century language science. In his lifetime he published an important work on Indo-European philology but it was his Course in General Linguistics, published posthumously in 1916, that paved the way for a genuinely scientific theory of language based on a system of mutually defining entities. In addition to laying the foundations for many of the significant developments in modern linguistics, the implications of Saussure’s work have been far reaching across a broad range of disciplines beyond language studies; indeed, his projected science of signs effected a fundamental reconceptualization of our knowledge about all socially organized meaning systems and it has had a profound impact on, for example, the evolution of modern sociology, anthropology, film studies, and literary theory. As serious work on Saussure’s thinking and influence continues to flourish, this long-awaited new title in Routledge’s Critical Assessments of Leading Linguists series meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a vast scholarly literature. Edited by John E. Joseph, author of the first full-length and comprehensive biography of Saussure, this four-volume Major Work brings together the best and most influential English-language Saussurean secondary literature. (It also makes available in translation several key pieces originally published in languages other than English.) The collection includes: work on Saussure’s precursors; comprehensive coverage of his linguistic theory, his key concepts, and their critical reception, especially in Europe and the USA; critiques of Saussure (including reassessments and refinements prompted by the unearthing in 1996 of a manuscript published as his Writings in General Linguistics); full coverage of Saussure’s ‘rediscovery’ in the 1960s and his significance in the rise of structuralism, as well as his influence on the broader poststructuralist approaches to inquiry in the human sciences that followed.

’This Dictionary is a vital resource to those in the healthcare professions, to academicians and to those who work in translation and/or interpretation and are in contact with the English and Spanish speaking communities. With increased awareness of globalization and the need for cross-cultural cooperation comes the need for resources that facilitate inter-cultural communication; this text fosters such communication as it provides individuals with easy access to a comprehensive list of terms. Such comprehensive texts, those focusing on related fields of study, are very difficult to find.’ – Christine E. Cotton, Elon University, USA ’I highly recommend this dictionary to those using Spanish in a psychological and psychiatric field … Professional translators and interpreters working on psychological and psychiatric topics should have this dictionary handy when they show up at a job. Moreover, this is a very helpful dictionary for the professional who depends on accuracy in translating or interpreting from English to Spanish (including researchers on psychology and psychiatry).’ – Pedro Macizo, University of Granada, Spain

Anthropological Linguistics Theories and Practices

Series: Critical Concepts in Language Studies Viewing language as a dynamic semiotic system that shapes and is shaped by cultural, social and cognitive factors alike, the articles in this new Major Work from Routledge explore how people in communities worldwide think about language, talk about language, use language, and change language. The articles illustrate the ways in which language practices—spoken, written, and signed—are resources that participants use for creating social worlds and accomplishing a wide range of activities within those worlds. Furthermore, they demonstrate how analysts use linguistic and cultural practices, and the ideologies that shape them, to provide insights into the complexities of everyday, as well as less commonly occurring, social encounters. December 2010: 234x156: 2,000pp Hb: 978-0-415-55178-6: £850.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415551786

Forthcoming in 2011

’This is an essential reference book for legal and medical interpreters and translators. It contains thousands of words and phrases that are not available in more general dictionaries.’ – Robert O. Chase, Tunxis Community College, USA

5-Volume Set

January 2011: 234x156 Hb: 978-0-415-58774-7: £175.00

A new title in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Linguistics, Pragmatics II is a four-volume collection of the very best scholarship on pragmatics. It is an essential successor collection to the editor’s Pragmatics (6 vols.) (978-0-415-11734-0), published in 1998 and described by The Linguist List as ‘essential background reading for students of pragmatics and new researchers in the pragmatics of language’.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415587747

Ferdinand de Saussure is fully indexed and has a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor, which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. It is an essential work of reference and is destined to be valued by scholars and students as a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource. June 2013: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-46546-5: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415465465

Pragmatics II Edited by Asa Kasher, Tel Aviv University, Israel Series: Critical Concepts in Linguistics

Pragmatics has experienced dramatic growth since its first flourishing early in the twentieth century. Pragmatics (1998) was the first comprehensive collection of the field’s canonical and cutting-edge research, and this new collection now takes full account of the many important developments that have taken place since its appearance. Pragmatics II also includes coverage of areas outside the scope of the first collection, including sections on ‘Silence’ and ‘Typology’. With a full index, together with a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor, which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context, Pragmatics II is an indispensable work of reference. It is destined to be valued by scholars, students, and researchers as a vital research resource. January 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-47795-6: £725.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415477956

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

lingu ist ics an d language Forthcoming in 2011

Forthcoming

New

6-Volume Set

4-Volume Set

Metaphor

Second-Language Acquisition

Semiotics

Edited by Patrick Hanks, Charles University, Czech Republic and Rachel Giora, Tel Aviv University, Israel

Edited by Lourdes Ortega, University of Hawaii, USA

Edited by Peer F. Bundgaard and Frederik Stjernfelt, both at Aarhus University, Denmark

Series: Critical Concepts in Linguistics

Second-Language Acquisition was born in the late 1960s as an interdisciplinary enterprise that borrowed equally from the feeder fields of linguistics, language teaching, child language acquisition, and psychology. This new six-volume collection offers a comprehensive survey of this burgeoning field, its accumulated findings and proposed theories, its developed research paradigms, and its pending questions for the future. Including both classical and cutting-edge research, the collected materials offer a cogent and nuanced panoramic of the past, present, and future of Second-Language Acquisition research.

With contributions from Aristotle to Lakoff and Johnson, and incorporating the work of philosophers, linguists, literary theorists, and cognitive psychologists, this wide-ranging and multidisciplinary six-volume collection on metaphor and figurative language is a new title from Routledge’s Critical Concepts in Linguistics series. Metaphor is fully indexed and has a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editors, which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. It is an essential library purchase and is destined to be valued by scholars and students as a vital reference work and research tool. Selected Contents: Volume I: Theoretical issues Part 1: Foundations Part 2: Philosophy of Metaphor Part 3: Beyond Similarity and Class Inclusion Part 4: Conceptual Metaphor Part 5: Blending Theory Part 6: Relevance Theory Part 7: Metaphor and Context Volume II: Typology of Figurative Language Part 8: Metaphor and Simile Part 9: Metonymy Part 10: Pictorial Metaphor Part 11: Conventional Metaphors and Idioms Part 12: Time and Space Part 13: Embodied Metaphor Volume III: Literary and Cross-cultural Perspectives Part 14: Metaphor in Literary Theory Part 15: Case Studies Part 16: Cross-cultural Perspectives Volume IV: Cognition and Metaphor Part 17: Processing Part 18: Degrees of Salience Part 19: Is Metaphor Unique? Part 20: Aptness Part 21: Developmental Aspects Volume V: Brain and Metaphor Part 22: Is the Right Hemisphere Uniquely Involved in Metaphor Comprehension? Part 23: Effects of Degree of Salience Part 24: Clinical Populations Part 25: The Effect of Task Part 26: Methodologies Volume VI: Empirical Analysis of Figurative Language Part 27: Corpus-Based Analyzes Part 28: Applied Metaphor Studies Part 29: Computational Approaches January 2011: 234x156 Hb: 978-0-415-39249-5: £1,095.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415392495

Series: Critical Concepts in Linguistics

Selected Contents: Volume I: Foundations of Second-Language Acquisition Part 1: Historical Foundations Part 2: Theoretical Foundations Part 3: Methodological Foundations Volume II: Main Themes in Second-Language Acquisition Part 4: Age Part 5: Crosslinguistic Influences Part 6: Environment and Cognition Part 7: Variability Part 8: Fossilization Part 9: Socio-Psychological Factors Volume III: Universal Grammar and Second-Language Acquisition Part 10: Difference and Access Part 11: The Disputed Roles of Transfer and Impairment in the Initial State Part 12: Ultimate Attainment in the Final/Steady State Part 13: Interfaces Part 14: Processing Accounts of Universal Grammar Volume IV: Cognition in Second-Language Acquisition Part 15: Foundational Themes Part 16: Attention, Consciousness, and Awareness Part 17: Individual Differences Across Cognitive Abilities Volume V: Social Dimensions of L2 Learning Part 18: Theoretical Contributions Part 19: Sociolinguistic Explorations Part 20: Vygotskian Sociocultural Theory of Mind and L2 Learning Part 21: Conversation Analysis for Second-Language Acquisition Part 22: Sociocultural Educational Perspectives Volume VI: Second-Language Acquisition and Instruction Part 23: Classroom Processes Part 24: Types of Instruction Part 25: Optimal L2 Instruction November 2010: 234x156: 2,386pp Hb: 978-0-415-45020-1: £975.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415450201

Series: Critical Concepts in Language Studies Semiotics (the study of sign processes—‘semiosis’—and sign systems) embraces linguistics, philosophy, and literary studies, as well as linking to anthropology, art, psychology, and biology. This new Routledge collection helps to make sense of the subject’s huge interdisciplinary corpus of scholarly literature and brings together the best and most influential materials from ‘the first phase’, neo-classics from the institutionalization of semiotics in the 1960s, and contemporary works illustrating the ongoing development of semiotics and its widening applications (for example, in the natural sciences). Fully indexed, and with a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor, that places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context, this is an essential work destined to be valued by scholars, students, and researchers as a vital one-stop reference resource. Selected Contents: Volume I: Philosophy Volume II: Linguistics Volume III: Text and Image Volume IV: Logic, Biology, Psychology, Culture and Anthropology October 2010: 234x156: 1,843pp Hb: 978-0-415-47681-2: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415476812

New 4-Volume Set

Language and Politics Edited by John Joseph, University of Edinburgh, UK Series: Major Themes in English Studies Language and Politics, a new title in the Routledge series, Major Themes in English Studies, addresses the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of this rapidly growing and ever more complex corpus of scholarly literature. Edited by John E. Joseph, a prominent scholar in the field, and author of the subject’s leading textbook, this new Major Work from Routledge brings together in four volumes the foundational and the very best cutting-edge scholarship to provide a synoptic view of many of the key issues and current debates. Selected Contents: Volume I Part 1: Persuasion and Propaganda Part 2: Language and Political Theory Part 3: Political Uses of Language in the Past Volume II Part 4: Political Uses of Language in Recent Decades Part 5: Analyzing Political Language Part 6: Ideology in Political Discourse Volume III Part 7: Marxist Views of Language Part 8: Performativity and Identity Part 9: Language and the Structure of Society Volume IV Part 10: Language Choice and Language Policy Part 11: Politics in Language Part 12: ‘Critical’ (Applied) Linguistics and Critical Discourse Analysis June 2010: 234x156: 1,616pp Hb: 978-0-415-45243-4: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415452434

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

l i n g ui s ti c s a n d l an g uage 4-Volume Set

4-Volume Set

Language Acquisition

Bilingualism and Multilingualism

Computer-Assisted Language Learning

Edited by Li Wei, Birkbeck College, University of London, UK

Edited by Philip Hubbard, Stanford University, USA

Series: Critical Concepts in Linguistics

Although the early promise of computer-assisted language learning (or ‘CALL’), to revolutionize second-language learning has not been met, the past quarter century has seen a fascinating rate of growth. This is not only because of lessons learned from research and practice, but also due to the rapid and continuing shifts in the technology itself.

Edited by Charles Yang, University of Pennsylvania, USA Series: Critical Concepts in Linguistics This new addition to Routledge’s Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Linguistics, brings together the very best and most influential scholarly research in over half a century of language-acquisition research. The collection represents and reflects the interdisciplinary nature of the field, by highlighting models and methodologies from—and implications for—adjacent fields such as psycholinguistics, developmental psychology, computer science, and comparative cognition. In addition, the collection steers users to the most important, as well as controversial, issues that lie at the frontier of language acquisition research. With a new introduction by the editor, comprehensive index, and a chronological table of the gathered materials, this four-volume collection provides both student and scholar alike with all the key writings on language acquisition in one convenient and authoritative reference resource. Selected Contents: Volume I: Foundations Volume II: Speech Volume III: Words Volume IV: Structures 2009: 234x156: 1,720pp Hb: 978-0-415-43709-7: £725.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415437097

4-Volume Set

Clinical Linguistics Edited by Thomas W. Powell, Louisiana State University, USA and Martin J. Ball, University of Louisiana at Lafayette, USA Series: Critical Concepts in Linguistics Clinical Linguistics involves the application of linguistic theories and procedures to the study, characterization, and treatment of communicative disorders. Although linguists have long applied their science to a variety of language problems, Clinical Linguistics did not emerge as an autonomous discipline until the publication of Crystal’s influential Clinical Linguistics in 1981. Despite its youth, this specialist area has quickly evolved into a highly productive field of inquiry. From its inception, Clinical Linguistics has had a strong international presence. The field is interdisciplinary, with relevance to theoretical and applied linguistics, speech and language therapy, psychology, and education. Selected Contents: Volume I Part 1: Defining the Domain of Clinical Linguistics Part 2: Historical Bases of Clinical Linguistics Part 3: The Role of Linguistic Theory Volume II Part 4: Clinical Phonetics Part 5: Speech Measurement and Instrumentation Part 6: Clinical Phonology Volume III Part 7: Developmental Disorders of Language Part 8: Acquired Disorders of Language Part 9: Cognitive– Communicative Disorders Volume IV Part 10: Application of Clinical Linguistics in Educational Settings Part 11: Application of Clinical Linguistics in Medical Settings Part 12: Emerging Issues and Controversies

This new Major Work on Bilingualism and Multilingualism showcases the major achievements in this multidisciplinary field, through the inclusion of the most important, as well as controversial, works that lie at the forefront of bilingualism and multilingualism research. Selected Contents: Volume I: Linguistic and Developmental Perspectives Volume II: Psycholinguistic and Neurolinguistic Perspectives Volume III: Sociolinguistic and Interactional Perspectives Volume IV Applied Perspectives 2009: 234x156: 1,885pp Hb: 978-0-415-46267-9: £755.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415462679

4-Volume Set

Translation Studies Edited by Mona Baker, University of Manchester, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Linguistics Translation Studies has emerged as a thriving interdisciplinary and international area of scholarship. Its rapid growth has been accompanied by diverse forms of translation research and commentary, most falling within, or crossing, traditional academic disciplines such as linguistics, literary criticism, philosophy, anthropology, and, more recently, cultural studies. Selected Contents: Volume I Part 1. Conceptualizing Translation: Transformation, Creation, Mimesis, Commentary Part 2. Incommensurability of Paradigms Part 3. Travelling Theory Volume II Part 4. Translation at the Interface of Cultures: Contact Zones, Third Spaces, and Border Crossings Part 5. World Literature and the Making of Literary Traditions Part 6. Politics and Dynamics of Representation Part 7. Environments of Reception Volume III Part 8. Translation as Ethical Practice Part 9. Modes and Strategies Part 10. Discourse and Ideology Part 11. The Voice of Authority: Institutional Settings and Alliances Part 12. Voice, Positionality, Subjectivity Volume IV Part 13. Minority: Cultural Identity and Survival Part 14. Instruments and Mechanisms of Domination Part 15. The Dynamics of Power and Resistance Part 16. Changing Landscapes: New Media, New Technologies 2009: 234x156: 1,608pp Hb: 978-0-415-34422-7: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415344227

2009: 234x156: 1,904pp Hb: 978-0-415-48125-0: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415481250

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

Series: Critical Concepts in Linguistics

This new four-volume title from Routledge will allow ’CALL’ practitioners, researchers, and students to easily access the best and most influential foundational and cutting-edge scholarship. It is also a comprehensive introduction to critical concepts in ’CALL’ for applied linguists and language educators interested in the growing role of technology in second-language acquisition. Selected Contents: Volume I: Foundations of CALL 1. CALL Theory, Frameworks, and Conceptualizations 2. Early CALL Projects 3. CALL Research Trends and Issues 4. CALL Design and Evaluation Volume II: CALL and Language Skills 5. Listening, Speaking, and Pronunciation 6. Reading and Writing 7. Grammar, Vocabulary, and Data-Driven Learning Volume III: Computer-Mediated Communication for Language Learning 8. CMC Foundations and Conceptualizations 9. Synchronous CMC 10. Asynchronous and Mixed CMC Volume IV: Present Trends and Future Directions in CALL 11. Online Learning 12. Assessment 13. Learner Training and Autonomy 14. Teacher Education 15. Intelligent CALL 16. Future Directions 2009: 234x156: 1,888pp Hb: 978-0-415-46539-7: £755.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415465397

lit erat u re

LITERATURE Forthcoming in 2012 4-Volume Set

Asian American Literature Edited by David Leiwei Li, University of Oregon, USA American writers whose provenance lies in Asia have been producing and publishing work of interest and distinction for well over a century. However, in recent decades there has been an exponential growth in their output, and much Asian American literature has now achieved new levels of both popular success and critical acclaim. Moreover, the burgeoning number of literary anthologies and academic studies attests to a growing and deepening scholarly attention. Indeed, Asian American literature—and the serious critical work it has spawned—is now central to debates about national cultures, world civilizations, and transnational imaginations.

Forthcoming in 2012

Routledge Companion to Experimental Literature

The Routledge Companion to Modern Jewish Cultures

Edited by Joe Bray, University of Sheffield, UK, Alison Gibbons, University of Nottingham, UK and Brian McHale

Nadia Valman, Queen Mary, University of London, UK and Laurence Roth, Susquehanna University, USA

Series: Routledge Literature Companions

The Roultedge Companion to Modern Jewish Cultures explores the diversity of Jewish cultures and the various ways of investigating them, presenting the different methodologies, arguments, and challenges within the discipline.

What is a literary text? How have ‘experimental’ works expanded the boundaries of the literary text, and what are the effects of new media on literary criticism? In this age of gadgets, widgets, twitters and blogs, Sony Readers and Apple iPads, the boundaries of what we consider literature and narrative have been blurred beyond recognition. The Routledge Companion to Experimental Literature maps this expansive and diverse field, looking at:

Series: Routledge Literature Companions

Divided into themed sections, this companion considers in turn:

• The history of the term and the debate on what constitutes ‘experimental literature’

• How the individual terms ‘Jewish’ and ‘Culture’ are defined looking at perspectives from Religious Studies, Sociology, Literary Studies, Musicology, Anthropology, Art and Geography

• The impact of new media on literature, including digital literacies and hypertext

• How Jewish Cultures are theorized, considering key themes such as textuality, bodies, power

As research on and around Asian American literature continues to flourish, this new title from Routledge answers the urgent need for an authoritative reference work to map its vast critical terrain. The collection will enable users to make sense of the rapidly growing, and ever more complex, corpus of scholarly literature which explores—among many others—dizzying questions about racial diversity and identity, cultural history, and literary value.

• Genres and different forms of experimental texts from graphic novels through to gaming, dance, and interactive performance

• Offers case studies in Contemporary Jewish Cultures

The collection is organized into four volumes. The first volume (‘Criticism’) brings together the best work to define, explicitly or implicitly, the parameters of Asian American literature. It addresses its political and aesthetic significance and major issues of contention. Volume II (‘Prose’) brings together the best interpretive work and practical criticism on key works of Asian American literature. Volume III (‘Poetry’) assembles the essential scholarship on Asian American poetry, while the final volume in the collection (‘Drama’) collects vital research on theatrical texts and performance pieces.

January 2012: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-57000-8: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter

Asian American Literature is fully indexed and includes a comprehensive new introduction by the editor, which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. An indispensable reference collection, it is destined to be valued by scholars and students as a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource. May 2012: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-49887-6: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415498876

• Experimental movements such as modernism, futurism, surrealism, absurdism and postmodernism. Shedding new light on often critically neglected terrain, the contributors introduce this vibrant field, define its current state and offer exciting new perspectives on its future.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415570008

January 2012: 246x174: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-47378-1: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415473781

Forthcoming in 2012

The Routledge Companion to Diaspora Studies

Forthcoming in 2011

The Routledge Companion to World Literature

Edited by Alison Donnell, University of Reading, UK, John Kenneth Noyes, University of Toronto, Canada and Patrick Williams, Nottingham-Trent University, UK

Edited by Theo D’Haen, David Damrosch and Djelal Kadir

Series: Routledge Literature Companions

Series: Routledge Literature Companions In the age of globalization, the category of ‘world literature’ is increasingly important to academic teaching and research. The Routledge Companion to World Literature offers a comprehensive pathway into this burgeoning and popular field. Separated into five key sections, the volume covers: • The history of World Literature through significant writers and theorists from Goethe through to Said • The disciplinary relationship of World Literature to areas such as philology, translation, globalization and diaspora studies • Theoretical issues in World Literature including sexuality, politics and ethics • The pedagogy of World Literature – how it is taught, anthologized, canonized and mapped • A global perspective on the geography of World Literature. The fifty outstanding contributors to this companion offer an ideal introduction to those approaching the field for the first time, or looking to further their knowledge of this extensive field. October 2011: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-57022-0: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415570220

Available Online

With essays from some of the leading scholars in Jewish Culture, this Companion offers a clear overview of the field and offers exciting new directions for the future.

e-Inspection Annual Title

The Routledge Companion to Diaspora Studies is a pioneering survey of this exciting and increasingly important academic field. Comprising fifty newly-commissioned entries, this volume is divided into five clear sections that cover: • The Histories of Diaspora; including entries on the African, Asian, Jewish, Chinese, Palestinian, Irish, Caribbean, and Armenian diasporas • Figures of Diaspora; including entries on the migrant, refugee, exile, deportee, expatriate, asylum seeker, nomad, and settler • The Politics of Diaspora; exploring how diasporic experience has been defined in relation to the politics of gender, sexuality, age, class, race, education, and religion • Disciplinary Perspectives on Diaspora; examining how different disciplines, including Cultural Studies, Literature, Social Theory, History, Economics, International Relations and Geography have sought to theorize Diaspora • Representing Diaspora; looking at diasporic experiences and aesthetics in expressive cultural forms, including literature, film, music, performance work, photography, and art. January 2012: 246x174: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-47399-6: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415473996

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

l i te r at u r e

Forthcoming in 2011 3-Volume Set

The Lives of Jonathan Swift Edited by Daniel Cook, Bristol University, UK Contemporaries were mesmerized by the outrageous wit of Jonathan Swift (1667–1745), a writer still widely regarded as the greatest satirist of all time. Soon after Swift’s death, his friends and enemies raced to publish the definitive account of the Dean of St Patrick’s. Now, Routledge brings these major works together for the first time in a new, three-volume, facsimile collection, supplemented with a full introduction, bibliographies, explanatory notes, and other textual apparatus. September 2011: 234x156: 1,736pp Hb: 978-0-415-59134-8: £525.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415591348

Forthcoming in 2011 4-Volume Set

Travel Writing Edited by Tim Youngs, Nottingham Trent University, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Literary and Cultural Studies The past three decades have seen a remarkable growth of cross-disciplinary academic interest in travel writing. This new four-volume collection from Routledge, edited by a pioneer of travel-writing studies, brings together the best research from scholars around the world. The collection also features pieces by travel writers themselves discussing their work, including: • Michael Cronin on travel and translation; • Robyn Davidson interviewed by Tim Youngs;

5-Volume Set

Forthcoming in 2011

Mario Praz: A Symposium of Literature, History and Arts: English Miscellany Part 2

4-Volume Set

This is the second and final collection in the series of reprints of articles in English edited by Mario Praz and published in Italy between 1966 and the year of Praz’s death in 1983. It includes all articles published in English and some important papers written by Praz himself in Italian as well.

Series: Critical Assessments of Major Writers

from the Preface of Toshiro Nakajima English Miscellany—A Symposium of Literature, History and Arts, edited by Mario Praz, was issued annually by the British Council, Rome between 1950 and 1983. It is now recognized as a great contribution to English studies from the pre-Chaucer period to the present day. Praz’s writings are well known for his masterly blend of erudition, insight and wit, and are models of lucidity, sensitive to the complex inspirations and hidden meanings behind each work. His editorship of this collection reflects these characteristics, and is based on a vast knowledge of English culture and history. This selection is a valuable contribution to our understanding of the literary and cultural environments of Britain and Italy, and gives us a thoughtful, frequently illuminating study of what has often been viewed as a gap in the production of major writers and artists. The present volumes of English Miscellany give some account of what is achieved in interdisciplinary scholarship during a period which saw many experiments in literature and art and a radically new approach to the writing of history. 2009: 234x156: 2,700pp Hb: 978-4-902454-20-8: £595.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9784902454208

• William Dalrymple on writing travel;

Forthcoming in 2011

• Peter Hulme on Columbus;

4-Volume Set

• David Espey on Americans in Vietnam;

Native American Writing

• John Hutnyk on Calcutta; • Charles Forsdick on French travel writing; • Mary Louise Pratt on travel-writing scholarship; and • Richard White on Australian travellers. Volume I focuses on the production of travel writing; Volume II on the contexts of travel writing; Volume III on types of traveller; and Volume IV on critical approaches to travel writing. September 2011: 234x156: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-37498-9: £575.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415374989

Edited by A. Robert Lee, Nihon University, Japan As scholarly work on and around the literary output of Native Americans flourishes as never before, this new four-volume collection, co-published by Routledge and Edition Synapse, meets the need for an authoritative reference work to help users make sense of the subject’s vast literature and the continuing explosion in research output. May 2011: 234x156: 1,736pp Hb: 978-0-415-58895-9: £800.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415588959

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

Ernest Hemingway Edited by Henry Claridge, University of Kent, UK Few twentieth-century American writers have been as influential as Ernest Hemingway (1899–1961). Whilst contemporaries such as F. Scott Fitzgerald and William Faulkner may be as widely taught and studied as Hemingway, neither had an influence on other writers—or indeed, the cognate arts—as great as that of Hemingway. For example, the ‘hard-boiled’ school of detective fiction extending from the novels of Raymond Chandler and Dashiell Hammett to those of James Ellroy and Robert Parker is more or less inconceivable without Hemingway’s stylistic influence. Arguably, film noir is also Hemingwayesque in its laconic detachment. And quite independently of his creative writings, Hemingway’s life continues to exert a profound fascination for both student and the general reader. April 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-49120-4: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415491204

Forthcoming in 2011 4-Volume Set

James Joyce Edited by Colin Milton, University of Aberdeen, UK Series: Critical Assessments of Major Writers In four volumes, the collection meets the need for an authoritative reference work to allow researchers and students to make sense of the vast Joycean literature and the continuing explosion in research output. Readers will now be able easily and rapidly to locate the best and most influential critical scholarship, work that is otherwise often inaccessible or scattered throughout a variety of specialist journals and books. With material gathered into one easy-to-use set, researchers and students can now spend more of their time with the key journal articles, book chapters, and other pieces, rather than on time-consuming (and sometimes fruitless) archival searches. February 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-49182-2: £575.00 Available now at a special introductory price. This price is applicable until 3 months after publication. For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415491822

lit erat u re

The Routledge Encyclopedia of Arabic Literature

Forthcoming in 2011

New

The Routledge Companion to Anglophone Caribbean Literature

5-Volume Set

Edited by Michael Andrew Bucknor, University of the West Indies, Mona, Jamaica and Alison Donnell, University of Reading, UK

Edited by Minami Ryuta, Universität Bremen, Germany

Series: Routledge Literature Companions The Routledge Companion to Caribbean Literature offers a comprehensive and critically engaging overview of this increasingly important area of literature. This volume is divided into four sections that provide an introduction and critical history of the field, discussions of key texts and a critical debate on major topics such as nation, race, gender and migration. In the final section contributors examine the material dissemination of Caribbean literature and point towards the new directions that Caribbean literature and criticism are taking. This volume is an essential text, bringing together sixty essays representing three generations of Caribbean critics, from the foundational critics such as Baugh, Morris and Walcott to the emerging voices such as DeLoughrey, Puri and Scott. The volume’s interdisciplinary nature and clarity of writing will provide an excellent resource and springboard to further research for those working in literature and cultural studies, postcolonial and diaspora studies as well as Caribbean studies, history and geography. January 2011: 246x174: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-48577-7: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415485777

Edited by Mark Bould, University of the West of England, UK, Andrew M. Butler, Canterbury Christ Church University, UK, Adam Roberts, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK and Sherryl Vint, Brock University, Canada

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415453790

The collection showcases the variety and multiplicity of Shakespeares reinvented in China, Japan, Korea, and Taiwan. It provides the first substantial and essential resource of Shakespearean adaptations in East Asia for scholars and critics, as well as graduate students interested in investigating Shakespearean re-creations in the region. Along with the volume introductions, each adaptation is also prefaced by a succinct introduction with full consideration given to overview, performance history, and analysis. Hence, the collection will be a definitive entry point for all students and researchers interested in Asian theatres as well as Shakespeares in Asia.

This Encyclopedia provides a convenient and compact reference source on the most important authors, works, genres, key terms, concepts and issues in the Arabic literary tradition, from pre-Islamic times to the present day. January 2010: 246x174: 880pp Pb: 978-0-415-57113-5: £45.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415571135

10-Volume Set

Routledge Library Editions: Charles Dickens Various Series: Routledge Library Editions This set forms a carefully selected body of critical work on Charles Dickens and places his work against the literary, historical, social and economic background of its day. Selected Contents: Volume I: Dickens at Work Volume II: The Social Novel in England, 1830-1850 Volume III: The Imagination of Charles Dickens Volume IV: The Companion to Our Mutual Friend Volume V: Charles Dickens Volume VI: Dickens and the Twentieth Century Volume VII: The Days of Dickens: A Glance at Some Aspects of Early Victorian Life in London Volume VIII: The Dickens Encyclopaedia Volume IX: Dostoevsky and Dickens: A Study of Literary Influence Volume X: Martin Chuzzlewit

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415435956

4-Volume Set

New

The Boy’s Own Paper Vols. 1–4 (1879–82)

The Routledge Companion to Literature and Science Edited by Bruce Clarke, Texas Tech University, USA and Manuela Rossini, Swiss Academies of the Arts and Sciences, Switzerland Series: Routledge Literature Companions

Edited by Julie Scott Meisami, University of Oxford, UK and Paul Starkey, University of Durham, UK

2008: 246x174: 2,456pp Hb: 978-0-415-43595-6: £750.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415575973

The Routledge Companion to Science Fiction

January 2011: 246x174: 560pp Pb: 978-0-415-45379-0: £21.99

The last decade has witnessed a rapid increase in serious research on ‘Shakespeare in Asia’, yet most readers of the many new monographs and journal articles on the subject have hitherto not enjoyed access to the plays discussed because they have not been readily available in English. Indeed, an authoritative collection of Asian Shakespeares has been long and eagerly awaited by many scholars and critics. This five-volume collection answers that need. It brings together newly prepared English translations of twenty-five Shakespearean adaptations and reworkings. Supplementing these new—previously unpublished— translations, each volume includes a separate critical introduction prepared for this collection by an expert volume editor, together with annotations. One or two photographs accompany each introduction to support and illustrate the discussion.

September 2010: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-57597-3: £695.00

Forthcoming in 2011 NEW IN PAPERBACK

Series: Routledge Literature Companions

Shakespearean Adaptations in East Asia

With forty-four newly commissioned articles from an international cast of leading scholars,The Routledge Companion to Literature and Science traces the network of connections among literature, science, technology, mathematics, and medicine.

The Boy’s Own Paper Vols. 1–4 (1879–82) is a facsimile reprint of the leading Victorian weekly for boys from the 1st to 194th issue covering 1879 to 1882. This facsimile is a complete reproduction with many illustrations (some in colour) in the original size. This collection contains a mixture of factual articles about such things as history, science, religion, famous figures and topical social changes affecting the daily lives of girls and women, as well as short stories, serialized novels, and poetry. The Boy’s Own Paper Vols. 1–4 (1879–82) is an ideal companion to the reprint volumes of The Girl’s Own Paper 1880–1883. 2009: 246x174: 2,700pp Hb: 978-4-902454-18-5: £795.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9784902454185

July 2010: 246x174: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-49525-7: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter eBook: 978-0-203-84873-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415495257

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

m e di a a n d c ultur al s tu d i e s 3-Volume Set

2-Volume Set

Ernest Francisco Fenollosa: Published Writings in English

William Morris, Artist, Writer Socialist

Ernest Francisco Fenollosa: Published Writings in English is the very first collection of almost all of the writings of Ernest Fenollosa, ‘Father of Japanese Art’, published in his lifetime.To commemorate the 100th anniversary of his death, fifty-one articles from journals, newspapers, pamphlets, exhibition catalogues, and booklets which the editor collected for many years are reprinted in facsimile, together with many plates (some in colour). The editor’s detailed introduction (both in English and Japanese) includes a chronological record of Fenollosa’s life, and his wife Mary’s writings on Ukiyoe are added.

Edited by May Morris

Ernest Francisco Fenollosa: Published Writings in English is an indispensable primary source for any scholars and students on the history of Japanese art and the cultural exchange between Japan and the West in Meiji Japan. 2009: 2,700pp Hb: 978-4-86166-112-9: £445.00

This is a facsimile reprint of the collected writings of William Morris first published in 1936 by May Morris to commemorate the centenary of his birth. Making available Morris’s essays, papers, and lectures—mainly in the subject of art and political sciences—which were omitted from the 24-volume Collected Works of William Morris, the set also includes the general index to the Collected Works, making it a must-have purchase for any libraries and institutions which hold the Collected Works (a reprint edition of which is available from Routledge). 2009: 2,700pp Hb: 978-4-901481-96-0: £390.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9784901481960

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9784861661129

10-Volume Set

The Family Shakespeare, By Thomas Bowdler This is a facsimile reprint of the second edition of Bowdler’s famous collection of Shakespeare’s plays, first published in 1820. Following the first edition, which was most likely edited by his sister, Thomas Bowdler completed this collection himself. His practice of expurgating material he deemed improper or offensive— especially to the perceived delicate sensibilities of women and children—became synonymous with this type of censorship. He believed his ‘bowdlerized’ Shakespeare was more appropriate to grace the libraries of British families of the period. His edition remained popular throughout the Victorian age and was published in many different editions. This second edition includes Bowdler’s introductory notes to some of the plays and is generally considered to be his best work. Selected Contents: Volume I Tempest. Two Gentlemen of Verona. Merry Wives of Windsor. Twelfth-Night: or, What You Will. Volume II Bowdler. Measure for Measure. Much Ado about Nothing. Midsummer-night’s Dream. Love’s Labour’s Lost. Volume III Merchant of Venice. As You Like It. All’s Well that Ends Well. Taming of the Shrew. Volume IV Winter’s Tale. Comedy of Errors. Macbeth. King John. Volume V The Life and Death of King Richard II. Preface of the Editor to the Two Parts of Henry IV. First Part of King Henry IV. Second Part of King Henry IV. King Henry V. Volume VI First Part of King Henry VI. Second Part of King Henry VI. Third Part of King Henry VI. Volume VII Life and Death of King Richard III. King Henry VIII. Troilus and Cressida. Volume VIII Timon of Athens. Coriolanus. Julius Caesar. Anthony and Cleopatra. Volume IX Cymbeline. Titus Andronicus. King Lear. Volume X Romeo and Juliet. Preface to Hamlet by Thomas Bowdler. Hamlet, Prince of Denmark. Preface to Othello by Thomas Bowdler. Othello, the Moor of Venice. 2009: 2,700pp Hb: 978-4-902454-16-1: £845.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9784902454161

MEDIA AND CULTURAL STUDIES Forthcoming in 2012 4-Volume Set

Fashion Edited by Malcolm Barnard, University of Derby, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Media and Cultural Studies As serious academic work on and around the theory and practice of fashion continues to flourish as never before, this new title in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Media and Cultural Studies, meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a rapidly growing and ever more complex corpus of literature, and to provide a map of the area as it has emerged and developed. It is a landmark collection of foundational and the best cutting-edge scholarship in the field and is organized in four volumes. October 2012: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-46233-4: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415462334

Forthcoming in 2012 4-Volume Set

Documentary Film Edited by Ian Aitken, Hong Kong Baptist University Series: Critical Concepts in Media and Cultural Studies Documentary film is cinema’s oldest form, dating back to the medium’s invention at the turn of twentieth century. From cinema’s earliest days, important documentary films and film-makers have emerged continuously and, today, interest in documentary film remains substantial, and is rapidly growing. Standing conferences have been instituted, and new scholarly journals and festivals devoted to the genre are blossoming. Indeed, documentary film culture flourishes, particularly in the developing world and in non-democratic states. China’s burgeoning underground documentary film movement, for example, has garnered much critical attention in recent years. Documentary Film is a new title in Routledge’s Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Media and Cultural Studies. It meets the need for an authoritative reference work to enable users to navigate and make sense of the subject’s large literature and the continuing explosion in research output. Compiled by Ian Aitken (who also edited Routledge’s landmark Encyclopedia of the Documentary Film (2006)), this collection brings together in four volumes the foundational and the very best cutting-edge scholarship on documentary film. Documentary Film includes a full index and comprehensive introductions, newly written by the editor, which place the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. It is an essential work of reference and is destined to be valued by scholars and advanced students as a vital research tool. September 2012: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-57901-8: £725.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415579018

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

med ia a nd cu lt u ral s tudie s Forthcoming in 2012 NEW IN PAPERBACK

Forthcoming in 2011

4-Volume Set

2nd Edition

Advertising

Everyday Life

Routledge Companion to Feminism and Post-feminism

Edited by Iain MacRury, University of East London, UK

Edited by Ben Highmore, University of Sussex, UK

Series: Critical Concepts in Media and Cultural Studies

Academic analysts and practitioner-theorists of advertising draw on rich and innovative multidisciplinary resources where cultural and media analysis meet economics, anthropology, semiotics, gender studies, social psychology, linguistics, and applied neuroscience. This new four-volume collection from Routledge’s acclaimed Critical Concepts in Media and Cultural Studies series answers the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of this rapidly growing and ever more complex corpus of literature. The collection connects researchers and advanced students with the best in contemporary social and cultural theory, while maintaining a stringent focus on advertising—as industry, as cultural form, and as evolving (multi-) media technology.

As research in and around everyday life flourishes as never before, this new four-volume collection from Routledge’s acclaimed Critical Concepts in Media and Cultural Studies series meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a rapidly growing and ever more complex corpus of interdisciplinary literature. Edited by a leading scholar, Everyday Life gathers foundational and canonical work, together with innovative and cutting-edge applications and interventions.

Edited by Sarah Gamble Series: Routledge Companions Now in its second edition, thoroughly revised, updated and expanded with new material, The Routledge Companion to Feminism and Post-feminism combines a series of in-depth background chapters with A-Z entries to provide an authoritative yet readable guide to this fascinating area. January 2012: 234x156: 384pp Pb: 978-0-415-35977-1: £18.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415359771

With the economics of media cultures in flux, the four volumes bring together a comprehensive collection of the best scholarship on advertising communication, tracking the evolution of the essential themes in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. The collection is also attentive to the global development of advertising, and incorporates various academic responses to advertising in, for example, Japan, India, China, Latin America, and Africa. Advertising qua commercial pop art form, and as professional practice, cuts through crucial questions in the history and theory of modern media. Advertising exists as the pre-eminent object for the critical scrutiny of media culture, and presents a high-profile everyday cultural site for the emergence and rehearsal of questions around, for example, gender, cultural value, ethnicity, and representation. This Routledge collection gives ready access to the major landmark and cutting-edge work engaged in such dizzying debates. In the near future, the industry dismissed by George Orwell as ‘the rattling of a stick inside a swill bucket’ will confront intense pressure to change and redevelop. There will, it is widely thought, be a complex restructuring in the provision and reception of commercial–cultural brand communications. Navigating this terrain will demand a heightened alertness to a wider range of thinking than has typically informed the advertising business to date. Both inside and outside the academy, old questions will be posed anew, and this collection will enable users to draw on a unique database of the very best canonical and contemporary scholarship. With a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor, which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context, Advertising is destined to be valued by scholars, students, and practitioners as a vital work for research and reference. August 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-57711-3: £725.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415577113

August 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-49946-0: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415499460

Forthcoming in 2011 4-Volume Set

Popular Culture Edited by Chris Rojek Series: Critical Concepts in Media and Cultural Studies Research in and around popular culture continues to flourish. And its study is, more than ever, a key component of Media and Communications Studies courses, and a vital part of Cultural Studies and Cultural Sociology curricula. The sheer scale of the available research exploring popular culture—and the breadth and complexity of the canon on which it draws—makes this new four-volume Routledge collection especially timely. It answers the urgent need for a wide-ranging collection which provides ready access to the key items of scholarly literature, material that is often inaccessible or scattered throughout a variety of specialist journals and books from a broad range of disciplines. Volume I (‘Classical Positions: Mass Culture Theory, Cultural Marxism, Culturalism’) brings together the best work on the rise of popular culture as a subject for serious academic study, uncovering its roots and exploring its rapid development in the years after the Second World War. Key debates (e.g. between base and superstructure, hegemony and control, colonialism and post-colonialism) are traced to provide users with a clear understanding of the foundational approaches that inform the more applied examinations of popular culture in the succeeding volumes. Volume II assembles the most important thinking on ‘Relations and Developments’, including work drawn from feminism, structuralism, post-structuralism, and post-modernism. Volume III gathers crucial work on ‘Cultural Objects’, including the home, television, pop music, cars, brands, and the Internet, while the last volume in the set is organized around ‘Cultural Forms’. In particular, work on subcultures, ethnicity and difference, cultural space, and cultural politics is gathered here. Popular Culture is destined to be valued by scholars and advanced students as a vital research and reference resource. July 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-57704-5: £725.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415577045

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

m e di a a n d c ultur al s tu d i e s Forthcoming in 2012

New

3-Volume Set

The Routledge Companion to Research in the Arts

The Routledge Companion to Film History

Edited by Michael Biggs, University of Hertfordshire, UK and Henrik Karlsson, Gothenburg University, Sweden

Edited by William Guynn, Sonoma State University, USA

The Routledge Companion to Research in the Arts is a major collection of new writings on research in the creative and performing arts by leading authorities from around the world.

The Routledge Companion to Film History is an indispensible guide for anyone studying film history for the first time. Incorporating a series of eleven introductory, critical essays on key subject areas, with a dictionary of key names and terms, it serves to introduce the reader to the field of film history in a comprehensive and well-rounded manner.

Orientalism Edited by Patrick Williams, Nottingham Trent University, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Literary and Cultural Studies A new title from Routledge’s acclaimed Critical Concepts in Literary and Cultural Studies series, Orientalism is a three-volume collection of the field’s very best scholarship. It is an essential work of reference destined to be valued by scholars and students as a vital one-stop resource. Selected Contents: Volume I - Lineages Classic Orientalism. Early critiques of Orientalism. Said on Orientalism. Volume II - Debates General Polemics. Middle Eastern Studies. Asian Studies. Recent Critiques. Overview. Volume III - Disciplines Literature. Film Studies. Anthropology. South Asian Studies. History. Religious Studies. Gender Studies. Queer Studies. International Relations. Music. Francophone Studies. Visual Arts. June 2012: 234x156: 1,200pp Hb: 978-0-415-54717-8: £525.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415547178

Forthcoming in 2011 4-Volume Set

Book Publishing Edited by John Feather, Loughborough University, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Media and Cultural Studies As serious academic work on and around publishing and the printed book continues to flourish as never before, this new title in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Media and Cultural Studies, meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a growing and ever more complex corpus of literature, and to provide a map of the area as it has emerged and developed. It is a landmark collection of foundational and the best cutting-edge scholarship in the field and is organized in four volumes. Selected Contents: Volume I: Concepts and Theories: Issues in Book History Volume II: Publishing and the Book Trade Volume III: Publishers and Authors Volume IV: Printing and Book Production January 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-49009-2: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415490092

Selected Contents: Part 1: Foundations Chapter 1: University Politics and Practice-based Research Torsten Kälvemark Chapter 2: Pleading for Plurality: Artistic and Other Kinds of Research Søren Kjørup Chapter 3: The Production of Knowledge in Artistic Research Henk Borgdorff Chapter 4: Some Notes on Mode 1 and Mode 2: Adversaries or Dialogue Partners? Halina Dunin-Woyseth Chapter 5: Communities, Values, Conventions and Actions Michael Biggs and Daniela Büchler Chapter 6: Artistic Cognition and Creativity Graeme Sullivan Chapter 7: The Role of the Artefact and Frameworks for Practice-based Research Linda Candy and Ernest Edmonds Chapter 8: Embodied Knowing Through Art Mark Johnson Part 2: Voices Chapter 9: Rhetoric: Writing, Reading and Producing the Visual Joan Mullin Chapter 10: Research and the Self Morwenna Griffiths Chapter 11: Addressing the ‘Ancient Quarrel’: Creative Writing as Research Jen Webb and Donna Lee Brien Chapter 12: The Virtual and the Physical: A Phenomenological Approach to Performance Research Susan Kozel Chapter 13: Navigating in Heterogeneity: Architectural Thinking and Art Based Research Catharina Dyrssen Chapter 14: Insight and Rigour: A Freudo-Lacanian Approach Malcolm Quinn Chapter 15: Transformational Practice: On the Place of Material Novelty in Artistic Change Stephen Scrivener Chapter 16: Time and Interaction: Research Through Non-visual Arts and Media Henrik Frisk and Henrik Karlsson Chapter 17: Thinking About Art After the Media: Research as Practised Culture of Experiment Siegfried Zielinski Part 3: Contexts Chapter 18: Characteristics of Visual and Performing Arts Annette Arlander Chapter 19: Differential Iconography Henk Slager Chapter 20: Writing and the PhD in Fine Art Katy Macleod and Lin Holdridge Chapter 21: Research Training in the Creative Arts and Design Darren Newbury Chapter 22: No Copyright and No Cultural Conglomerates: New Opportunities for Artists Joost Smiers Chapter 23: Evaluating Quality in Artistic Research Michael Biggs and Henrik Karlsson References Index September 2010: 246x174: 584pp Hb: 978-0-415-58169-1: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415581691

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

Series: Routledge Companions

September 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-77656-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77657-8: £18.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415776561

2-Volume Set

War and Conflict Communication Edited by Philip Seib, University of Southern California, USA Series: Critical Concepts in Media and Cultural Studies The close and complex relationship between conflict and communication has been vividly illustrated in work spanning the writings of Homer and Thucydides to blogs bashed out on contemporary battlefields. And in recent decades there has been a huge growth in scholarly and popular interest in the subject. As serious research flourishes as never before, this new two-volume collection from Routledge’s acclaimed Critical Concepts in Media and Cultural Studies series has been assembled by the field’s leading thinkers to meet the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a rapidly growing and ever more complex corpus of crossdisciplinary literature. Selected Contents: Volume I Part 1: Theories and Principles Part 2: Influencing Public Opinion Part 3: Effects on Policymaking Volume II Part 4: Globalized Communication Part 5: Technology’s Impact Part 6: The Journalism of Conflict April 2010: 234x156: 896pp Hb: 978-0-415-55458-9: £325.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415554589

med ia a nd cu lt u ral s tudie s 4-Volume Set

New

6-Volume Set

Roland Barthes

Communication Yearbook 34

Library of Advertising

Edited by Neil Badmington, University of Cardiff, UK

Edited by Charles T. Salmon

Series: Critical Evaluations in Cultural Theory

Communication Yearbook 34 continues the tradition of publishing rich, state-of-the-discipline literature reviews. This volume offers insightful descriptions of communication research as well as reflections on the implications of those findings for other areas of the discipline. Editor Charles T. Salmon presents a volume with diverse chapters from scholars across the globe. Chapters cover a wide range of topics, including nanotechnology, deception, terror management theory, and the rhetorical aftermath of genocide. Commentaries from senior scholars round out the contents, providing insights on the groundbreaking work presented here. As a whole, this volume will be valuable to scholars and researchers across the communication discipline and around the world.

This is a facsimile reprint of the very first comprehensive Handbook of advertising published in 1913 in America. Advertising became an important tool of commerce in the nineteenth century, and as many advertising agencies and associations were formed by the beginning of the following century it started to be regarded as a new mass media, and scientific and methodological studies became necessary. Soon after Truman A. DeWeese published The Principles of Practical Publicity in 1908, around sixty professionals, including DeWeese, collaborated and this monumental work of advertising was published in six volumes. The books were published as practical Handbooks for the benefit of a young readership intending to enter the advertising business.

Of all the poststructuralists, Roland Barthes (1915–80) is probably the most widely read. Mythologies has sold hundreds of thousands of copies in paperback and has never been out of print since it first appeared in English in 1972. And ‘The Death of the Author’, his short essay dating from 1968, is probably the most widely anthologized theoretical text of all. Moreover, even though he died over a quarter of a century ago, Barthes remains especially ‘alive’ to English-speaking audiences in that his voluminous writings are still being translated into English. Reflecting the vibrancy and dynamism of Barthes Studies, this four-volume collection of gathered materials addresses the full range of Barthes’ extremely diverse output to provide the definitive evaluation of his work. Selected Contents: Volume I Section 1: Myth, Doxa, History Volume II Section 2: Writing/Reading Volume III Section 3: Love, Desire, Pleasure, Sex Section 4: Sound and Vision Volume IV Section 5: Queer Barthes Section 6: Imagining Others Section 7: The Late Roland Barthes 2009: 234x156: 1,384pp Hb: 978-0-415-47257-9: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415472579

May 2010: 234x156: 496pp Hb: 978-0-415-87857-9: £85.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415878579

Forthcoming in 2011

Communication Yearbooks Vols 1–33 Set Edited by Various The Communication Yearbook annuals originally published between 1977 and 2009 publish diverse, state-of-the-discipline literature reviews that advance knowledge and understanding of communication systems, processes, and impacts across the discipline. Topics dealt with include Communication as Process, Research Methodology in Communication, Communication Effects, Taxonomy of Communication and European Communication Theory, Information Systems Division, Mass Communication Research, Mapping the Domain of Intercultural Communication, Public Relations, Feminist Scholarship, Communication Law and Policy, Visual Communication, Communication and Cross-Sex Friendships Across the Life Cycle. December 2011: 246x174: 668pp Hb: 978-0-415-88009-1: £2,995.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415880091

Selected Contents: Volume I: Fundamental Principles/ Advertising Mediums 1. The Requirements Purpose and Power of Good Advertising 2. Preachments on Advertising 3. The Newspaper and Newspaper Advertising 4. The Magazine in National Advertising 5. Trade Journal Advertising 6. Technical Papers Volume II: Methods of Appeal / Outdoor, Street Car and Miscellaneous Advertising / Medium and Publications (continued) / Type 1. Reaching Women through Advertising 2. Advertising to Men 3. Literature in Advertising 4. The Functions of an Advertising Agency 5. The Trade Mark and Its Relation to Business 6. The Efficient Advertising Department and Its Systems 7. Outdoor Advertising and Electrical Display 8. Street Car Advertising 9. Advertising with Moving Pictures 10. Advertising in Weekly Magazines 11. Foreign Language Newspapers and Those Who Read Them 12. The Country Newspapers an Advertising Medium 13. Analysis of Circulation 14. The Use and Abuse of Type Volume III: Department Store and Retail Advertising 1. Department Store Advertising 2. Advertising a Retail Store 3. Short Talks on Advertising as Applied Particularly to the Retailer and His Problems Volume IV: Show Window Display and Specialty Advertising 1. Window Trimming and Commercial Display / Window Trimming for the Manufacturer 2. Advertising Direct by Mail 3. Special Advertising 4. What is the Value of Calendar Advertising 5. Advertising Clubs and the Value of Organization to the Advertiser Volume V: Advertising Different Lines of Business 1. Mail Order Advertising 2. Financial Advertising of Banks and Trust Companies 3. Advertising Furniture 4. Piano Advertising 5. Advertising Men’s Wear 6. Advertising Boots and Shoes 7. Advertising a Drug Business 8. Advertising a National Brand of Soap 9. Advertising Stoves and Ranges 10. The Advertising of Electric Light Power Volume VI: Selling Advertising and Advertised Goods / Selling and Advertising American Goods in Foreign Countries 1. The Advertising Salesman 2. Requisites of Selling Advertising Successfully 3. The Profession of Advertising 4. Selling Trade Paper Space 5. Good Counsel for Solicitors 6. Psychological Salesmanship as Applied to the Selling of Advertising and Advertised Goods 7. Selling Advertising Service 8. The Advertising Solicitor from the Buyer’s Standpoint 9. Selling Newspaper Advertising 10. Selling Advertising in Country Newspapers 11. The Salesman of Magazine Publicity 12. The Salesman of Weekly Magazine Publicity 13. The Value and Salesmanship of Classified Advertising 14. Selling Advertising in Class Publications 15. Soliciting Advertising for Technical Journals 16. Selling Advertising for Agricultural Papers 17. Soliciting Advertising for Religious Publications 18. Selling Outdoor Advertising (Electric Signs, Painted Bulletins) 19. The Selling of Street Car Advertising 20. Selling Specialty Advertising 21. Selling Advertising Art, Illustrations and Engravings 22. The Selling and Service of Printing 23. Selling Lithography 24. Advertising American Goods in Foreign Countries 25. Hotel and Resort Advertising 26. Municipal Advertising 2009: 2,700pp Hb: 978-4-86166-122-8: £695.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9784861661228

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

music an d p erf orm an ce

MUSIC AND PERFORMANCE Forthcoming in 2011

The Routledge Companion to Actors’ Shakespeare Edited by John Russell Brown April 2011: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48302-5: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48301-8: £19.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415483025

The Routledge Companion to Directors’ Shakespeare Edited by John Russell Brown

Thirty authoritative accounts describe in illuminating detail how some of theatre’s most talented directors have brought Shakespeare’s plays to the stage. These studies chart the extraordinary feats of interpretation behind some of the most acclaimed productions of the last hundred years.

Selected Contents: Ingmar Bergman. Rikard Loman Peter Brook. Maria Shevtsova Glen Byam Shaw. Nick Walton Deguchi Norio. Mika Eglington Declan Donellan. Paul Prescott Peter Gill. John Burgess Harley Granville Barker. Christopher McCullough Tyrone Guthrie. Robert Shaughnessy Peter Hall. Peter Holland Terry Hands. Peter Breen Henry Irving. Russell Jackson Fritz Kortner. Klaus Volkner Michael Langham. Kevin Ewert Robert Lepage. Karen Fricker Joan Littlewood. Lesley Wade Ninagawa Yukio. Shoichiro Kawai Trevor Nunn. Martin White Joseph Papp. Pat Lennox Iden Payne. Frank Hildy Roget Planchon. Gerry McCarthy William Poel. Peter Thomson Max Reinhardt. Peter Marx Barry Rutter. Christian M. Billing Mark Rylance. Bridget Escolme Peter Stein. Michael Patterson Giorgio Strehler. Donald McManus Julie Taymor. Douglas Lanier Deborah Warner. Carol Rutter Orson Welles. Matthew Smith Peter Zadek. Michael Raab Franco Zeffirelli. Tom Matheson April 2010: 246x174: 608pp Pb: 978-0-415-57767-0: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415577670

P hi lo s o p h y

PHILOSOPHY Forthcoming in 2012 4-Volume Set

Daniel Dennett

Forthcoming in 2012 4-Volume Set

Epistemology Edited by Ram Neta, Assistant Professor Philosophy UNC Chapel Hill, USA Series: Critical Concepts in Philosophy

Edited by John Symons, University of Texas, USA

For those working in Epistemology, dizzying questions such as the following arise:

Series: Critical Assessments of Leading Philosophers

• When are beliefs rational, or justified?

Daniel Dennett has been one of the central voices in the philosophy of mind for at least the past forty years. Unlike most philosophers of his generation, Dennett’s work has resonated far and wide. It has powerfully influenced the development of cognitive science, robotics, developmental psychology, and artificial intelligence. Indeed, his work has led to many new lines of inquiry. For example, he has developed a theory of consciousness which provides an approach to naturalizing mind which circumvents many of the most significant philosophical arguments against the possibility of a scientific explanation of consciousness.

• How should we update our beliefs in the light of new evidence?

The daunting quantity (and variable quality) of literature available on Dennett makes it difficult to discriminate the useful from the tendentious, superficial, and otiose. Moreover, because no comparable philosopher has had a profound impact across such a wide range of disciplines and on intellectual culture in general, responses to Dennett’s philosophy are dispersed across a broad range of scientific, philosophical, and cultural domains. That is why this new title in the highly regarded Routledge series, Critical Assessments of Leading Philosophers, is so urgently needed. Edited by John Symons, this new Routledge Major Work is a four-volume collection of the best scholarship on Dennett; the collected materials have been carefully selected from a wide range of academic journals, edited collections, research monographs, and other sources. The tightly focused organization of this collection allows users quickly and easily to access both established and cutting-edge assessments of Dennett’s work. The set is also made for irresistible browsing. October 2012: 234x156: 1,736pp Hb: 978-0-415-58814-0: £725.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415588140

New

The Routledge Companion to Ethics Edited by John Skorupski, University of St. Andrews, UK Series: Routledge Philosophy Companions The Routledge Companion to Ethics is an outstanding survey of the whole field of ethics by a distinguished international team of contributors. Over sixty entries are divided into six clear sections: • the history of ethics • meta-ethics • perspectives from outside ethics • ethical perspectives • morality • debates in ethics. June 2010: 246x174: 880pp Hb: 978-0-415-41362-6: £110.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415413626

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

• Is it possible to gain knowledge, or justification? • How do we know what we know, and why do we care about whether—and what—others know? • How can the exploration of pre-Socratic philosophical questions about knowledge assist with the design of twenty-first-century computer interfaces? Addressing the need for an authoritative and comprehensive reference work to enable users to answer these and other questions, and to make sense of—and to navigate around—an ever more complex corpus of scholarly literature, Epistemology is a new title in Routledge’s acclaimed Critical Concepts in Philosophy series. Edited by Ram Neta, it is a four-volume collection which brings together foundational and the very best cutting-edge scholarship in a unique one-stop ‘mini library’. Supplemented with a full index, and including an introduction to each volume, newly written by the editor, which places the assembled materials in their historical and intellectual context, Epistemology is destined to be valued by scholars and students as a vital research resource. August 2012: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-57913-1: £725.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415579131

Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Religion Edited by Chad Meister and Paul Copan Series: Routledge Philosophy Companions ’…a very valuable resource for libraries and serious scholars.’ – CHOICE The Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Religion is an indispensable guide and reference source to the major themes, movements, debates and topics in philosophy of religion. A team of renowned international contributors provide sixty-five accessible entries organized into nine clear parts.This is essential reading for anyone interested in philosophy, religion and related disciplines. Selected Contents: Acknowledgements Notes on Contributors Introduction Part 1: Philosophical Issues in the World Religions Part 2: Key Figures in Philosophy of Religion Part 3: Religious Diversity Part 4: The Theistic Concept of God Part 5: Arguments For God’s Existence Part 6: Arguments Against God’s Existence Part 7: Philosophical Theology Part 8: Christian Theism Part 9: Recent Topics in Philosophy of Religion 2007: 246x174: 736pp Hb: 978-0-415-38038-6: £125.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415380386

p hilosop hy

Forthcoming

The Routledge Companion to Epistemology Edited by Sven Bernecker, University of California Irvine, USA and Duncan Pritchard, University of Edinburgh, UK Series: Routledge Philosophy Companions Epistemology, the philosophy of knowledge, is at the core of many of the central debates and issues in philosophy, interrogating the notions of truth, objectivity, trust, belief and perception. The Routledge Companion to Epistemology provides a comprehensive and up-to-date survey of epistemology, charting its history, providing a thorough account of its key thinkers and movements, and addressing enduring questions and contemporary research in the field. Organized thematically, the Companion is divided into nine sections: Foundational Issues, The Analysis of Knowledge, The Structure of Knowledge, Kinds of Knowledge, Skepticism, Responses to Skepticism, Knowledge and Knowledge Attributions, Formal Epistemology, The History of Epistemology, and Metaepistemological Issues. Seventy-eight chapters, each between 5000 and 7000 words and written by the world’s leading epistemologists, provide students with an outstanding and accessible guide to the field. Designed to fit the most comprehensive syllabus in the discipline, this text will be an indispensible resource for anyone interested in this central area of philosophy. December 2010: 246x174: 896pp Hb: 978-0-415-96219-3: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415962193

The Routledge Companion to Twentieth Century Philosophy Edited by Dermot Moran, University College Dublin, Ireland Series: Routledge Philosophy Companions ’This unique collection succeeds on all fronts. Summing up: Essential.’ – CHOICE The twentieth century was one of the most significant and exciting periods ever witnessed in philosophy, characterized by intellectual change and development on a massive scale. The Routledge Companion to Twentieth Century Philosophy is an outstanding authoritative survey and assessment of the century as a whole. Featuring twenty-two chapters written by leading international scholars, this collection is divided into five clear parts and presents a comprehensive picture of the period for the first time: • major themes and movements • logic, language, knowledge and metaphysics • philosophy of mind, psychology and science • phenomenology, hermeneutics, existentialism, and critical theory • politics, ethics, aesthetics. Featuring annotated further reading and a comprehensive glossary, The Routledge Companion to Twentieth Century Philosophy is indispensable for anyone interested in philosophy over the last one hundred years, suitable for both expert and novice alike. February 2010: 246x174: 1,040pp Pb: 978-0-415-42958-0: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415429580

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

P hi lo s o p h y

The Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Science

Forthcoming in 2011

4-Volume Set

28-Volume Set

Edited by Stathis Psillos, University of Athens, Greece and Martin Curd, Purdue University, USA

Ethics of War and Conflict Edited by Asa Kasher, Tel Aviv University, Israel

Routledge Library Editions: Plato

Series: Critical Concepts in Philosophy

Various

Standing on the shoulders of thinkers who have sought carefully to delineate proper behaviour in armed conflict—not least to distinguish just from illegitimate wars—military ethics is a subdiscipline enjoying renewed interest and, at the beginning of the twenty-first century, increasing practical relevance. It is particularly vibrant and expansive at the moment due to the emergence of novel forms of military activity. Whereas classical warfare involved a near symmetrical encounter between opposing forces, present-day asymmetric conflicts (such as fighting terrorists and insurgents) and other military challenges (such as humanitarian intervention and peacekeeping) raise especially difficult—and often dizzying—ethical issues.

Series: Routledge Library Editions

Series: Routledge Philosophy Companions ’With a distinguished list of internationally renowned contributors, an excellent choice of topics in the field, and well-written, well-edited essays throughout, this compendium is an excellent resource. It will work well for any serious scholar inside or outside the field interested in the current state of philosophy of science. Highly recommended.’ - CHOICE, Sept. 2008 This indispensable reference source and guide to the major themes, debates, problems and topics in philosophy of science contains fifty-five specially commissioned entries by a leading team of international contributors. Organized into four parts it covers: • historical and philosophical context • debates • concepts • the individual sciences. The Companion covers everything students of philosophy of science need to know—from empiricism, explanation and experiment to causation, observation, prediction and more—and contains many helpful features including: a section on the individual sciences, including chapters on the philosophy of biology, chemistry, physics and psychology, further reading and cross-referencing at the end of each chapter. February 2010: 246x174: 648pp Pb: 978-0-415-54613-3: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415546133

The Routledge Companion to Nineteenth Century Philosophy Edited by Dean Moyar, Johns Hopkins University, Maryland, USA Series: Routledge Philosophy Companions The Routledge Companion to Nineteenth Century Philosophy is an outstanding survey and assessment of the century as a whole. Divided into seven parts and including thirty chapters written by leading international scholars, the Companion examines and assesses the central topics, themes, and philosophers of the nineteenth century, presenting the first comprehensive picture of the period in a single volume. The Routledge Companion to Nineteenth Century Philosophy is essential reading for students of philosophy, and for anyone interested in this period in related disciplines such as politics, history, literature and religion. March 2010: 246x174: 960pp Hb: 978-0-415-40450-1: £125.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415404501

As research in and around the area flourishes as never before, this new title in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Philosophy, meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a rapidly growing and ever more complex corpus of literature. It is a four-volume collection of the best and most influential canonical and cutting-edge research. The first volume (‘Traditions’) assembles the key work on the history of military ethics from a variety of traditions. The second volume collects the most important thinking on the crucial doctrine of a ‘just war’. Volume III (‘New Military Activities’), meanwhile, brings together the best research on topics such as humanitarian intervention, peacekeeping, fighting terrorism, and counterinsurgency. The scholarship assembled in the final volume (‘Issues’) focuses on the contentions around military values and virtues. It also collects the best work on the ethics of dealing with extreme emergencies, deterrence, and torture. With a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor, which places the material in its historical and intellectual context, Military Ethics is an essential work of reference and is destined to be valued by scholars and students as a vital one-stop research resource. June 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-48033-8: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415480338

Forthcoming in 2011 4-Volume Set

The Philosophy of Race Edited by Paul Taylor, Temple University, USA Series: Critical Concepts in Philosophy Since at least the early 1990s, philosophical race theory has emerged as a dynamic and fertile area of serious scholarly inquiry, and this new four-volume Major Work from Routledge meets the need for a comprehensive collection to facilitate ready access to the most influential and important foundational and cutting-edge scholarship. September 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-49602-5: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415496025

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

Plato is perhaps the best known and most widely studied of all the ancient Greek philosophers. A pupil of Socrates and teacher of Aristotle, his ideas have inspired and influenced scholars of nearly every era. His famous series of dialogues have become a standard part of the Western philosophical canon—from the Euthyphro and Gorgias of his early period, the Republic, Phaedrus and Symposium of his middle period, to the Theaetetus and Laws of his late period. The Routledge Library Edition makes available in a single set an outstanding range of scholarship devoted to Plato’s philosophical work. Some twenty-eight volumes provide detailed analysis of his writings and philosophical ideas. From the classic works of Francis Cornford, G. C. Field and A. E. Taylor to more recent approaches and interpretations, the Routledge Library Edition of Plato provides libraries and scholars with a century of outstanding scholarship on this key philosopher. March 2011: 234x156: 27,000pp Hb: 978-0-415-59194-2: £2,250.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415591942

New 4-Volume Set

Philosophy of Mind Edited by Sean Crawford, University of Manchester, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Philosophy For as long as humanity has sought an understanding of its place in the universe, philosophy of mind has been at the centre of philosophy. It flourishes now as it has never done before. This new title in the Routledge’s Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Philosophy, meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the subject’s enormous literature and the continuing explosion in research output. Edited by Sean Crawford, a prominent scholar in the field, it is a four-volume collection of classic and contemporary contributions to all of the major debates in philosophy of mind. Selected Contents: Volume I: Foundations Volume II: The Mind–Body Problem Volume III: Intentionality Volume IV: Consciousness September 2010: 234x156: 1,724pp Hb: 978-0-415-47191-6: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415471916

p olit ics

POLITICS

4-Volume Set

Series: Critical Assessments of Leading Philosophers

Forthcoming in 2012

Richard Rorty (1931–2007) remains one of the contemporary world’s most influential thinkers. The daunting quantity (and variable quality) of literature available on Rorty makes it difficult to discriminate the useful from the tendentious, superficial, and otiose. That is why this new title in the highly regarded Routledge series, Critical Assessments of Leading Philosophers, is so urgently needed. Edited by James Tartaglia, the author of Rorty and the Mirror of Nature (Routledge, 2007), one of the most popular and straightforward books available on Rorty, this new Routledge Major Work is a four-volume collection of the best scholarship from the 1960s to the present day. The collected materials have been carefully selected from a wide range of academic journals, edited collections, and research monographs, many of which are hard to obtain in their original source.

4-Volume Set

Edited by Bhavna Dave, School of Oriental and African Studies (SOAS), University of London, UK

4-Volume Set

Richard Rorty

Politics of Modern Central Asia

Edited by James Tartaglia, University of Keele, UK

Series: Critical Issues in Modern Politics

Arab Nationalism Edited by Peter Wien, University of Maryland, USA Series: Critical Concepts in the Politics of the Middle East

Selected Contents: Volume I: Mind, Language and Truth Richard Rorty. Mind. Language. Truth. Volume II: Metaphilosophy and Pragmatism Reviews of Philosophy and the Mirror of Nature. Metaphilosophy. Pragmatism. Volume III: Philosophers Davidson. Dennett. Derrida. Dewey Gadamer. Habermas. Hegel. Heidegger Nietzsche. Peirce Plato. Putnam. Wittgenstein. Volume IV: Themes Bioethics. Chinese Philosophy. Environmental Philosophy. Ethnocentrism. Feminism. Irony. Literature. Moral Philosophy. Nihilism. Politics. Religion. Social Science.

Arab nationalism has been one of the leading ideologies in the Middle East and North Africa during the twentieth century. Political figures such as Gamal ‘Abd al-Nasser, political movements such as the Ba‘th party, and events such as the several Arab–Israeli wars still dominate its representation in the eyes of Western observers. In addition, the Western historiography of Arab Nationalism is still dominated by political history and history of ideas approaches. During the past two decades, researchers have, however, produced studies with a much broader view of the topic, informed by the theories and methodologies of disciplines like anthropology, as well as cultural and subaltern studies. The collection of articles in these volumes will represent this evolution of the historiography since the 1930s from observers’ concerns about Arab Nationalism as a political force challenging Great and Superpower hegemony towards the current interests in cultural expressions of national identities and the competition (or lack thereof) between secular nationalism and political Islam.

2009: 234x156: 1,552pp Hb: 978-0-415-49004-7: £650.00

November 2012: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-46764-3: £575.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415490047

Available now at a special introductory price. This price is applicable until 3 months after publication.

Offering comprehensive coverage of the political, economic, sociocultural, as well as security, concerns and foreign relations of Central Asia within a well-defined historical and conceptual framework this new Routledge title is a timely and much-needed contribution to the existing materials on the region. The focus encompasses the region as a whole, as well as each individual country, comprising the Soviet legacy, cultural and social institutions, modern economic and political transition, and geopolitics and security.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415467643

Selected Contents: Volume I: Encounters with Modernity: Russian and Soviet Rule Part 1: From Russian Empire to Soviet Socialism Part 2: Forging Nations, Building Socialism Part 3: Battle against Islam: Accommodation and Resistance Part 4: Women: Transformation without Emancipation Part 5: Elites and Entitlements Part 6: Reflections on Soviet Modernity Volume II: State–Society Relations: Stability and Transformation Part 1: Decolonization: Nations and State Building Part 2: State-building, Conflicts, and Borders Part 3: Ethnic and Cultural Revival Part 4: Nations, Minorities, Diasporas Part 5: Islam Volume III: Post-Soviet Institutions: Continuities and Transformation Part 1: Economic Reforms, Markets, and Transition Part 3: Civil Society, Democratic Promotion, and International Actors Part 4: Stability and ‘Colour Revolution’ Part 5: Gender in Post-Soviet Context Volume IV: The Changing Geopolitical Context Part 1: (Re)Locating Central Asia Part 2: Regional Actors and Structures Part 3: Encounters Between Western Norms and Regional Interests Part 4: The Caspian Region: Energy Security and Pipelines

Philosophy of Religion

4-Volume Set

2009: 234x156: 1,776pp Hb: 978-0-415-46826-8: £650.00

Edited by William J. Wainwright, University of Wisconsin, USA

Politics of Modern China

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415468268

Series: Critical Concepts in Philosophy

Edited by Yongnian Zheng, Yiyi Lu, both at University of Nottingham, UK and Lynn T. White III, Princeton University, USA

Forthcoming in 2011

4-Volume Set

The past forty years or so have witnessed a renaissance in the philosophy of religion. New tools (modal logic, probability theory, and so on) and new historical research have prompted many thinkers to take a fresh look at old topics (God’s existence, the problem of evil, faith and reason, and the like). Moreover, sophisticated examinations of contentious new issues, such as the problem of religious diversity or the role of emotions and other non-evidential factors in shaping rationally held religious beliefs, have also emerged. 2009: 234x156 Hb: 978-0-415-44210-7: £650.00

Series: Critical Issues in Modern Politics The Politics of Modern China is a comprehensive four-volume resource for students and teachers of modern Chinese politics as well as other interested individuals and institutions internationally. 2009: 234x156: 1,824pp Hb: 978-0-415-44151-3: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415441513

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415442107

30-Volume Set

Routledge Library Editions: Iran Various Series: Routledge Library Editions Routledge Library Editions: Iran will re-issue works originally published between 1890 and 2005. As well as looking at the (often turbulent) history and politics of this key power in the Middle East, the set includes works of literature and literary criticism by both Persian and Western writers. Selected Contents: Javid Nama. Iraq and Iran: The Years of Crisis. The Iran-Iraq War. Modern Iran. Persia and the Victorians. Studies in Ancient Persian History. The Struggle for Persia. Persia and its People. The Persian Gulf. In Search of Omar Khayyam. The Epic of the Kings. Ibn Yamin. Indo-Iranian Studies. Papers from the Seminar on Fasahat and Balaghat in Classical Persian Literature. The Persian Sufis. The Nasirean Ethics. Christians in Persia. The Security of the Persian Gulf. Iran and the International Community. The Persian Gulf and the West. Iran Since the Revolution March 2011: 234x156: 15,884pp Hb: 978-0-415-57033-6: £2,500.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415570336

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

po l i t i c s

Forthcoming in 2011

The Military Balance 2010

4-Volume Set

Iiss

The Politics and International Relations of Modern Korea

International Political Economy

Series: The Military Balance

Understanding the Politics and Economics of the Republic of Korea (ROK) and the Democratic Peoples’ Republic of Korea (DPRK) Edited by John Swenson-Wright, University of Cambridge, UK Series: Critical Issues in Modern Politics As the locus of Great Power rivalry in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, the battleground for the first ‘hot’ conflict of the early Cold War, and—in the case of the contemporary challenge of a nuclear North Korea—one of the most potentially destabilizing threats to regional security, the Korean peninsula is critical in understanding the history, politics, and international relations of Asia. However, Korea’s importance is not confined to issues of security and international conflict. The dramatic growth of South Korea, propelling it from the status of an underdeveloped and war-ravaged country to the world’s eleventh largest economy in the space of some thirty years, has been the subject of intense scrutiny by economists, political scientists, and sociologists. Understanding its rapid economic growth is important not only in assessing the nature of modern capitalism, but also in realizing the lessons of development that potentially can be applied to the economic challenges and opportunities faced by the developing world. Modernization is not merely an economic concept. South Korea’s experience of political transition from authoritarian military-led rule to a democratic system of government in the late 1980s arguably represents one of Asia’s most important twentieth-century political success stories. To political scientists, the South Korean political case raises fascinating questions about the nature of political legitimacy, as well as revealing potential contradictions. If political change has been a dominant theme in recent developments in South Korea, political stasis appears to be the norm in North Korea, where the cult of the leader and the dynastic rule of the Kim family have arguably restricted political activity to the informal and non-transparent competition for influence among those close to the leadership. Both Koreas find themselves confronting a rapidly changing and fluid international environment. For South Korea, salient issues include how to manage its core alliance relations, most notably with the United States and how far it should move closer to China’s economic and political orbit. For North Korea, the key diplomatic challenge is managing the post-Cold War erosion of its old alliance partnerships, while finding a mechanism for engaging with the wider world. Selected Contents: Volume I: Conflict on the Korean Peninsula. Volume II: Economic Development in North and South Korea. Volume III: Political Systems, Legitimacy and the State in the Two Koreas. Volume IV: The Foreign Relations of Contemporary Korea December 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-46291-4: £575.00 Available now at a special introductory price. This price is applicable until 3 months after publication. For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415462914

Edited by Benjamin J. Cohen, University of California, Santa Barbara, USA

Series: Critical Concepts in Political Science International Political Economy is a thriving interdisciplinary area of study and research based on the combined insights of international economics and international relations theory. It has become one of the fastest growing fields of study in the social sciences, and this new title in the Routledge series, Critical Concepts in Political Science, meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the subject’s already vast literature and the continuing expansion of research output. Edited by Benjamin J. Cohen, a prominent scholar in the field, this eagerly awaited Major Work is a four-volume collection of classic and key contemporary contributions to the political economy of global economics. The first of the four volumes concentrates on theory, encompassing the full range of conceptual and analytical perspectives that characterize this diverse field of study. The second and third volumes address the core structural elements of the world economy—respectively, trade and production (Volume II) and money and finance (Volume III). A variety of contemporary policy challenges is taken up in the fourth volume, including issues of global economic governance, regionalism, and the environment. With a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor, which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context, International Political Economy is an essential work of reference. Researchers, teachers, and students will value the collection as a vital one-stop scholarly and pedagogic resource. November 2011: 234x156: 1,716pp Hb: 978-0-415-57721-2: £725.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415577212

‘The Military Balance is the unique and vital resource on which informed public debate of the world’s armed forces is founded.’ – William S. Cohen, former U.S. Secretary of Defense ’Quite simply the definitive resource on current military and strategic affairs.’ – Choice

The Military Balance is the International Institute for Strategic Studies’ annual assessment of the military capabilities and defence economics of 170 countries worldwide. It is an essential resource for those involved in security policymaking, analysis and research. The book is a region-by-region analysis of the major military and economic developments affecting defence and security policies, and the trade in weapons and other military equipment. Comprehensive tables detail major military training activities, UN and non-UN deployments, and give data on key equipment holdings and defence-expenditure trends over a ten year period. Key Features: • region-by-region analysis: major military issues affecting each region, changes in defence economics, weapons and other military equipment holdings and the trade in weapons and military equipment • comprehensive tables: key data on weapons and defence economics, such as comparisons of international defence expenditure and military manpower • analysis: significant military and economic developments • wallchart: detailed world map that shows current areas of conflict, with explanatory tables. February 2010: 246x174: 488pp Pb: 978-1-85743-557-3: £245.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435573

New

Strategic Survey 2010 The Annual Review of World Affairs Iiss ’Policy-makers, academics, students and interested members of the public will be better informed by reading this authoritative annual.’ – Reference Reviews The Strategic Survey is a journal of records that includes all relevant names and titles, chronologies and dates. But it is also much more: the hard facts are framed by considered and nuanced analysis over 400 pages of text. Another eighteen to twenty chapters of similar length, written along thematic rather than merely chronological lines, cover developments in particular regions or countries. The Strategic Survey concludes with ’Prospectives’, an essay setting forth strategic priorities for the coming year. Also included are thirty-two pages of maps depicting strategically important activity and political change—such as piracy and Russia’s new federal districts—globally, regionally and locally. The interplay of political developments and the actual or potential use of military force remains The Strategic Survey’s chief concern. Nevertheless, since the end of the Cold War and of the first distinct post-Cold War period, the Institute has recognised that any survey of matters strategic needs to broaden its scope to embrace economic concerns. August 2010: 246x189: 400pp Pb: 978-1-85743-563-4: £114.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435634

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

p olit ics

Forthcoming in 2011 4th Edition

A Dictionary of Modern Politics David Robertson, St Hugh’s College, University of Oxford, UK ’Highly recommended.’ – Choice In the increasingly complex world of modern politics, the fully revised and expanded fourth edition of this long-standing title provides a comprehensive guide to political ideologies and terminologies. Listing topics covering all aspects of international and national politics, this text is an essential reference source for students of politics at all levels as well as to those with a general interest in the subject. Containing nearly 600 entries, A Dictionary of Modern Politics is an excellent introduction for those new to the subject and explains those ideas and institutions commonly used in the media such as Monarchy, Jihad, Third Way, Police State and Thatcherism. The significance of prominent philosophers of the last three millennia, including Aristotle, Aquinas and John Stuart Mill, is introduced and related to the modern political thinking of those such as Rawls and Nozick. Entries include: Constitutional Courts, Deregulation, EU Constitution, Gaullism, Immigration, Iraq War, Roman Catholicism, Terrorism, and Voting Systems. Key Features: • a clear and succinct guide to the complex theories, dogmas and phraseologies which pervade the world of politics • organized alphabetically • fully cross-referenced. September 2011: 234x156: 544pp Hb: 978-1-85743-333-3: £140.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857433333

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

po l i t i c s

Forthcoming in 2011 4-Volume Set

Al Qaeda Edited by Paul Cruickshank, New York University, USA Series: Critical Concepts in Political Science This new Major Work assembles a four-volume collection of the best research and writing on Al Qaeda terrorism so that students, counter-terrorism specialists, and academics have a ’go-to’ resource on the subject matter. The articles are mainly drawn from peer review journals such as Studies in Conflict and Terrorism, leading specialist publications such as CTC Sentinel, Jane’s Intelligence Review and Jamestown’s Terrorism Monitor and chapters from the most authoritative books on Al Qaeda terrorism. Also selected are a small number of newspaper and magazine articles which have made an enduring impact on what is a very new field of research, to comprehensively present the most groundbreaking articles in the field: each contribution will help shape and improve our understanding of the international Al Qaeda terrorist threat. The first volume focuses on the threat posed by Al Qaeda; the second, its global network, including monographs on Al Qaeda’s most important operational leaders. Volume III looks at recruitment, and the final volume at its ideology. Together they form the vital reference source on this often misunderstood movement, with an introduction by the editor, a notable specialist in the field, that places the selected material in its correct context. September 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-58174-5: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415581745

4-Volume Set

Regionalism in Asia Edited by See Seng Tan, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore Series: Critical Issues in Modern Politics Especially since the end of the Cold War, research on and around the international relations of Asia has grown exponentially and, to make sense of what is now a vast and unwieldly corpus of scholarly literature, this new four-volume collection from Routledge’s Critical Issues in Modern Politics series brings together the best and most influential work in the field.It is destined to be valued by scholars, students, and researchers of Asian international relations, politics, history, and current affairs as a vital resource. 2009: 234x156 Hb: 978-0-415-47523-5: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415475235

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

p olit ics

Forthcoming in 2011

4-Volume Set

US Foreign Policy

Terrorism and Human Rights

Politics and the Internet

Edited by Michael Cox, London School of Economics, UK

Edited by Alex P. Schmid, United Nations, Terrorism Prevention Branch

Edited by William H. Dutton, Oxford Internet Institute, UK

Series: Critical Concepts in Political Science

According to the Department of State, the goals of US foreign policy are ‘to create a more secure, democratic, and prosperous world for the benefit of the American people and the international community’. How the United States has wielded, and continues to wield, its dizzying power in pursuit of these—and other— objectives continues to be of the upmost importance to the whole of humanity.

As a special type of political violence, terrorism comes in several guises. It manifests itself as disproportionate or draconian state repression in internal conflicts, and also as a particular type of violation of the laws of war in international conflicts. Most often, however, it is associated with indiscriminate violence by non-state actors engaged in an asymmetric conflict against established governments or sectors of the public. Whether used by state actors or violent non-state actors, terrorists and their masters often show little or no respect for civilians and non-combatants. In applying violence without moral restraints, they violate not only the laws of the land where their attacks take place but also international human rights law (in peacetime) or international humanitarian law (in times of war). Paradoxically, fighting terrorism is also often accompanied by transgressions of such laws, even by democratic states.

It is commonplace to observe that the Internet—and the dizzying technologies and applications which it continues to spawn—has revolutionized human communications. But, while the medium’s impact has apparently been immense, the nature of its political implications remains highly contested. To give but a few examples, the impact of networked individuals and institutions has prompted serious scholarly debates in political science and related disciplines on: the evolution of ‘e-government’ and ‘e-politics’ (especially after the 2004 and 2008 US presidential campaigns); electronic voting and other citizen participation; activism; privacy and surveillance; and the regulation and governance of cyberspace.

Scholarly research in and around US foreign policy flourishes as never before, and this new four-volume collection from Routledge’s acclaimed Critical Concepts in Political Science series meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a rapidly growing—and ever more complex—corpus of serious work. Edited by Michael Cox, a leading scholar and expert in the field, the collection focuses in particular on the post-1945 period. It brings together canonical and the very best contemporary and cutting-edge scholarship. With a full index, together with a new introduction by the editor, which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context, US Foreign Policy is an essential work of reference. The collection will be particularly useful as a database allowing scattered and often hard to find material to be easily located. It will also be welcomed as a crucial tool permitting rapid access to less familiar—and sometimes overlooked— texts. For researchers, students, practitioners, and policy-makers, it is a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource. June 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-57884-4: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415578844

Especially in recent times, hardliners have argued that in order to combat terrorism effectively there is an unavoidable trade-off between human security and human-rights observance. Others hold that humanrights observance and effective counter-terrorism are not only fully compatible; but that one cannot successfully control terrorism without maintaining the moral high ground and upholding the rule of law. It came as a shock to many that, in the name of its so-called War on Terror, a great democracy like the United States could, after the events of 11 September 2001, curtail so many democratic freedoms and safeguards—human rights that had taken centuries to be embraced. Other countries with less solid rule-of-law traditions followed the example of the Bush administration and have curtailed human rights in the name of counter-terrorism even further. The net result has been a double assault on human rights by terrorists and counter-terrorists. To help make sense of the controversies surrounding terrorism, counter-terrorism, human rights, and humanitarian law, this new four-volume collection from Routledge builds on the success of an earlier Routledge Major Work (Terrorism (2005) (978-0-415-31650-7) edited by David Rapoport). It answers the need for an authoritative reference work that brings together vital scholarship and key documents from NGOs and governmental organizations on these issues. Fully indexed and with comprehensive introductions to each volume, newly written by the editor, Alex P. Schmid, a leading scholar in the field, Terrorism and Human Rights is an essential work of reference. It is destined to be valued by political scientists, terrorism experts, human-rights advocates, and international lawyers. August 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-57472-3: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415574723

As research in and around politics and the Internet flourishes as never before, this new four-volume collection from Routledge’s acclaimed Critical Concepts in Political Science series meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a rapidly growing—and ever more complex—corpus of literature. Edited by William H. Dutton, Director of the Oxford Internet Institute (OII), the collection gathers foundational and canonical work, together with innovative and cutting-edge applications and interventions. With a full index and comprehensive bibliographies, together with a new introduction by the editor, which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context, Politics and the Internet is an essential work of reference. The collection will be particularly useful as a database allowing scattered and often elusive material to be easily located. It will also be welcomed as a crucial tool permitting rapid access to less familiar—and sometimes overlooked—texts. For researchers, students, practitioners, and policy-makers, it is a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource. August 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-56150-1: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415561501

Forthcoming in 2011

Routledge Handbook of Insurgency and CounterInsurgency Edited by Paul B. Rich and Isabelle Duyvesteyn, University of Utrecht, the Netherlands This new Handbook offers a wide-ranging examination of the current state of academic analysis and debate as well as an up-to-date survey of contemporary insurgent movements and counter-insurgencies. July 2011: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-56733-6: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415567336

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

po l i t i c s

Forthcoming in 2011

The Routledge Handbook of European Security

5-Volume Set

Routledge Handbook of African Politics

Edited by Sven Biscop and Richard Whitman

Edited by David Travers, University of Lancaster, UK

This new Handbook brings together key experts on European security from the academic and policy worlds to examine the European Union (EU) as an international security actor. While the focus is on the politico-military dimension, security will be put in the context of the holistic approach advocated by the EU.

Series: Critical Concepts in Political Science

Edited by David Anderson and Nic Cheeseman, both at University of Oxford, African Studies Centre, UK

The United Nations is the second great experiment in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries that has attempted to prevent war and further international cooperation in the political, economic, social and technical fields.

Providing a comprehensive and cutting edge examination of this important continent, the Routledge Handbook of African Politics seeks to discuss a wide range of issues including:

Covering five of the six principal organs of the United Nations: the Security Council, the General Assembly, the Economic and Social Council, the Trusteeship Council, and the Secretariat, this collection explores the original conception of the United Nations, how it has evolved, how it now works, and how effectively it has prevented and resolved disputes and contributed to international cooperation.

• Identity and Solidarity

Each chapter critically examines EU objectives, instruments and means, in order to assess their effectiveness, and identify their weaknesses, and offer some recommendations for the EU as a security actor on the international stage. This Handbook accounts for the gradual emergence of the EU as an autonomous actor in this field since the end of the Cold War, its objectives being to safeguard European security by improving global security. A key aspect of this development has been the emergence of a defence component through the EU’s European Security and Defence Policy (ESDP), re-baptized the Common Security and Defence Policy (CSDP) by the Lisbon Treaty. Whilst this remains a contested development, the international role for the EU as a security actor is here to stay, and is covered in this volume in detail, providing an essential assessment for all students of European Security, the EU, European Politics, security studies and IR in general. Selected Contents: Introduction: A Secure Europe in a Better World—European Security through the EU Part 1: The EU as an International Security Actor 1. The Emergence of European Security Institutions (1945–2010) Jolyon Howorth 2. Theoretical Perspective (I): A ’Realist/Traditional’ Perspective Adrian Hyde-Price 3. Theoretical Perspective (2): A ’Liberal/Constructivist/ Critical’ Perspective Knud Erik Jorgensen 4. The Age of Interpolarity Giovanni Grevi 5. The European Security Strategy Sven Biscop 6. European Strategic Culture Christoph O. Meyer Part 2: Institutions, Instruments and Means 7. CFSP and Diplomacy Geoffrey Edwards 8. Military ESDP Daniel Keohane 9. Civilian ESDP Catriona Gourlay 10. Industry and Technology Jan Joel Andersson 11. Democracy and Human Rights Richard Youngs 12. Security and Development Jan Orbie Part 3: Policies 13. The Balkans Michael Merlingen 14. Eastern Neighbourhood and Russia Hiski Haukkala 15. Southern Neighbourhood (including the Middle East) Costanza Musu 16. Iran and the Gulf Walter Posch 17. Sub-Saharan Africa Richard Whitman 18. Asia (including Central Asia) Eva Gross 19. New Geopolitical Horizons: Maritime and the Arctic James Rogers 20. Terrorism Wyn Rees 21. Non-proliferation, Arms Control and Disarmament Gerrard Quille 22. Energy Sami Andoura Part 4: Partners 23. NATO and the US Leo Michel 24. The UN Richard Gowan 25. The OSCE Oleksandr Pavlyuk 26. The African Union Malte Brosig 27. Strategic Partners: The BRICs and Others Thomas Renard Bibliography

United Nations

Some of the subsidiary bodies established by the General Assembly and the Security Council, including human rights activities, refugees, international criminal tribunals and commissions established for the disarmament of Iraq, will also be covered. September 2011: 234x156: 2,000pp Hb: 978-0-415-35569-8: £825.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415355698

Forthcoming in 2011

Routledge Handbook of European Elections Edited by Donatella M. Viola, Calabria University, Italy This Handbook is a comprehensive reference guide to the European Parliamentary Elections. The opening section analyzes the European Parliament’s evolution, profile and political dynamics while the rest of the Handbook focuses on an analysis of Euro-elections in all EU member states. Each of the country case studies is written to a common template making for an easy comparison of data, methodology and outcomes. Each of the country case studies includes: • country profile: area, population size and density, ethnic structure • an overview of the political landscape with a brief account of the political parties and electoral systems in EP elections and general national elections • public opinion survey on the European Union • parties’ lists and programmes

June 2011: 246x174: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-58828-7: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter

• level of party-cohesion over the EU

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415588287

• an outline of key international, European and domestic issues raised in the campaign

• media coverage of Euro-elections

• table of voters’ turnout and election results. The Handbook is an invaluable resource for all scholars of the European Union, European Parliament, Elections and Parties. June 2011: 246x174: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-59203-1: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415592031

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

• The State • International Relations and the Politics of Dependency • Conflict • Democracy and Electoral Politics • Problems and Challenges. This work will feature both established scholars and emerging researchers and will be a vital resource to all students of African Studies, Democratization, Conflict Resolution and Third World Politics. Selected Contents: Section 1: The Politics of Identity and Solidarity 1. Class Politics 2. Identity and Affiliation 3. Muslim Politics in W Africa 4. Religion and Politics 5. Autochthony 6. Affiliations in Nigeria 7. Trade Unions Section 2: The Politics of the State 8. State and Patronage, Neo-Patrimonialism 9. Structure of the State/ Legacy of Colonial Rule 10. Military & Politics 11. One Party State 12. Leadership 13. Colonial Legacies 14. Federalism 15. Constitutions Section 3: International Relations & the Politics of Dependency 16. Africa Union 17. Regional Organizations (COMESA/SADC/EAC) 18. Oil and Politics 19. International Aid and Politics 20. Ngo’s 21. Africa & the International System 22. Economic Issues, Sap’s to Prsps 23. Migration (Remittances, Brain Drain) Section 4: Politics and Conflict 24. Warlordism/Collapsed States 25. Guerrillas and Politics 26. Civil Wars 27. Vigilantes 28. Post-Conflict Reconstruction 29. Trc’s/ICC & Legal Issues 30. Peacekeeping, UN Section 5: Democracy and Electoral Politics 31. Electioneering 32. Political Parties 33. Civil Society 34. Electoral Numbers 35. Multi-Party Systems and Electoral-Authoritarianism 36. Parliaments and Executives 37. Public Opinion Section 6: Problems and Challenges 38. Social Contract Or HIV 39. State Integrity/ Collapse 40. Democracy Promotion 41. Land & the State 42. Social Policy & Welfare 43. Security, and Post 9/11 44. Power-Sharing 45. China in Africa June 2011: 246x174: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-57378-8: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415573788

p olit ics

Forthcoming in 2011

Routledge Handbook of Diplomacy and Statecraft

4-Volume Set

Politics of Development

Edited by B. J. C. McKercher, Royal Military College of Canada The Routledge Handbook of Diplomacy and Statecraft illustrates that the new international order that has evolved—and is still evolving—after the end of the Cold War of the latter half of the twentieth century is one dominated by the rivalry of the Great Powers. Looking at the Great, the Middle and the Developing Powers, each chapter in the first three sections will assess the diplomacy and statecraft of these individual Powers to offer insight into how they function, their individual perception of national interests and the roles that they play in modern statecraft. Contemporary diplomacy and statecraft are intimately connected to international organizations and the international economy, and how and why these elements of global politics determine and show their utility is a crucial consideration. Indeed, the next two sections of the book will look at important international organizations, military alliances and the international economy. Finally, the last section of the books deals with a series of contemporary problems in conflict and co-operation that are having and will have influence in shaping the evolution of the new international order. The scholars contributing to this book will collectively show how and why the new international order has evolved—and is still evolving—since the end of the Cold War through the application of diplomacy and statecraft. A comprehensive survey of diplomacy across the world, this work will be essential reading for scholars and professionals alike. Selected Contents: The International Order in the New Century Section 1: The Context of Diplomacy 1. The History of Diplomacy 2. The Theories of Diplomacy Section 2: The Great Powers 3. The United States 4. Great Britain 5. Russia 6. China 7. France 8. Germany 9. Japan Section 3: Middle Powers 10. Brazil 11. India 12. Canada 13. Czechoslovakia 14. Turkey Section 4: Developing Powers 15. Cuba 16. Peru 17. Nigeria 18. Vietnam 19. Indonesia Section 5: International Organizations and Military Alliances 20. The European Union: The Political Dimension 21. The United Nations 22. The North Atlantic Treaty Organisation 23. The Organisation of African Unity 24. The Non-Aligned Movement Section 6: The International Economy 25. The World Bank and The International Monetary Fund 26. The European Union: The Economic Dimension 27. The Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries 28. ALBA—Alternativa Bolivariana para los Pueblos de Nuestra América 29. The G-8 and the Move to a Globalized International Economy 30. The Opposition to a Globalized International Economy Section 7: Issues of Conflict and Co-operation 31. International Arms Control 32. Civil–Military Relationships and Policy-making 33. The Middle Eastern Balance of Power 34. The South Asian Balance of Power 35. Rogue States: North Korea 36. Failed States: Zimbabwe 37. Public versus Private Power, NGOs and International Security 38. Environmentalism in an International Context 39. Soft Power and Public Diplomacy June 2011: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-78110-7: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415781107

Democracy, Reform, and Authoritarianism in the Arab World

A Survey Heloise Weber, University of Queensland, Brisbane, Australia

Edited by Gerd Nonneman, University of Exeter, UK

This new title presents a wealth of information covering the global politics of development. Includes:

Series: Critical Concepts in the Modern Politics of the Middle East

• in-depth essays profiling the critical topics

The potential for reform in the pattern of persistent authoritarianism in the Arab world has been the subject of interest for policymakers, the informed general public, and scholars alike, particularly since the end of the Cold War and again after the events of 11 September 2001. It is also one that has generated much debate within the Arab world itself, both in this period and, less prominently, but at times very acutely, throughout much of the twentieth century. This new four-volume collection from Routledge meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the subject’s vast literature and the continuing explosion in research output.

• maps detailing water consumption and distribution

June 2011: 234x156: 1,800pp Hb: 978-0-415-46915-9: £575.00

• an A-Z of key terms • statistical tables. February 2011: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-85743-500-9: £130.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435009

New

The Politics of Narcotic Drugs A Survey Edited by Julia Buxton

Available now at a special introductory price. This price is applicable until 3 months after publication. For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415469159

4-Volume Set

Politics of Modern Southeast Asia Edited by Allen Hicken, University of Michigan, USA Series: Critical Issues in Modern Politics Southeast Asia offers a rich tapestry of comparatively under-studied countries that shed light on political dynamics and political economy within developing states. Some countries manage rapid economic development while others do not; Southeast Asia is home to some of the fastest growing economies in the last forty years (e.g. Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, and later Indonesia) alongside economic basket cases (e.g. Burma) and chronic under-performers (e.g. the Philippines). In addition, there are abundant examples of political transitions to or from democracy to be found in the region, along with countries that seem to function stably somewhere between democracy and autocracy. (Indonesia’s experiment with democracy is a critical case study in the compatibility of Islam with democracy.) This new four-volume collection from Routledge represents a unique compilation of the best work on modern Southeast Asian politics, and as such will be an invaluable resource for students and instructors interested in the region. It will also appeal to those interested in the politics of the developing world more generally and who are looking to the experiences of the countries that form Southeast Asia for invaluable case studies that resonate in a wider political and economic context.

The Politics of Narcotic Drugs brings together leading experts on the drugs trade to provide an accessible yet detailed analysis of the multiple challenges that the contemporary trade in narcotic drugs and its prohibition pose, from the local to the international community.

Through the use of country and regional case studies that include Afghanistan, Mexico, Colombia and the Middle East, the drivers of the drugs trade and the security and development dilemmas created by the prohibition of narcotic substances are explored. Contributions that assess the international drug control regime, British anti-drug enforcement organizations, ’narcoterrorism’ and options for drug policy reform engage readers in current debates and the narrative frameworks that shape discussion of the drugs issue. The book is an invaluable guide to the dynamic and far-reaching issue of narcotic drugs and the impact of their prohibition on our countries and communities. The chapters are followed by an A-Z glossary of key terms, issues and organizations, and a section of maps and statistics. October 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-85743-501-6: £130.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435016

April 2010: 234x156: 1,752pp Hb: 978-0-415-45061-4: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415450614

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

po l i t i c s

The Politics of the Olympics

The Politics of Gender

The Politics of Climate Change

A Survey

Edited by Alan Bairner, Loughborough University, UK and Gyozo Molnar, University of Worcester, UK

Edited by Yoke-Lian Lee

The Politics of the Olympics, A Survey, provides information on and analysis of the relationship between politics and the Olympic Games. It is argued and demonstrated throughout the book that sport and politics have been and are intimately connected and nowhere is this relationship more apparent than in the Olympic Games. The essay chapters, including an editorial introduction, are written by a variety of academic experts. They focus on the politics of the Olympic movement, the politics of hosting the Games, the political implications of performance enhancement, and gender, terrorism and physical impairment within the Olympic context. The remaining chapters are case studies that are specific to certain countries or regions – Germany during the rise to power of National Socialism, Eastern Europe in the Cold War era, South Korea and Taiwan. Each chapter is accompanied by a select bibliography. The A-Z Glossary provides up-to-date and concise information on famous Olympians, presidents of the International Olympic Committee, specific events, boycotts and demonstrations, each of which has been politically significant in the history of the Games. Entries are cross-referenced for ease of use.

This new title in the Politics of ... Series addresses the major themes of the politics of gender. Chapters on a variety of issues, contributed by experts in the field of gender, include Human Trafficking, Gender in International Relations, the Construction of Masculinity in Hollywood Movies, Gender and Climate Change, and Mainstreaming Gender in the Peace and Security Agenda of

the African Union. An A–Z glossary offers supplementary information on key terms, with entries including abortion, commission on the status of women, ecofeminism, equal access, human rights, migration, population control, and sex tourism. March 2010: 234x156: 380pp Hb: 978-1-85743-493-4: £130.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857434934

A map of the venues for the Olympic Games is also included. Selected Contents: Map: Summer and Winter Olympic Games Host Venues Essays: The Politics of the Olympics: An Introduction Alan Bairner and Gyozo Molnar Olympic Power, Olympic Politics: Behind the Scenes Helen Jefferson Lenskyj The Politics of Hosting the Olympic Games John Horne Politics of Gender Through the Olympics: The Changing Nature of Women’s Involvement in the Olympics Susan J. Brandy The Politics of Performance Enhancement in the Olympic Games Rob Beamish Disability, Olympism and Paralympism P. David Howe The Olympics and Terrorism David L. Andrews, Jaime Schultz and Michael L. Silk Berlin 1936 Christopher Young The Olympics and the Cold War: An Eastern European Perspective Miklós Hadas The Olympics in the Post-Soviet Era: The Case of the Two Koreas Jung Woo Lee Taiwanese Identities and the 2008 Beijing Olympic Games Ping-Chao Lee, Alan Bairner and Tien-Chin Tan A-Z Glossary Alan Bairner and Gyozo Molnar April 2010: 234x156: 250pp Hb: 978-1-85743-494-1: £130.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85053-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857434941

Edited by Maxwell T. Boykoff, University of Oxford, UK

’These essays on the politics of climate change provide timely and thoughtful insights into the theory and practice of climate science, climate politics, mitigation and adaptation. They are essential reading for those interested in international climate policy as well as the everyday cultural politics of public responses to climate change.’ – Professor Diana Liverman, Institute of the Environment, University of Arizona, and Environmental Change Institute, University of Oxford, UK Climate change is a defining issue in contemporary life. Since the Industrial Revolution, heavy reliance on carbonbased sources of energy in industry and society has contributed to substantial changes in the climate, indicated by increases in temperature and sea level rise. In the last three decades, concerns regarding human contributions to climate change have moved from obscure scientific inquiries to the fore of science, politics, policy and practices at many levels. From local adaptation strategies to international treaty negotiation, ‘the politics of climate change’ is as pervasive, vital and contested as it has ever been. On the cusp of a new commitment to international co-operation to rein in greenhouse gas emissions, this essential book intervenes to help understand and engage with the dynamic and compelling Politics of Climate Change. This edited collection draws on a vast array of experience, expertise and perspectives, with authors with backgrounds in climate science, geography, environmental studies, biology, sociology, political science, psychology and philosophy. This reflects the contemporary conditions where the politics of climate change permeate and penetrate all facets of our shared lives and livelihoods. Chapters include the Politics of Climate Science, History of Climate Policy, the Cultural Politics of Climate Change: Interactions in the Spaces of Everyday, the Politics of Interstate Climate Negotiations, the Politics of the Carbon Economy, and Addressing Inequality. An A–Z glossary of key terms offers additional information in dictionary format, with entries on topics including Carbon Tax, Stabilization, Renewable Technologies and the World Meteorological Organization. A section of Maps offers a visual overview of the effects of environmental change. 2009: 234x156: 300pp Hb: 978-1-85743-496-5: £130.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857434965

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

p olit ics

NEW IN PAPERBACK

New

NEW IN PAPERBACK

The Politics of Terrorism

The Politics of Water

The Politics of Maritime Power

A Survey

Edited by Andrew T. H. Tan

Edited by Kai Wegerich and Jeroen Warner

Andrew T. H. Tan

This new title presents timely information covering the global politics of water. With the current threat of climate change and the increasing demand on water resources, this title will give an invaluable insight into an increasingly politicized topic. Includes:

Since the crucial maritime battles fought during the Second World War in both the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans and the post-war period, which saw a naval standoff between a vast US navy and a growing Soviet navy, the focus of international maritime power has changed.

Terrorism is increasingly at the forefront of political agendas. Events worldwide have led to an increased awareness and response to this global phenomenon. The focus of this volume is on examining the fundamental causes of alienation and rebellion that underlie the use of terrorism as an instrument of violence. This title includes :

• essays, each of around 8,000 words in length, providing in-depth analysis of topics of relevance in the subject • an A-Z glossary of key terrorist groups and organizations, as well as major terrorist incidences and events • detailed maps and statistics • an extensive bibliography listing further relevant reading material. This unique combination of analytically detailed essays with statistics and a glossary make this title a unique one-stop reference source as well as a training and education guide on the politics of terrorism worldwide. Selected Contents: 1. Essays: 1. Modern Terror: History and Special Features David C. Rapoport 2. Dagger and Sarin: The Evolution of Terrorist Weapons and Tactics Adam Dolnik and Rohan Gunaratna 3. Ethnic Terrorism: Themes and Variations Dennis Pluchinsky 4. Left- and Right-wing Political Terrorism David W. Brannan 5. Religion and the New Terrorism Mark Juergensmeyer 6. On the Nature of Religious Terrorism Adam Dolnik and Rohan Gunaratna 7. State Uses of Terrorism James Lutz and Brenda Lutz 8. CounterTerrorism Thomas Mockaitis 2. A-Z Glossary 3. Maps and Statistics 4. Select Bibliography 2006: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-1-85743-347-0: £135.00 Pb: 978-1-85743-579-5: £29.50

• in-depth essays profiling the critical topics • an A-Z of key terms, subject areas covered include: Agricultural Water Use, Conflict and Cooperation, Development, Economics and Water, Governance of Water, Power and Water, River Basins, Water Discourses, Water Management and Water Rights • maps detailing water consumption and distribution • statistical tables. This new title provides an invaluable guide to politics surrounding the availability and provision of water on a worldwide scale and is the only guide to deal with the issues of water in politics in such detail. This will prove to be an invaluable reference source for anyone who is interested in, or studying, the politics of water, or indeed climate change. July 2010: 234x156: 393pp Hb: 978-1-85743-339-5: £130.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857433395

The Politics of Maritime Power is an exploration of the contemporary facets of maritime power, particularly as an instrument of the state, in the post-Second World War era. This reference volume is divided into four parts, with chapters exploring various aspects of modern maritime power written by maritime experts; a series of maps which show major maritime zones; a glossary which contains over 240 entries on various aspects of maritime power; and a detailed bibliography. Selected Contents: The Components of Maritime Power. Maritime Strategy. Technology and Navies. Naval Diplomacy. Navies and Warfighting. Navies and the Maintenance of Good Order in Peacetime. The Maritime Governance System. Emerging Naval Powers. Future of Maritime Power. A-Z. Glossary. Maps

NEW IN PAPERBACK

The Politics of Conflict A Survey Vassilis K. Fouskas

2007: 234x156: 328pp Hb: 978-1-85743-404-0: £135.00 Pb: 978-1-85743-580-1: £29.50

A collection of essays written by a group of acknowledged experts which provides in-depth comment on the key aspects of conflict. An A–Z glossary of terms specific to the subject provides an ideal background for those new to the area of study. Entries are provided for all the major current conflicts worldwide. Major entries include: Angola, Baluchistan, Cyprus, East Timor, Kurdistan, Kashmir, Lebanon, Tibet, Sri Lanka and Taiwan.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857433470

Major maritime powers have deployed warships, aircraft carriers and heavy land forces around the globe, for purposes of diplomacy, such as maintaining far-flung alliances; for deterrent purposes, such as in the Taiwan Straits; for warfighting, such as in its crucial support roles in recent conflicts in Afghanistan and both Gulf Wars; and for complex emergencies, such as tsunami and earthquake rescue in Indonesia and Pakistan. Increasingly, maritime power is employed in counterterrorism, such as in joint patrols, counter-terrorism exercises and in intercepting ships suspected of carrying weapons of mass destruction.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857434040

A section of maps is included, providing another level of analysis on a broad range of conflicts.

Forthcoming

The Politics of Fair Trade A Survey Edited by Meera Warrier The Politics of Fair Trade will comprise chapters on relevant issues pertaining to fair trade, written by experts in the field; case studies of commodities involved in fair trade issues; and an A-Z of entries dealing with issues, organizations, disputes, and relevant countries with regard to fair trade. Essays include: Falling Foul of Fair Trade: The Politics of Supply Chains; The Politics of Fairer Trade: Marketing `Fairness’ Through Brands; Branding Morality; Certification as Governance: Possibilities and Pitfalls; Fair Trade: A New Paradigm for Development. Case studies include: coffee; chocolate; handicrafts; textiles; rice.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: A World in Conflict Vassilis K. Fouskas 2. Articulating Evil Andrew Wheatcroft 3. Modern Conflicts in Latin America Jairo Lugo 4. Africa: A Continent of Conflicts Phia Steyn 5. Ethnic Conflicts in the Caucasus and Central Asia Emmanuel Karagiannis 6. South Asia: Kashmir and Sri-Lanka Rajat Ganguly 7. South-East Asia: Decolonization, Modernization, Nationalism and State-Building Yoke-Lian Lee and Roger Buckley 8. The Arab-Israeli Conflict Rory Miller 9. The Northern Ireland Conflict John Doyle 10. Yugoslavia: The Failure of a Success Stevan K. Pavlowitch 11. Placing Serbia in Context Peter Gowan 12. Iraq and Meta-conflict Vassilis K. Fouskas A-Z Glossary Bibliography Maps 2007: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-1-85743-405-7: £135.00 Pb: 978-1-85743-581-8: £29.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857434057

A-Z entries include: Bananas; Body Shop; Ethical Sourcing; Fairtrade Foundation; Multifibre Agreement; Third World. December 2010: 234x156: 300pp Hb: 978-1-85743-512-2: £130.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435122

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

po l i t i c s

New

Forthcoming in 2011

The Politics of Space

5-Volume Set

The European Union

A Political and Economic Dictionary of the USA

Edited by Simon Usherwood

Edited by George Kurian

Series: Critical Concepts in Political Science

A Political and Economic Dictionary of the USA is a Compendium of the terms and ideas that define the political, economic and social state of the USA. The status of the USA as a superpower is based on its political and governmental system and its free-market economy. These have been undergoing seminal changes. American hegemony is being eroded by forces from within and without. The very language of politics and economics and the very sources of American identity are being recast. Solidarities based on gender, race, ethnicity, religion and sexual identity, and animated by concerns such as environment and immigration challenge the old understanding of US politics and economy defined by traditional left/right dichotomies.

A Survey Eligar Sadeh

The development and exploration of space are scientific and engineering pursuits.

However, politics determine which space programmes and projects are pursued, and establish cost, performance and schedule parameters for these ends. The goal of this volume, The Politics of Space: A Survey, is to provide an overview of the politics of space with regard to national space efforts, and national and international organizations. Contents include: • essays, written by experts in the field, which explore a variety of issues, including National Security Space, Developed Space Programmes, Moderate Space Powers, Commercial Space Actors, International Organizations in Civil Space Affairs, Non-governmental Space Organizations and Public Sector Actors.

As serious thinking about and around this and other crucial aspects of the European Union continues to flourish and develop, this new title in Routledge’s acclaimed Critical Concepts in Political Science series meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the subject’s vast literature and the continuing explosion in research output. Edited by Simon Usherwood, a leading EU scholar, it is a five-volume collection of foundational and cutting-edge contributions. Selected Contents: Volume I: The Development of the European Union Volume II: The Organization of the European Union and the Constitutional Turn Volume III: The Institutions of the European Union Volume IV: Member States as Actors in the European Union Volume V: Citizens as Actors in the European Union January 2011: 234x156: 2,000pp Hb: 978-0-415-55197-7: £780.00

May 2011: 234x156: 450pp Hb: 978-1-85743-543-6: £190.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435436

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415551977

Forthcoming

• a comprehensive A–Z Glossary of cross-referenced entries on space organizations, including national space agencies, governmental organizations with a role in space, intergovernmental organizations, space and aerospace companies, satellite communications service companies, and non-governmental organizations

Forthcoming in 2011

The Routledge Handbook of Energy Security

• illustrations and documentation, comprising figures, tables and documentation on key issues of space politics. Important figures include: models of space political processes; issues related to national security space management, challenges and environment; geopolitics of space; and the dynamics of relations between the governmental and commercial space sectors.

Patrick Holden

Tables of significance highlight programmatic attributes of national security space, comparisons in the development of space programmes among states worldwide, and the functions and roles of international organizations that deal with space. September 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-85743-419-4: £130.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857434194

A Dictionary of International Trade Organizations and Agreements Continuing globalization has meant the increased development and importance of regional and international trade organizations and trade agreements. This Dictionary provides a background to the historical development of such systems, as well as giving a global overview of the current situation. The introduction, as well as explaining the historical background, discusses the major political and economic ideas and controversies, and analyzes the current dynamic between international and regional trade organizations. Impartial analysis and up-to-date information is given in a concise way, detailing: • major international, regional and bilateral trade agreements and organizations • other national and international organizations involved in trade • core concepts/theories in relation to international economics/development and international cooperation • major trade negotiations and disputes • other topics of importance, such as globalization. Entries are listed alphabetically, and fully cross-referenced for ease of use. Entries include: Africa Trade Network, Bretton Woods, China-ASEAN Free Trade Area, Dumping, Globalization, Mercosur, Pan-Arab Free Trade Area, Treaty of Nice, World Bank, WTO Secretariat and WWF February 2011: 234x156: 350pp Hb: 978-1-85743-329-6: £150.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857433296

Edited by Benjamin K. Sovacool, Lee Kuan Yew School of Public Policy, National University of Singapore This Handbook examines the subject of energy security: its definition, dimensions, ways to measure and index it, and the complicating factors that are often overlooked. Selected Contents: Part 1: Definitions and Concepts Introduction: Defining, Measuring, and Exploring Energy Security Benjamin K. Sovacool 1. Energy Security and Climate Change: A Tenuous Link Gal Luft, Ann Korin and Eshita Gupta 2. The Fuzzy Nature of Energy Security Scott Valentine 3. Evaluating the Energy Security Impacts of Energy Policies David von Hippel, Tatsujiro Suzuki, James H. Williams, Timothy Savage and Peter Hayes Part 2: Dimensions 4. The Sustainable Development Dimension of Energy Security Ami Indriyanto, Dwi Ari Fauzi and Alfa Firdaus 5. The Maritime Dimension of Energy Security Caroline Liss 6. The Public Policy Dimension of Energy Security Andreas Goldthau 7. The Diversification Dimension of Energy Security Andy Stirling 8. The Environmental Dimension of Energy Security Michael Dworkin and Marilyn Brown 9. The Energy Poverty Dimension of Energy Security Shonali Pachauri 10. The Social Development Dimension of Energy Security Anthony D’Agostino 11. The Energy Efficiency Dimension of Energy Security Nathalie Trudeau 12. The Energy Services Dimension of Energy Security Jaap Jansen and Adriaan J. Van der Welle 13. The Industrial Dimension of Energy Security Geoffrey Pakiam 14. The Competing Dimensions of Energy Security Martin J. Pasqualetti Part 3: Metrics and Indexing 15. Indicators for Energy Security Bert Kruyt, D.P. van Vuuren, H. J. M. de Vries and H. Groenenberg 16. Measuring Security of Energy Supply with Two Diversity Indexes John Kessels 17. Measuring Energy Security: From Universal Indicators to Contextualized Frameworks Aleh Cherp and Jessica Jewell 18. Applying the Four ‘A’s of Energy Security as Criteria in an Energy Security Ranking Method Larry Hughes and Darren Shupe 19. Measuring Energy Security Performance in the OECD Benjamin K. Sovacool and Marilyn A. Brown 20. Measuring Energy Security Vulnerability Edgard Gnansounou Conclusion: Exploring the Contested and Convergent Nature of Energy Security Benjamin K. Sovacool and Tai Wei Lim December 2010: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-59117-1: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415591171

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

p olit ics

Forthcoming in 2011

Forthcoming

Routledge Handbook of Terrorism Research

11-Volume Set

The European Union and Global Governance

Research, Theories and Concepts

Edited by Noel Thompson, University of Wales, Swansea, UK

G. D. H. Cole: Selected Works

Edited by Alex Schmid, United Nations, Terrorism Prevention Branch, Albert Jongman, Ministry of Defence, the Netherlands and Eric Price, International Atomic Energy Agency, Austria This book is a monumental collection of definitions, conceptual frameworks, paradigmatic formulations, and bibliographic sources, which is a vital resource for the expanding community of researchers on the subject of terrorism. The chief instrument for this new research is a questionnaire to be mailed to several hundred leading experts in the field. Their answers will guide and inform the review process of the extensive literature on terrorism. This book will be essential reading for all students of terrorism, political science and Security Studies, as well as policymakers and professionals in the security field. Selected Contents: 1. Acknowledgments 2. Introduction Alex P. Schmid 3. The Problem of Defining Terrorism Alex P. Schmid 3.1. Appendix: 250 Definitions of Terrorism Alex P. Schmid and J. Easson 4. Typologies of Terrorism Sarah Marsden and Alex P. Schmid 5. Theories of Terrorism Bradley McAllister and Alex P. Schmid 5.1. Appendix: Hypotheses on Root Causes of Terrorism Alex P. Schmid 5.2. Appendix: Chronology of Al -Qaeda Communiques from Osama Bin Laden and Ayman al Zawahiri D. Holbrook 6. Databases on Terrorism Neil G. Bowie and Alex P. Schmid 6.1. World Directory of Extremist, Terrorist and other Organizations Associated with Guerrilla Warfare, Political Violence, Protest and Organized and Cyber Crime A.J. Jongman 6.2 Library and Internet Resources for Research on Terrorism E. Price 7. The Literature of Terrorism Alex P. Schmid 8. Bibliography of Terrorism Gillian Duncan and Alex P. Schmid 9. Glossary and List of Acronyms on Terrorism and Counter-Terrorism Alex P. Schmid January 2011: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-41157-8: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415411578

Series: Routledge Library Editions This set re-issues ten works of the well-known socialist thinker G. D. H. Cole and one volume of collected pamphlets, originally published between 1913 and 1965. A substantial introduction by Noel Thompson places the works in their social, political and historical context and illustrates their continued relevance. Selected Contents: 1. New introduction & Early Pamphlets a) Unemployment and Industrial Maintenance b) The Principles of Socialism c) The Bank of England d) Monetary Systems and Theory e) How to Obtain Full Employment f) Why Nationalize Steel? g) The British Labour Movement h) Weakness through Strength: The Economics of Rearmament i) The Fabian Society j) Is this Socialism? k) What is Wrong with the Trade Unions? 2. Self-Government in Industry 3. The World of Labour 4. Guild Socialism Restated 5. The Life of William Cobbett 6. The Next Ten Years 7. Economic Tracts for the Times 8. Practical Economics or Studies in Planning 9. The Meaning of Marxism 10. Socialist Economics 11. Attempts at General Union 12. Pamphlets: Unemployment and Industrial Maintenance 13. The Principles of Socialism 14. The Bank of England Monetary Systems and Theory 15. How to Obtain Full Employment 16. Why Nationalize Steel? 17. The British Labour Movement 18. Weakness through Strength: The Economics of Rearmament 19. The Fabian Society 20. Is this Socialism? 21. What is Wrong with the Trade Unions? November 2010: 234x156: 15,884pp Hb: 978-0-415-56651-3: £795.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83931-7

Edited by David Scott, Brunel University, UK. This Handbook aims to give an overview of India’s international relations, given the development of India as a major economic power in the world, and the growing interest in the impact of Asia on the international system in the future. Edited by David Scott of Brunel University, and with chapters written by a variety of experts, this Handbook offers an up to date, unbiased and comprehensive resource to academics, students of international relations, business people, media professionals and the general reader.

Forthcoming

A Political Chronology of the World

• the major events that have shaped each country and, where relevant, associated dependencies and territories • coverage of major events and developments from the early history of each nation to recent events, charting each country’s economic, political and social progress. November 2010: 297x211: 832pp Hb: 978-1-85743-577-1: £375.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435771

December 2010: 246x174: 450pp Hb: 978-1-85743-552-8: £125.00 before publication / £150.00 thereafter

The European Union and Global Governance: A Handbook aims to analyze contemporary debates in European Studies in order to provide lessons for the development, design and normative evaluation of global governance. It brings together scholars of European studies and international relations, where much of the literature on regional and global governance is located, thereby providing interdisciplinary lessons from the study of the European Union and its governance that can be used to re-evaluate processes of global governance. Each chapter examines methodological, theoretical or empirical discussions within European studies in order to draw insights for current developments in global governance. November 2010: 246x174: 300pp Hb: 978-1-85743-509-2: £150.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435092

Forthcoming in 2011

A Dictionary of Humanitarianism A Dictionary of Humanitarianism brings together knowledge and insight from a number of different fields, such as political economy, human rights, international law, security studies, anthropology and international relations, and this multi-disciplinary approach provides a unique view of one of the most important subject areas in international relations today.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415566513

Organized with a chapter for each country in the world, contents include:

Handbook of India’s International Relations

Edited by Dr Jens-Uwe Wunderlich, Aston University, UK and David J. Bailey

Tim Allen, London School of Economics, UK

A Political Chronology of the World is a major new publication which aims to provide an impartial record of the political, geographical and economic events that have helped to shape world history.

Forthcoming

A Handbook

Recent events such as the reconstruction of Iraq are included, making the Dictionary up-to-date on the key issues of humanitarianism. This book will prove valuable to journalists and researchers, staff of aid agencies and other charities, reference libraries, students and university or departmental libraries, businesses, government departments, international organizations and research institutes. The book will also provide a useful reference tool for university courses dealing with the topic of humanitarianism. The author of A Dictionary of Humanitarianism is Dr Tim Allen of the London School of Economics, who has written and contributed to many publications on the issues of humanitarianism and international development, including the books Culture and Global Change, Poverty and Development into the 21st Century, and The Media of Conflict—War Reporting and Representations of Ethnic Violence. February 2011: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-85743-281-7: £130.00 eBook: 978-0-203-48686-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857432817

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435528

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

po l i t i c s

Forthcoming in 2011

New

Forthcoming in 2011

A Dictionary of International Relations

6-Volume Set

The Routledge Handbook of Human Security

Edited by George Kurian

Edited by Joseph Weiler, NYU School of Law, New York University, USA and Alan Tzvika Nissel, New York University, USA, and University of Helsinki, Finland

A Dictionary of International Relations is a comprehensive glossary of terms, issues, ideas, events, doctrines and policies relating to international relations in modern history. It covers all countries of the world, the great and small wars that have punctuated modern history, the terms and ideas that have driven the tides of change, war and peace and the alliances marking the rise and fall of great powers. The title also details revolutions and regime changes, the growth and eventual disappearance of colonialism, the rise of globalism and globalization, and the social, political, cultural and technological changes that have heralded the end of modern history and the beginning of post-modern history. March 2011: 234x156: 450pp Hb: 978-1-85743-544-3: £190.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435443

Forthcoming 4-Volume Set

Islamic Political Thought and Governance Edited by Abdullah Saeed, University of Melbourne, Australia Series: Critical Concepts in Political Science This new Routledge Major Work is concerned with the development of political thought in Islam. By political thought is meant, broadly, the study and interpretation of Islamic political culture, ideas, beliefs and institutions; the contribution of key political theorists and authorities to the understanding or practice of governance; what people and groups believed about political authority and institutions and their political convictions; and how politics in the Islamic world has related to and interacted with other disciplines, such as religion, law, ethics, philosophy and statehood. Selected Contents: Volume I Part 1: Pre-Islamic Tribal Tradition Part 2: Muhammad and the Birth of a New Political Society Part 3: The Caliphal Status of the Rightly Guided Caliphs Part 4: Early Schisms and the Formation of the Sects Part 5: The Khariji and Mu’tazili Opposition and their Idea of the Caliphate Part 6: The Shi’a Opposition Part 7: Sunni Doctrines and the State Part 8: Some Key Sunni Theologian Scholars Part 9: Shi’i Notions of the Caliphate/Imamate Part 10: The Umayyad Caliphate Part 11: The Umayyads in the West Part 12: The Idea of Caliphate Under the Abbasids Volume II Part 13: Theories and Styles of Leadership Among the Sunnis Part 14: The Ottoman State Part 15: The Mughals of India Part 16: Later Theories and Styles of Leadership Among the Shiites Part 17: War and Foreign Relations Part 18: Non-Muslim Minorities Volume III Part 19: The Notion of Umma Part 20: The Military and Military Politics Part 21: Kinship Part 22: Slaves Part 23: Sufism and Sufi Orders Part 24: Elements of Civil Society Part 25: Law and Administration of Justice Volume IV Part 26: The Fragmentation of the Ottoman Empire Part 27: Westernization Part 28: Conservatism and Pan-Islamism Part 29: Pan-Islamism Part 30: Democratization of Authority Part 31: Islam and Socialism/Marxism Part 32: Islam and Nationalism Part 33: Fundamentalism and Radicalism Part 34: The Shiite World: The Iranian Revolution and Walayat al-Faqih Part 35: Challenges and Prospects Part 36: Women Part 37: Totalitarianism November 2010: 234x156: 1,617pp Hb: 978-0-415-49868-5: £650.00

International Law

This long-awaited Routledge collection brings together canonical and the very best cutting-edge works on International Law to provide both classical and contemporary perspectives on a rapidly developing subdiscipline. The gathered materials, carefully selected by Joseph Weiler (Editor) and Alan Nissel (Associate Editor), represent traditional approaches, as well as those that rethink the international legal system. Selected Contents: Volume I: An Overview of the System Volume II: Fundamentals of International Law I Volume III: Fundamentals of International Law II Volume IV: International Law in and of Peace Volume V: International Law in and of War Volume VI: Interdisciplinary Approaches October 2010: 234x156: 2,400pp Hb: 978-0-415-40027-5: £975.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415400275

New 4-Volume Set

Edited by Mary Martin, Centre for Global Governance, London School of Economics, London, UK and Taylor Owen, Oxford University, UK This Handbook will serve as a standard reference guide to the subject of human security, which has grown greatly in importance over the past fifteen years, since the concept was first promoted by the UNDP in its 1993 and 1994 Human Development Reports. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Concepts and Contexts 1. Birth of a discourse 2. Filling the Security Gap—HS vs HR vs Human Development 3. Broad or Narrow: The Definition Debate 4. The Critical View of Human Security 5. From Competition to Convergence: Human and National Security Part 2: Global Policy Challenges 6. Violence and Conflict 7. Development/Poverty 8. Disasters 9. Environment 10. Economics and Human security 11. Health Part 3: Applications 12. Canada and Human Security— Rethinking Counter Insurgency 17. Asia 18. Changing Violence in Latin America Part 4: Methodologies and Tools 19. Indicators—Sally Stares 20. Mapping 21. The Use of Force 22. International Law 23. Gendering Human Security 24. Psychology July 2011: 246x174: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-58128-8: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter

The West and the Middle East

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415581288

Edited by Barry Rubin, Global Research for International Affairs (GLORIA), Interdisciplinary University, Israel

New

Series: Critical Concepts in Political Science Why is the Middle East the only part of the world which has drawn the West into wars in the last thirty years? With a sequence of events since 1945, including the Six-Day War, the Iranian revolution, the Iran–Iraq war, and the two Gulf wars, the Middle East has been the most important region of diplomacy, crisis, and controversy for the West. More recent events—notably the 2001 attack on the United States but also a number of other events (Afghanistan, Iraq, Somalia, nuclear proliferation, oil)—have even further escalated both engagement and debate. This has been punctuated by large-scale immigration to the West from the region. Islamism is the only ideology that challenges the dominant, globalizing, modern form of society. All of these factors have greatly increased interest in the West toward its engagement in the region and the need for good materials explaining the history, the strategies, events, and ideas. Selected Contents: Volume I: Issues in Europe-Middle East Relations Part 1: US-Europe and Middle East Part 2: The Euro-Mediterranean Partnership: Trade and Development Part 3: The Iran Issue Part 4: Maghreb Relations Part 5: Security Issues Volume II: Country Studies in Europe-Middle East Relations Part 6: Central Europe Part 7: France Part 8: Germany Part 9: Greece Part 10: Italy Part 11: Norway Part 12: Spain Part 13: UK Part 14: Bilateral Relations Volume III: U.S.-Middle East, Issues in Relations Part 15: Overviews Part 16: U.S.-Israel Part 17: Arab-Israeli Conflict and the Peace Process Part 18: Arab Perceptions of America Part 19: Economic Policy Part 20: Iran and America Volume IV: U.S.-Middle East: Sub-Regions and Events Part 21: The Iraq War Part 22: North Africa Part 23: Persian Gulf Part 24: September 11 and War on Terrorism October 2010: 234x156: 1,605pp Hb: 978-0-415-56390-1: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415563901

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415498685

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

4-Volume Set

Feminist International Relations Edited by Christine Sylvester, University of Lancaster, UK Series: Critical Concepts in International Relations Feminist International Relations can be seen as a project by feminists to influence international relations—both as a set of practices (e.g. war, diplomacy, terrorism, aid, and trade) and as a set of theories (such as realism, liberal institutionalism, and constructivism). Adopting a combined thematic and chronological structure, the collection brings together the work of indisputable luminaries in this project, as well as vital research from new generations of scholars. This is a five-volume collection which brings together the best and most influential cutting-edge and canonical feminist IR scholarship. Selected Contents: Volume I: Muses—Part 1 Volume II: Muses—Part 2 Volume III: 1985–96 Volume IV: Wider Influences Volume V: 1997–2009 September 2010: 234x156: 2,298pp Hb: 978-0-415-47843-4: £850.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415478434

p olit ics

New

2nd Edition

The Routledge Handbook of War and Society

Handbook of China’s International Relations

Iraq and Afghanistan

Edited by Shaun Breslin, University of Warwick, UK

Edited by Steven Carlton-Ford, University of Cincinnatti, USA and Morten G. Ender, United States Military Academy, West Point, USA

This Handbook, comprising around twenty-five chapters provided by numerous experts in the field, will prove invaluable to students of international affairs, academics, researchers, business people and policy analysts.

A Dictionary of Modern Defence and Strategy David Robertson, St Hugh’s College, University of Oxford, UK

The second edition of this highly regarded reference source will be a welcome addition to any reference library, governmental department, development centre, as well as journalists, students and researchers involved in the subject.

Defence and strategy is never far from international press interest. Whether the subject is nuclear armament, arms trading to developing nations or pre-emptive strikes, A Dictionary of Modern Defence and Strategy covers the background to the topic in full detail, and provides clear and concise definitions for complicated military terms. Containing over 400 entries detailing all aspects of military defence and strategy, this title is an ideal starting point for anyone new to the subject. Entries are extensively cross-referenced. Also included is a list of abbreviations and acronyms, essential to the understanding of the topic. September 2010: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-1-85743-358-6: £130.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857433586

New 4-Volume Set

Intelligence Edited by Loch K. Johnson, University of Georgia, Athens, USA Series: Critical Concepts in Military, Strategic, and Security Studies A new title in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Military, Strategic, and Security Studies, this is a four-volume collection of cutting-edge and canonical research on intelligence. Selected Contents: Volume I: The Collection and Analysis of National Security Intelligence Legal Foundations. History. Theory and Method. Intelligence Collection. Intelligence Analysis. Intelligence and Decisions. Volume II: Covert Action: The Aggressive Arm of National Security Intelligence An Overview. History. Implications. Controlling Covert Action. A Comparative Perspective. Volume III: Counterintelligence: Shield for National Security Intelligence An Overview. History. Personalities. Tradecraft. Counterterrorism. Counterintelligence and Civil Liberties. Volume IV: Holding National Security Intelligence Accountable An Overview. History. Implications. A Comparative Perspective. August 2010: 234x156: 1,604pp Hb: 978-0-415-56971-2: £725.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415569712

This new Handbook provides an introduction to current sociological and behavioural research on the effects of the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan.

Selected Contents: Foreword Christopher Dandeker. Introduction Steven Carlton-Ford and Morten G. Ender Part 1: War on the Ground: Combat And Its Aftermath 1. Fighting Two Protracted Wars: Recruiting and Retention with an All-Volunteer Force Susan M. Ross 2. Fighting the Irregular War in Afghanistan: Success in Combat—Struggles in Stabilization Brigid Myers Pavilonis 3. Learning the Lessons of Counterinsurgency Ian Roxborough 4. Twenty-First Century Narratives from Afghanistan: Storytelling, Morality, and War Ryan D. Pengelly and Anne Irwin 5. Two US Combat Units in Iraq: Psychological Contracts When Expectations and Realities Diverge Wilbur Scott, David McCone, and George R. Mastroianni 6. Capturing Saddam Hussein: Social Network Analysis and Counterinsurgency Operations Brian J. Reed and David R. Segal 7. Apples, Barrels and Abu Ghraib George R. Mastroianni and George Reed 8. The War on Terror in the Early 21st Century: Applying Lessons from Sociological Classics and Sites of Abuse Ryan Ashley Caldwell and Stjepan G. Mestrovic Part 2: War on the Ground: Non-Combat Operations, Noncombatants, And Operators 9. Policing Post-War Iraq: Insurgency, Civilian Police, and the Reconstruction of Society Mathieu Deflem and Suzanne Sutphin 10. Policing Afghanistan: Civilian Police Reform and the Resurgence of the Taliban Mathieu Deflem 11. Managing Humanitarian Information in Iraq Aldo Benini, Charles Conley, Joseph Donahue, and Shawn Messick 12. Role of Contractors and Other Non-Military Personnel in Today’s Wars O. Shawn Cupp and William C. Latham, Jr. 13. Evaluating Psychological Operations in Operation Enduring Freedom James E. Griffith 14. Armed Conflict and Health: Cholera in Iraq Daniel Poole 15. Iraqi Adolescents: Self-Regard, Self-Derogation, and Perceived Threat in War Steve Carlton-Ford, Morten G. Ender and Ahoo Tabatabai Part 3: The War Back Home: The Social Construction Of War, Its Heroes, And Its Enemies 16. Globalization and the Invasion of Iraq: State Power and the Enforcement of Neo-liberalism Daniel Egan 17. The Pakistan and Afghan Crisis Riaz Ahmed Shaikh 18. Mass Media as RiskManagement in the ’War on Terror’ Christopher M. Pieper 19. Talking War: How Elite Newspaper Editorials and Opinion Pieces Debated the Attack on Iraq Alexander G. Nikolaev and Douglas V. Porpora 20. Debating Antiwar Protests: The Microlevel Discourse of Social Movement Framing on a University LISTSERV Mark Hedley and Sara A. Clark 21. Making Heroes: An Attributional Perspective Gregory C. Gibson, Richard Hogan, John Stahura and Eugene Jackson 22. Making the Muslim Enemy: The Social Construction of the Enemy in the War on Terror Erin Steuter and Deborah Wills Part 4: The War Back Home: Families And Youth On The Home Front 23. Greedy Media: Army Families, Embedded Reporting, and War in Iraq Morten G. Ender, Kathleen M. Campbell, Toya J. Davis and Patrick R. Michaelis 24. Military Child Well-being in the Face of Mulitple Deployments Rachel Lipari, Anna Winters, Kenneth Matos, Jason Smith and Lindsay Rock 25. American Undergraduate Attitudes Toward the Wars in Iraq and Afghanistan: Trends and Variations Morten G. Ender, David E. Rohall and Michael D. Matthews

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: China’s New Diplomacy: Old Wine in a New Bottle? Jean-Pierre Cabestan Part 1: Ideas and Interests 2. Researching International Relations in China: From Security to International Political Economy Wang Zhengyi 3. Policy-Making Processes of Chinese Foreign Policy: The Role of Policy Communities and Think Tanks Quansheng Zhao 4. Popular Participation: Civil Society, Diverse Publics and Internet in Response to Chinese Diplomacy Simon Shen Part 2: Issues 5. Keeping The Past Alive: The Use of History in China’s Foreign Relations Christian A. Hess 6. On Being Sovereign During a Time of Increased Interdependence: China’s Evolving Approach to Sovereignty and its Implications for Chinese Foreign Relations Allen Carlson 7. Oiling the Wheels of Foreign Policy? Energy Security and China’s International Relations Zha Daojiong and Shaun Breslin 8. Human Rights and China’s International Relations Rosemary Foot 9. China’s Soft Power Diplomacy in the 21st Century Kerry Brown 10. China and Global Governance: Status Quo Power or Challenge to The Global Order? Giovanni B. Andornino 11. Integrating into the International Community? Chinese Peace-Keeping Operations Shogo Suzuki 12. Modernizing the People’s Liberation Army: Aims and Implications Tai Ming Cheung Part 3: Relations 13. Less Beautiful, Still Somewhat Imperialist: Beijing Eyes Sino-US Relations Gregory J. Moore 14. China and Japan: Between Co-operation and Competition Reinhard Drifte 15. China’s ‘Backyard’: Relations with the Korean Peninsula and Southeast Asia Robert G. Sutter 16. China’s Relations with Europe: Towards a ‘Normal’ Relationship? Chen Zhimin and John Armstrong 17 Security, Strategy and the Former USSR: China and the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation Marc Lanteigne 18. Playing by the Rules? Sino-Middle Eastern Relations Muhamad Olimat 19. A Challenge to the Global Liberal Order? The Growing Chinese Relationship with Africa Ian Taylor 20. China’s Deepening Ties with Latin America: A Work in Progress Riordan Roett 21. South Asia in China’s Strategic Calculus David Scott 22. Looking South: China’s Oceanic Relations Nicholas Thomas Bibliography Index July 2010: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-1-85743-508-5: £150.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435085

August 2010: 246x174: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-56732-9: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415567329

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

po l i t i c s

New

The Routledge Handbook of Transatlantic Security

A Political and Economic Dictionary of Central and South-Eastern Europe

5th Edition

Circa

Lee McGowan and David Phinnemore, both at Queen’s University Belfast, UK

Edited by Jussi Hanhimäki, Georges-Henri Soutou and Basil Germond, all at Centre for Sustainable Development, University of Central Lancashire, UK

This new Handbook provides readers with the tools to understand the evolution of transatlantic security from the Cold War era to the early twenty-first century.

After World War II, the US retained a strong presence as the dominant member of NATO throughout the Cold War. Former enemies, such as Germany, became close allies, while even countries that often criticized the United States made no serious attempt to break with Washington. This pattern of security co-operation continued after the end of the Cold War, with NATO expansion eastwards extending US influence. Despite the Iraq war prompting a seemingly irreparable transatlantic confrontation, the last years of the Bush administration witnessed a warming of US–European relations, expected to continue with the Obama administration. The contributors address the following key questions arising from the history of transatlantic security relations: • What lies behind the growing and continuing European dependency on security policy on the United States and what are the political consequences of this?

Countries covered in this volume include: Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Estonia, Greece, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, FYR Macedonia, Poland, Romania, Serbia and Montenegro, Slovakia, Slovenia. This Dictionary provides entries on the history and economy of each constituent country of the region, as well as entries on any distinct territories, ethnic groups, religions, political parties, prime ministers, presidents, politicians, businesses, international organizations, multinationals and major NGOs with an impact on the region’s political or economic affairs. The book reflects the unique perspective of the region, providing invaluable, specific information. Entries are concise and cross-referenced, providing contact details where appropriate. A Political and Economic Dictionary of Central and South-Eastern Europe is invaluable for anyone in need of concise information on politics and economics, and will be particularly useful to public and academic libraries, students, the media, teachers, businesses and all organizations or individuals requiring a reliable overview of this world region. July 2010: 234x156: 536pp Hb: 978-1-85743-359-3: £130.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857433593

• Is this dependency likely to continue or will an independent European Common Foreign and Security Policy eventually emerge? • What has been the impact of ’out-of-area’ issues on transatlantic security cooperation? The essays in this Handbook cover a broad range of historical and contemporary themes, including the founding of NATO; the impact of the Korean War; the role of nuclear (non-)proliferation; perspectives of individual countries (especially France and Germany); the impact of culture, identity and representation in shaping post-Cold War transatlantic relations; institutional issues, particularly EU-NATO relations; the Middle East; and the legacy of the Cold War, notably tensions with Russia. This Handbook will be of much interest to students of transatlantic security, NATO, Cold War Studies, foreign policy and IR in general. June 2010: 246x174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-57283-5: £125.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415572835

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

A Dictionary of the European Union This unique collection of data includes concise definitions and explanations on all aspects of the European Union. It explains the terminology surrounding the EU and outlines the roles and significance of the institutions, member countries, programmes and policies, treaties and personalities. It contains over 1,000 clear and succinct definitions, spelling out acronyms and abbreviations, arranged alphabetically and fully cross-referenced. Among the 1,000 entries you can find explanations and background details on: • accession negotiations • atmospheric pollution • Central European Free Trade Area • common agricultural policy • company law statute • competition policy • the Euro • Governance White Paper • human rights • MERCATOR • Middle East • OLAF—European Anti-Fraud Office • refugee policy • Schengen Agreement • Treaty of Nice • US–EC Declaration. May 2010: 234x156: 480pp Hb: 978-1-85743-582-5: £140.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435825

p olit ics

11th Edition

New

Territories of the Russian Federation 2010

2nd Edition

The Routledge Handbook of New Security Studies

Territories and States of India

Edited by J. Peter Burgess, PRIO, Oslo, Norway

Edited by Europa Publications

’This is an excellent book for reference shelves.’ – Reference Reviews

This new Handbook gathers together state-of-the-art theoretical reflection and empirical research by a group of leading international scholars in the subdiscipline of Critical Security Studies.

’University libraries catering for courses in international relations, economics, comparative politics, etc. should definitely consider acquiring this book.’ – Reference Reviews ’I don’t know of any other information source which describes this important country in such a compact and up-to-date fashion.’ – Reference Reviews

The introduction examines the Russian Federation as a whole, and consists of an essay written by an acknowledged expert focusing on the evolution of the relationship between the central state and the regions, followed by a chronology, demographic and economic statistics, and a review of the Federal Government. The second section comprises territorial surveys, with a chapter on each of Russia’s federal subjects, each of which includes a current map. The third and fourth parts comprise a select bibliography of books and indexes, listing the territories alphabetically, with a gazetteer of alternative names, including both Federal Okrug and the Economic Area. Key Features include: • comprehensive overview of the Russian Federation • offers an analysis and understanding of the country’s regional dimension • invaluable directories of important territorial contacts • detailed and accurate political, economic and statistical information • some eighty-five current maps • extensive information from a wide variety of sources, many of which are otherwise unavailable in English. February 2010: 234x156: 348pp Hb: 978-1-85743-555-9: £180.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435559

This invaluable collection provides an in-depth guide to the regional dimension of the politics and economy of this vast and complex country. Incomparable in its coverage, which includes a detailed chronology for India as a whole, a bibliography, contact details for leading officials, and an historical account and economic survey for each of the twenty-eight states and seven territories, it supplies the reader with a thorough understanding of India as a whole. October 2010: 246x174: 320pp Hb: 978-1-85743-578-8: £130.00

Offering a comprehensive theoretical and empirical overview of this evolving field, this book will be essential reading for all students of critical security studies, human security, international/global security, political theory and IR in general.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435788

The Territories of Indonesia Edited by Iem Brown A new addition to Europa’s popular Territories of the World series, The Territories of Indonesia provides invaluable information on this diverse country. The book provides an in-depth guide to both the regional dimensions of the area and its inter-provincial politics. Key Features: • informative introductory essays provide an impartial background on regional aspects of the Republic • a chronology covers the major events in the area’s political and economic history including: colonial rule, independence, guided democracy, Suharto and recent terrorist activities • information is provided about the national governments, structures and organizations. Individual chapters on each of the provinces and special districts, providing: • a map of the area, with geographical and historical information • an economic survey presenting the latest available statistics on performance and conditions in each of the provinces and districts • a directory of the names and addresses of leading administrative and political officials. This key publication offers a unique insight into the relationship between provinces and central government within Indonesia. 2009: 234x156: 346pp Hb: 978-1-85743-215-2: £140.00 eBook: 978-0-203-40301-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857432152

In today’s globalized setting, the challenge of maintaining security is no longer limited to the traditional foreign policy and military tools of the nation-state, and security and insecurity are no longer considered as dependent upon geopolitics and military strength, but rather are also solely dependent upon social, economic, environmental, and ethical models of analysis and tools of action.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction J. Peter Burgess Part 1: New Security Concepts 2. Civilizational Security Brett Bowden 3. Risk Oliver Kessler 4. Small Arms Keith Krause 5. Critical Human Security Taylor Owen 6. Critical Geopolitics Simon Dalby Part 2: New Security Subjects 7. Biopolitics Michael Dillon 8. Gendered Security Laura Shepherd 9. Identity Security Pinar Bilgin 10. Security as Ethics Anthony Burke 11. Financial Security Marieke de Goede 12. International Law and Security Kristin B. Sandvik Part 3: New Security Objects 13. Environmental Security Jon Barnett 14. Food Security Rachel Slater and Steve Wiggins 15. Energy Security Roland Dannreuther 16. Cyber Security Myriam Dunn Cavelty 17. Pandemic Security Stephan Elbe 18. Biosecurity Frida Kuhlau and John Hart Part 4: New Security Practices 19. Surveillance Mark Salter 20. Urban Insecurity David Murakami Wood 21. Privatization of Security Anna Leander 22. Migration William Walters 23. Security Technologies Emmanuel-Pierre Guittet and Julien Jeandesboz 24. Designing Security Cynthia Weber and Mark Lacy 25. New Mobile Crime Monica den Boer January 2010: 246x174: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-48437-4: £125.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415484374

The Global Arms Trade A Handbook Edited by Andrew T. H. Tan

The Global Arms Trade is a timely, comprehensive and in-depth study of this topic, a phenomenon which has continued to flourish despite the end of the Cold War and the preoccupation with global terrorism after 11th September 2001. It provides a clear description and analysis of the demand for, and supply of, modern weapons systems, and assesses key issues of concern. This book will be especially useful to scholars, policy analysts, those in the arms industry, defence professionals, students of international relations and security studies, media professionals, government officials, and those generally interested in the arms trade.

2009: 246x174: 416pp Hb: 978-1-85743-497-2: £150.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857434972

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

po l i t i c s

5-Volume Set

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Migration

A Dictionary of Globalization

Handbook of US–Middle East Relations

Edited by Steven Vertovec, Max-Planck-Institute, Munich, Germany

Jens-Uwe Wunderlich, Aston University, UK and Meera Warrier, University of Reading, UK

Series: Critical Concepts in the Social Sciences

Edited by Robert E. Looney

Globalization has become one of the most important topics within politics and economics. This new title explains some of the related terminology, summarizes the surrounding theories and examines the international organizations involved.

The sheer scale of the growth in migration research output—and the breadth and complexity of the discipline—makes this new Major Work from Routledge especially timely, and answers the urgent need for a wide-ranging collection which provides easy access to the key items of scholarly literature, material that is often inaccessible or scattered throughout a variety of specialist journals and books. In five volumes, Migration brings together the best and most influential foundational and cutting-edge research on: theories of migration; patterns of migration; the politics of migration; and the dynamics of migration. 2009: 234x156: 1,968pp Hb: 978-0-415-47842-7: £825.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415478427

5-Volume Set

Security Studies Edited by Theo Farrell, Kings College, London, UK Series: Critical Concepts in International Relations Security Studies traces its origins to work on the causes of war. It remains the most significant subdiscipline of International Relations and, at the beginning of the twenty-first century, its concerns with the security of the international system and the individual, as well as the state, remain as pertinent and urgent as ever. Addressing the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of this rapidly growing and ever more complex corpus of scholarly literature, Security Studies is a new title in the Routledge series, Critical Concepts in International Relations. Edited by Theo Farrell of King’s College London and chair of the International Security Studies section of the International Studies Association, it is a five-volume collection of the foundational and the very best cutting-edge scholarship. 2009: 234x156: 2,176pp Hb: 978-0-415-45601-2: £825.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415456012

With the proliferation of communications and the rise of the multi-national corporation, the concept of globalization is vitally important to the modern political environment. The structure of the modern economy, based on information production and diffusion, has made national boundaries largely irrelevant. A Dictionary of Globalization explains theories, philosophies and ideologies, and includes short biographies of leading activists, theorists and thinkers such as Noam Chomsky, Karl Marx and José Bové. Concepts, issues and terms key to the understanding of globalization also have clear and concise definitions, from democracy and civil society to non-governmental organizations and ethnicity.

Formative Factors and Regional Perspectives One of the main tasks facing the Barack Obama Administration is that of improving the image of the USA in the Middle East region. During the George W. Bush Administration, US relations with most countries in the region declined to an all-time low. There is, among the general publics of many countries considered central to the US efforts to combat terrorism, a deep distrust of the USA. Even in countries such as Kuwait, that have long been considered relatively pro-American, support for the US has declined dramatically. Central to improved US–Middle East relations is a better understanding of the critical factors shaping views and perspectives throughout the broader Middle East. To this end, this Handbook of US–Middle East Relations draws on the insights and experiences of many of the leading experts in the field. The thirty-five essays in this volume examine US–Middle East relations from a variety of disciplines and perspectives.

Cross-referenced for ease of use, this title will be of great benefit to anyone studying politics or sociology. It will prove essential to public and academic libraries, as well as to businesses, government departments, embassies and journalists.

• The first section provides a broad overview of many of the key issues and policies that have helped, either directly or indirectly, to shape US relationships with the region as a whole, including economics, oil, war, globalization and Islamic groups.

2009: 234x156: 312pp Pb: 978-1-85743-518-4: £29.50

• The second section examines perceptions of US–Middle East relationships from various perspectives, both within and outside the region.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435184

60-Volume Set

Routledge Library Editions: Political Science Various Series: Routledge Library Editions Routledge Library Editions: Political Science reprints sixty distinguished texts published in this field over the last century and includes works by authors such as H. B. Acton, Edward Alexander, Muhammad Anwar, Richard Ashcraft, Ronald Beiner, April Carter, Tony Cutler, Victor Ehrenberg, Robert Justin Goldstein, Paul Q. Hirst, John Horton, Athar Hussain, J. Jupp, Dennis Kavanagh, Don Locke, Norman MacKenzie, Susan Mendus, Patricia Pugh, William N. Nelson, Mike Prior, Peter Pulzer, Felix Raab, Gillian Sutherland, Vivian Vale, Walter Ullmann, Douglas Wass, Charles Woolfson. 2009: 234x156: 15,884pp Hb: 978-0-415-49111-2: £3,100.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415491112

• The third section focuses on the unique aspects of the US relationship with each of the region’s countries. In all, the essays in this volume cover the whole spectrum of US–Middle East relations. The editor and authors shed light on this vital, yet still often misunderstood, region of the world. The book does not represent any particular political or ideological position. Instead, each author has sought objectively to seek a deeper understanding of the complexity and subtlety of forces that have all too often eluded US policymakers. 2009: 246x174: 520pp Hb: 978-1-85743-499-6: £150.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857434996

4-Volume Set

Civilization Edited by Brett Bowden, University of New South Wales, Australia Series: Critical Concepts in Political Science Especially since the end of the Cold War, the concept of ‘civilization’ has been frequently deployed by those who seek to describe and explain the world in which we live. The events of 11th September 2001, and the subsequent ‘war on terror’, have further elevated the concept’s use in the discourse of politics and international relations. In response to the revival and misuse of ‘civilization’, this new four-volume collection from Routledge Major Works meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a vast and growing scholarly literature. 2009: 234x156 Hb: 978-0-415-46965-4: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415469654

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

p olit ics

4-Volume Set

Forthcoming in 2011

Arab–Israeli Conflict

Routledge Handbook of American Foreign Policy

Routledge Handbook of Latin American Politics

Edited by Steven W. Hook, Kent State University, USA and Christopher M. Jones, Northern Illinois University, USA

Edited by Peter Kingstone, University of Connecticut, USA and Deborah J. Yashar, Princeton University, USA

No nation has maintained such an immense stature in world politics as the United States has since the end of the Cold War’s. In the wake of the 9/11 attacks, prompting the global war on terrorism and the U.S. invasion of Afghanistan and Iraq, along with American economic and ’soft power’ primacy, there has been increased interest in and scrutiny of American foreign policy. The Routledge Handbook of American Foreign Policy brings together leading experts in the field to examine current trends in the way scholars study the history and theories of American conduct in the world, analysis of state and non-state actors and their tools in conducting policy, and the dynamics of a variety of pressing transnational challenges facing the United States.

Historically, Latin America has been one of the critical regions in the study of comparative politics. The region’s experiments with installing and deepening democracy and promoting alternative modes of economic development have generated intriguing and enduring empirical puzzles. In turn, those puzzles have fostered theoretical innovations that have helped shape the larger field of comparative politics. Latin America’s empirical challenges continue to spawn original and vital work on central questions in comparative politics: about the origins of democracy; about the relationship between state and society; about the nature of citizenship; about the balance between state and market.

Edited by Michael Dumper, University of Exeter, UK Series: Major Writings in Middle Eastern Studies The study of the Arab–Israeli conflict has generated a huge body of literature, some of it factual and evidence-based, some more polemical and provocative. This new four-volume collection provides an overview of both the principal topics and the various approaches to the conflict. 2009: 234x156: 1,869pp Hb: 978-0-415-44038-7: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415440387

Forthcoming in 2011

A Dictionary of Ethnic Conflict Rajat Ganguly, Murdoch University, Perth, Australia Containing approximately 500 entries, this detailed Dictionary provides authoritative and up-to-date information on ethnic groups involved in conflict. Entries are provided for current ethnic hotspots, irredentist claims, secessionist movements as well as major peace accords, with clear and concise definitions given for each specific conflict. A country profile for each of the 191 UN member states is included, detailing the current ethnic make-up, as well as the history of ethnic relations in that country, with particular emphasis on periods of hostility or violence, attempts at conflict management and signings of peace agreements. Political parties, insurgency movements, international and national organizations are listed, with contact details and internet and email addresses, where available. Current concepts, theories and policies related to ethnic conflict are also covered in detail. Among those topics listed are: autonomy, ethnic identity, genocide, internal colonialism, macedonian syndrome, secession and velvet divorce. Key Features: • provides a unique reference covering this important area of international affairs • details conflicts in an un-biased manner • includes both national and international disputes • fully cross-referenced for ease of use. April 2011: 234x156: 400pp Hb: 978-1-85743-059-2: £140.00 eBook: 978-0-203-40349-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857430592

This volume provides a systematic overview of all aspects of American foreign policy and drives the agenda for further, cutting-edge research. Contributors bring analytic depth and breadth to the ways in which this subject is approached and to the substance of policy formulation and process. The Handbook is an invaluable resource to students, researchers, scholars, and journalists trying to make sense of the broader debates in international relations. Selected Contents: 1. Foreign Policy Analysis Margaret Peg Hermann 2. Rise of American Power Robert Schulzinger 3. Realist Theory Henry R. Nau 4. Liberal Theory Alynna Lyon 5. Critical Theory Howard Wiarda 6. Constructivist Theory Jutta Weldes 7. Institutional Analysis Christopher Jones 8. Decision Making Mark Schafer 9. President Glenn Hastedt 10. National Security Council Vincent A. Auger 11. State Department Jerel Rosati 12. Defense Department Peter Dombrowski 13. Intelligence Community Loch K. Johnson 14. Foreign Economic Bureaucracy I.M. Destler 15. Congress Ralph G. Carter and James M. Scott 16. Courts Gordon Silverstein 17. Public Opinion Douglas C. Foyle 18. News Media Douglas A. Van Belle 19. Interest Groups Patrick J. Haney 20. Multilateralism Laura Neack 21. Use of Military Force Brandon C. Prins 22. Economic Sanctions A. Cooper Drury 23. Development Aid Marijke Breuning 24. Weapons Proliferation Dan Caldwell 25. Counterterrorism Bradley Thayer 26. Global Trade Terrence Guay 27. Human Rights Shannon Lindsey Blanton and David Cingranelli 28. Environment and Energy Michael E. Kraft 29. Global Balance of Power R. William Ayres February 2011: 246x174: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-80088-4: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter eBook: 978-0-203-87863-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415800884

The richness and diversity of the study of Latin American politics makes it hard to stay abreast of the developments in the many sub-literatures of the field. The Routeldge Handbook of Latin American Politics offers an intellectually rigorous overview of the state field and a thoughtful guide to the direction of future scholarship. Kingstone and Yashar bring together the leading figures in the study of Latin America to present extensive empirical coverage and a cutting-edge examination of the central areas of inquiry in the region. June 2011: 246x174: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-87522-6: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter eBook: 978-0-203-86026-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415875226

Forthcoming in 2012

Handbook of Oil Politics Edited by Robert E. Looney The world oil industry is experiencing fundamental changes at the same time as it is being confronted by a host of new challenges. Demand from the developing countries is beginning to outrun available supplies—a pattern likely to be reestablished once the world recession winds down. The popular embrace of a need to curb CO2 emissions has increasing support and creates a challenge for producers and consumers alike. Advocates of peak oil suggest the industry is on a irreversible path of decline at a time when there are no satisfactory alternatives. On the other hand, optimists contend that the future, like the past, will be favourable given the tendency of new technologies to offset increased physical scarcity—it all depends on the political will of countries to commit sufficient resources to research and development. Furthermore, as oil supplies become more vulnerable and fragile, the world is facing an increased threat of terrorism and destruction of energy infrastructures. Because of these trends, issues of energy security are increasingly becoming integrated into national political debates. Clearly, oil markets are becoming disconnected from the traditional supply and demand drivers as politicians scramble to create an environment of economic and energy sustainability. January 2012: 246x174: 500pp Hb: 978-1-85743-583-2: £150.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435832

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

PSYc h o lo gy

Forthcoming in 2012

Forthcoming in 2011

Governance in the Middle East and North Africa

Handbook of Nuclear Proliferation

A Handbook

Edited by Harsh V. Pant

Edited by Abbas Kadhim

This volume sheds light on the diverse themes surrounding this very important issue area in international security. Each of the six major sections addresses an aspect of nuclear proliferation that will be critical in determining the future trajectory of global politics in the years to come.

Governance in the Middle East is topic of interest to scholars, activists and policy makers. Governance in the Middle East and North Africa is intended to present the first comprehensive framework of the question of governance in the Middle East in its various forms and manifestations: political, economic, and government performance. It will supply the context that is missing in the existing literature on, perhaps, the last bastion of authoritarianism in the world. This book is structured in two parts: Part 1 provides some theoretical background and analyzes the patterns and challenges of governance in the Middle East, providing some global context; Part 2 examines specific cases in selected countries and regions in the Middle East. This book is aimed at a wide variety of audiences. Policy makers, policy analysts, as well as journalists will benefit from the history and analysis presented in the title. Also, academics will find in the book important materials for research and class work. Professors teaching courses on US Foreign policy, Middle East, International Relations, Comparative Politics and many related fields will find the book a very suitable choice for their students to read. Given the media and general public’s interest in the Middle East, the book will also appeal to a wide range of educated readers in the United States, the United Kingdom and many other countries world-wide. February 2012: 246x174: 500pp Hb: 978-1-85743-584-9: £150.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857435849

The first section examines the major thematic issues underlying the contemporary discourse on nuclear proliferation. How do we understand this period in proliferation? What accounts for the taboo surrounding the use of nuclear weapons so far and will it survive? What is the present state of nuclear deterrence models built during the Cold War? What is the relationship between the pursuit of civilian nuclear energy and the risks of proliferation? Why are we witnessing a move away from non-proliferation to counter-proliferation? The second section gives an overview of the evolving nuclear policies of the five established nuclear powers: the USA, Russia, the United Kingdom, France and the People’s Republic of China. Section three looks at the trio of de facto nuclear states: India, Pakistan and Israel. The fourth section examines the three problem areas in the proliferation matrix today—Iran, North Korea and the potent mix of non-state actors and nuclear weapons. The fifth section sheds light on an important issue often ignored during discussions of nuclear proliferation— cases where states have made a deliberate policy choice of either renouncing their nuclear weapons programme, or have decided to remain a threshold state. The cases of South Africa, Egypt and Japan will be the focus of this section. The final section will examine the present state of the global nuclear non-proliferation regime, which most observers agree is currently facing a crisis of credibility. The three pillars of this regime—the Nuclear NonProliferation Treaty (NPT), the Comprehensive Test Ban Treaty (CTBT), and the Fissile Material Cut-Off Treaty (FMCT)—will be examined. This is followed by an analysis of the present trends and prospects for US-Russia nuclear arms control. The impact of missile defenses and the US–India civilian nuclear energy co-operation pact will be examined so as to ascertain whether they have weakened or strengthened the global non-proliferation regime. The chapters in this volume aim to document the increasing complexity of the global nuclear proliferation dynamic and the inability of the international community to come to terms with a rapidly changing strategic milieu. The future, in all likelihood, will be very different from the past, and the chapters in this volume will try to develop a framework that may help gain a better understanding of the forces that will shape the nuclear proliferation debate in the years to come. November 2011: 246x174: 450pp Hb: 978-1-85743-604-4: £150.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857436044

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

PSYCHOLOGY Forthcoming in 2011 4-Volume Set

Critical Psychology Edited by Ian Parker, Department of Psychology and Speech Pathology, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Psychology Critical psychology has emerged as a vibrant site of research and reflection on the assumptions and practices of its host discipline. As serious scholarship flourishes in the area as never before, this new collection from the Psychology Press Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Psychology, meets the need for an authoritative reference work to map the terrain. In four volumes, Critical Psychology is an accessible database which brings together foundational and the best and most influential cutting-edge materials, including key works produced before the term ‘critical psychology’ gained wide currency but which anticipate approaches now included under that rubric. The collection is organized thematically. Volume I assembles vital research to examine and explore how critical psychology turns the gaze of the psychologist back upon the discipline. The volume includes influential critiques of the limits of dominant models, concepts, and methodological approaches. Volume II, meanwhile, focuses on the contradictions and spaces for resistance to such dominant assumptions in the discipline. The materials gathered here address the way mainstream psychology is structured, and show how it is possible to turn the incoherence of psychological research into a strength for critical work, bringing out contradictions in order to highlight new readings of phenomena described in different sub-fields of the discipline. Volume III goes beyond academic and professional psychology to study how psychology has recruited academics and professionals who use its ideas and appeal to its theories to back up their own programmes of normalization and pathologization. The work brought together in the final volume interrogates the everyday, commonsensical psychology that people use around the world and demonstrates how this provides the basis for the deconstruction of psychology. The research collected here illustrates how individuals can draw upon the variety of different theories about our own different psychologies to interrupt and subvert the dominant stories that are told by many academic and professional psychologists. With a detailed and comprehensive introduction and commentary to each volume, Critical Psychology is destined to be welcomed as an essential work of reference and a crucial research tool. January 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-56859-3: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415568593

P O LITICS

Religion

RELIGION

Forthcoming in 2012

4-Volume Set

6-Volume Set

Psychology of Religion

A History of Psychiatry

Edited by Justin L. Barrett, University of Oxford, UK

Edited by German Berrios, University of Cambridge, UK

Series: Critical Concepts in Religious Studies

Forthcoming in 2012

Psychology of religion is essentially as old as psychology itself, with over a hundred years of history and claiming some of psychology’s most notable characters as contributors, including William James, Sigmund Freud, Gordon Allport, and Jean Piaget. In recent years, this subfield of psychology has risen in prominence. Sectarian violence, secularization, the ‘culture wars’, and increase in cross-cultural and cross-religious contact through migration, urbanization, and globalization have all contributed to heightened interest in questions such as: Where do religious beliefs come from? Why do they seem to motivate behaviour so powerfully? Is religious belief and practice good or bad for us? Does religious belief assist or hinder morality?

4-Volume Set

This six-volume facsimile collection charts the history and development of psychiatry. The volumes take an international perspective, including writings in German, French, Italian as well as UK/US materials. A collection of British documents (or documents in English) would not adequately represent the history of the field, since the contribution of Great Britain, and indeed of the English-speaking world to the development of Western psychiatry and psychopathology has been rather limited. Shorter pieces have been translated by the editor and any longer pieces are printed with a short synopsis in English alongside. January 2012: 2,400pp Hb: 978-0-415-40156-2: £725.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415401562

Increasingly discussed by journalists and sciencepopularisers such as Richard Dawkins, Daniel Dennett, A. C. Grayling, Sam Harris, Christopher Hitchens, and Lewis Wolpert, these sorts of questions are psychological questions with psychological answers emerging through the work of psychologists of religion. Social and cultural factors have provided some motivation for renewed interest in the psychology of religion, and additional impetus has been provided by new advances in psychological subfields, particularly cognitive, developmental, and evolutionary psychology. These three areas, previously only marginal contributors to psychology of religion, have begun making more substantial contributions as to how and why human minds come to represent certain religious ideas and beliefs. Not surprisingly, psychology of religion is becoming a more prominent focus of psychological research and teaching. This is the most up-to-date and comprehensive collection on the psychology of religion available. The first volume focuses on psychological explanations of religion (that is, religion as something to be explained), the second looks at religious psychology, the third analyzes the impact of religion on thought, feelings, and behaviour, and the final volume considers the implications of religious perspectives and findings for the practice of psychology, both scientific and applied. Historical and contemporary perspectives are integrated into thematically arranged sections. There is an extended introduction surveying the field which opens the collection and index which adds to the complete collection’s utility as a reference resource.

Islam and Religious Diversity Edited by Lloyd Ridgeon, University of Glasgow, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Islamic Studies From its inception Islam has been associated with a number of different religious traditions. Arguably the Qur’an offers no definitive answer as to whether it is inclusive, exclusive, universal, or otherwise. Terms such as People of the Book, too, have been understood in a variety of fashions, resulting in a long history of identifying traditions that might be included within the term, and therefore susceptible to the legal injunctions to be meted out by those within this group. This collection of articles examines how Muslims have viewed religious diversity. The contributions highlight how Islamic theorists have dealt with diversity, and how Muslims have co-existed on a practical level with those from other faith traditions. Volume I focuses primarily on the Qur’anic and Muslims’ relationship and understanding of Judaism. The parallels between the two are striking, and the Qur’an itself has much to say about Jews and Judaism. Volume II focuses on Islam’s understanding of Christianity. The relationship between these two traditions has been long, with both positive and negative aspects. In volume III the emphasis is on Asian traditions, investigating the relationship between Islam and Hinduism, as well as Zoroastrianism, Baha’ism, Sikhism, and Chinese traditions. Volume IV reflects the growing need among Muslim academics to address the calls for religious pluralism, and the implications of this for traditional Islam. The answers to questions on Islam and religious diversity are indeed wide, ranging from a form of Islam (that is rather close to modern humanism) to a call for a rigid interpretation that views Islam as superior to any other religious tradition, and which belittles the value of any other tradition. June 2012: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-59076-1: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415590761

April 2010: 234x156: 1,632pp Hb: 978-0-415-48876-1: £575.00 Available now at a special introductory price. This price is applicable until 3 months after publication. For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415488761

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

R e l i gi o n

New 4-Volume Set

Islamic Medical and Scientific Tradition Edited by Peter Pormann, University of Warwick, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Islamic Studies Islam developed over the course of its history one of the most innovative and interesting scientific and medical traditions in the world. In this context, the term Islam should not simply be understood as referring to the religion of the prophet Muhammad, but rather to a civilization which was surprisingly open to foreign influences, and eager to engage with the proverbial Other. Yet Islam is often perceived as being opposed to (Western) science and methodology. Islamic Medical and Scientific Tradition presents a selection of articles that illustrate the intellectual curiosity and theoretical vigour with which the medieval Muslim world pursued scientific endeavours. The focus is firmly on articles published during the last twenty years, during which the discipline has enjoyed a new bloom, with a significant number having been published in the new millennium. Selected Contents: Volume I Part 1: The Theoretical Framework: The Sciences in Islamic Philosophy and Theology Part 2: The Life Sciences: Biology, Medicine, Veterinary Medicine Volume II Part Two Continued Volume III Part 3: The Physical Sciences: Physics, Astronomy, Geodesy Part 4: The Occult Sciences: Astrology, Alchemy, Geomancy Volume IV Part 5: The Mathematical Sciences: Arithmetic, Algebra, Geometry, Optics Part 6: The Practical Sciences: Agriculture, Cartography, Engineering September 2010: 234x156: 1,623pp Hb: 978-0-415-47953-0: ÂŁ650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415479530

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

Religion

Forthcoming in 2012

Forthcoming in 2011

New

4-Volume Set

Tafsir

Spirituality

Religion and Science

Interpreting the Qur’an

Edited by Paul Heelas, Lancaster University, UK

Edited by Mustafa Shah, School of Oriental and African Studies (SOAS), London, UK

This new four-volume Major Work from Routledge provides a coherent compilation of landmark texts which cannot be ignored by those intent on making sense of what is happening to the sacred as spirituality—more exactly what is taken to be spirituality—develops as an increasingly important lingua franca, series of practices, and as a humanistic ethicality.

Edited by Sara Fletcher Harding and Nancy Morvillo, both at Florida Southern College, USA

Series: Critical Concepts in Islamic Studies Within the classical Islamic tradition, the field of Qur’anic exegesis, more commonly referred to as tafsir, occupies a revered place among the traditional Muslim sciences. Although tafsir encompasses various approaches to the explication of the Qur’an and these include legal, theological, rhetorical, linguistic, mystical, literary, and philosophical treatments, it is the technical tools and methodologies applied in Qur’anic exegesis and the history of their development which make the discipline so unique in its Islamic context. Given the significance of tafsir within the religious tradition, western academic scholars have devoted considerable attention to the field. This interest remains vigorous today and represents one of the key areas of research in modern Islamic studies. This collection of articles on tafsir provides a definitive overview of the tradition of tafsir in its early, medieval, and modern settings. Tafsir: Interpreting the Qur’an includes works germane to the history and development of exegesis; materials which focus on the tradition’s great commentators and their commentaries; articles which look at the genres, themes and contexts of the tafsir tradition; research on exegetical ideas, sources, and constructs; and, finally, articles which examine the hermeneutic tools defined by scholarship for the explication of the sacred text. It is an essential work of reference destined to be valued by scholars and students as a vital one-stop research resource. January 2012: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-58074-8: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415580748

Forthcoming in 2011 4-Volume Set

Fundamentalism Edited by David Lehmann and Humeira Iqtidar, both at Cambridge University, UK The term fundamentalism carries a wide range of meanings, some of them pejorative. Here it is used to refer to what the French call ‘integrism’, meaning a religious code which encompasses and governs with its prescriptions the entire private and public life of individuals and the collectivity. The prime examples in the contemporary world are Muslim renewal, Christian evangelical and charismatic churches, sects and tendencies, and Ultra-Orthodox Judaism. These three varieties of movement represent radical departures from the traditions out of which they have grown.

January 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-49029-0: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415490290

New

Series: Critical Concepts in Religious Studies To be human is to seek an understanding of the world in which we live, how it works and why. Empirical science explains our observations of the natural world, whereas religion provides answers about meaning and purpose for such a world. The encounter between reason and faith, the mind and spirit, have the appearance of polarity. In actuality, there is fluidity between the two. Organized into four volumes, this new title in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Religious Studies, is a landmark collection of foundational and cutting-edge scholarship in the field.

Religion and Globalization

Selected Contents: Volume I: Histories and Methodologies in Science and Religion; Volume II: Cosmological Considerations in Science and Religion; Volume III: The Imperative of Evolution in Science and Religion; Volume IV: Human Actions at the Intersection of Science and Religion

Edited by Véronique Altglas, Queen’s University, Belfast, UK

October 2010: 234x156: 1,592pp Hb: 978-0-415-54902-8: £650.00

4-Volume Set

Series: Critical Concepts in Social Studies This collection will bring together, for the first time, the key texts on globalization and religion which are currently scattered across a wide range of publications. Each volume will articulate theoretical and empirical perspectives: while theories attempt to grasp the nature of the relations between globalization and religion, a diversity of case-studies shed light on the importance of religion in the making of contemporary global situations.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415549028

Selected Contents: Volume I: Religion and Space in Global Context Part 1: Theorizing Globalization and Religion Part 2: Religion and Space in Global Context a. Space, Centre and Periphery b. Diasporas and their Territories c. Transcending Space: Religions and the Media Volume II: Westernization of Religion and its Counter-Trends Part 3: Debating the Westernization of Religion Part 4: Transnational Diffusion and Local Expressions of Christianity Part 5: Counter-trends to the Westernization of Religion? a. Easternization of the West, Westernization of the East b. The Transnationalism of Yoruba Religions c. Islam as a Global Religion Volume III: Religious Responses to Globalization Part 6: Theorizing Religious Responses to Globalization a. Constructing ideal-typical Religious Responses to Globalization b. Fundamentalism as a Conservative Response to Globalization Part 7: Case-studies of Religious Responses to Globalization a. Particularism in Global Context b. Embracing the World-system: Religious Universalism in Global Context c. Religious Responses to the Global Economy Volume IV: Religion and Politics in Global Context—New Challenges Part 8: Globalization, Religion and Politics: Epistemological Challenges Part 9: Religion and Transnational Politics a. Religion and Global Governance b. The Management of Religion at a Transnational Level: The Case of Europe Part 10: Do Transnational Religions Challenge Nation-states? October 2010: 234x156: 1,625pp Hb: 978-0-415-55032-1: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415550321

This collection will make available in easily accessible printed form a range of papers which represent (a) the most important recent (post-c.1980) analytical and descriptive contributions to the subject in academic journals; (b) some doctrinal and historical texts; and (c) a representative coverage of the subject by theme and geographical area. April 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-55615-6: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415556156

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

R e l i gi o n

New

4-Volume Set

World Christianity

Islam in the West

Religion and the Environment

Edited by Elizabeth Koepping, School of Divinity, University of Edinburgh, UK

Edited by David Westerlund, Sodertorn University, Sweden and Ingvar Svanberg, Uppsala University, Sweden

Edited by Roger S. Gottlieb, Worcester Polytechnic Institute, USA

Series: Critical Concepts in Islamic Studies

In the last two decades a new form of religiously motivated social action and a virtually new field of academic study—each based in recognition of the connections between religion and humanity’s treatment of the environment—have developed. Interactions between religion and environmental concern have been manifest in the explosive growth of ecotheological writings, institutional commitment by organized religions, and environmental activism explicitly oriented to religious ideals. Clergy throughout the world in virtually every denomination have received word from leaders of their religion that the environment—no less than sexuality, poverty, or war and peace—is now a basic and compelling religious matter.

Series: Critical Concepts in Religious Studies The collection draws on the latest work from theology, anthropology, the sociology of religion, missiology, and religious studies, enabling users to grasp the very varied presentation of the Christian faith, the socio-cultural negotiation, accommodation, renovation, and the challenges to what the collection editor calls a ‘Euro-American Christian taken-for-granted’ understanding, theology and praxis from ‘the world beyond’. Selected Contents: Volume I Part 1: Context and Content Part 2: Foundations: The Bible as agreed text Part 3: The Early Church in the Eastern Mediterranean Part 4: Early Christian Expansion: From Tunis to China Part 5: Consolidation on Five Continents Part 6: Elite Assumptions and Lay Agency Part 7: Inter-Continental Enlightenment? Volume II Part 8: Nation, State, and Person in 19th-Century World Christianity Part 9: Gender, Education and Conversion Part 10: Religion, Ethnicity, and the Nation Part 11: Local Agents of Mission Part 12: Roman Catholic Fields of Engagement with Pentecostals Part 13: Negotiating Religious and Political Competition Volume III Part 14: Living Texts Part 15: Discerning Theology in Context Part 16: Relating to Place Part 17: Texts Biblical and Local Part 18: Internal and External Structures Part 19: Cross-National Pentecostalism Past and Present Volume IV Part 20: Clothed for Glory: Dress for Christians Part 21: Church within Walls Part 22: Church Beyond Walls: The Performance of Pilgrimage Part 23: Performing Christianity Part 24: Issues for Christianity in the Twenty-First Century Volume I Part 1: Context and Content Part 2: Foundations: The Bible as agreed text Part 3: The Early Church in the Eastern Mediterranean Part 4: Early Christian Expansion: From Tunis to China Part 5: Consolidation on Five Continents Part 6: Elite Assumptions and Lay Agency Part 7: Inter-Continental Enlightenment? Volume II Part 8: Nation, State, and Person in 19th-Century World Christianity Part 9: Gender, Education and Conversion Part 10: Religion, Ethnicity, and the Nation Part 11: Local Agents of Mission Part 12: Roman Catholic Fields of Engagement with Pentecostals Part 13: Negotiating Religious and Political Competition Volume III Part 14: Living Texts Part 15: Discerning Theology in Context Part 16: Relating to Place Part 17: Texts Biblical and Local Part 18: Internal and External Structures Part 19: Cross-National Pentecostalism Past and Present Volume IV Part 20: Clothed for Glory: Dress for Christians Part 21: Church within Walls Part 22: Church Beyond Walls: The Performance of Pilgrimage Part 23: Performing Christianity Part 24: Issues for Christianity in the Twenty-First Century September 2010: 234x156: 1,789pp Hb: 978-0-415-46827-5: £575.00 Available at a special introductory price. This price is applicable until 3 months after publication. For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415468275

In recent decades, the number of Muslims in the West has increased rapidly, and interesting transformations of Islam have taken place—to some extent with repercussions in Islamic or predominantly Muslim countries in Asia and Africa. This new four-volume Major Work collection from Routledge helps to make sense of the burgeoning scholarship in this area. Selected Contents: Volume I: Regions and History Southern Europe. Eastern Europe. Central and Western Europe. Northern Europe. Northern America. Volume II: Religion and Culture Popular Religion. Islamic Thought and Spirituality. Inter-Religious Relations. Conversion. Secularization. Literature, Art, and Music. Volume III: Social and Economic Issues Nationality and Ethnic Plurality. Gender and Sexuality. Generation. Education. Business, Finance, and Labour. Health. Volume IV: Politics and Law State and Religion. Ideologies. Perceptions of Islam. Political Behaviour. Legal Issues. September 2010: 234x156: 1,669pp Hb: 978-0-415-48124-3: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415481243

New 4-Volume Set

Islam in South Asia Edited by David Taylor, Institute of Commonwealth Studies, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Islamic Studies During the last hundred years there has been extensive English-language writing and research on Islam in South Asia, both by Muslim scholars and by non-Muslims. This new Major Work from Routledge brings together the most significant and enduring work, most of it published in the past thirty years, but with occasional use of older material. Islam in South Asia, with a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor to place the collected material in its historical and intellectual context, is destined to be an essential work of reference. Selected Contents: Volume I: South Asian Islam in Historical and Cultural Context Volume II: Reform and Resistance during the Colonial Period Volume III: Islam and Politics in Contemporary South Asia Volume IV July 2010: 234x156: 1,712pp Hb: 978-0-415-55295-0: £575.00 Available now at a special introductory price. This price is applicable until 3 months after publication. For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415552950

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

Series: Critical Concepts in Religious Studies

Out of this confrontation have been born vital new theologies based in the recovery of marginalized elements of tradition, profound criticisms of the past, and ecologically oriented visions of God, the Sacred, the Earth, and human beings. Theologians from every religious tradition—along with dozens of nondenominational spiritual writers—have confronted world religions’ past attitudes towards nature. In the realm of institutional commitment, public statements and actions by organized religions have grown dramatically. In the context of political action, throughout the U.S. and the world religiously oriented groups take part in environmentally oriented political action: from lobbying and consciousness raising to activist demonstrations and civil disobedience. This collection serves as a comprehensive introduction, overview, and in-depth account of these exciting new developments. The four volumes cover virtually every aspect of the field—from theological change and institutional commitment to innovation in liturgy, from new ecumenical connections among different religions and between religion, science and environmental movements, from religious participation in environmental politics to an account of the global social and political contexts in which religious environmentalism has unfolded. June 2010: 234x156: 1,552pp Hb: 978-0-415-55451-0: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415554510

Religion

Encyclopedia of Buddhism

4-Volume Set

Religion and Human Rights

Jihad and Martyrdom

Edited by Nazila Ghanea, University of Oxford, UK

Series: Critical Concepts in Islamic Studies

Series: Critical Concepts in Religious Studies

Jihad (or ‘struggle’) and martyrdom in Islam have an ever-greater relevance in today’s world, but there remains a great deal of ignorance about these critical concepts. This new four-volume collection from Routledge brings together a broad range of scholarly opinion to provide a work of reference to assist students and researchers who wish to unravel and understand the many historical constructions of jihadism and martyrology.

Edited by Damien Keown and Charles S. Prebish

Edited by David Cook, Rice University, USA

Hardly a week goes by without some world event relating to the burgeoning field of religion and human rights. Whether attacks carried out in the name of religion by individuals or states, violations of the rights of individuals or communities due to their religious or other beliefs, or clashes between religious and other competing rights (most notably, freedom of speech), matters relating to religion and human rights are not only an area of expert and academic interest, but also of increasing interest to policy-makers, governments, international organizations, and NGOs. This new four-volume Major Work collection from Routledge examines the background, history, and nature of human rights—both individual and collective—as well as economic, social, and cultural rights; and also civil and political rights. Standards, mechanisms, and jurisprudence at international and national levels are included, and form part of the discussion of the conflict of rights and freedom of religion or belief. Religions featured include Islam, Christianity, Judaism, and African religions, and the persecution or discrimination of religious or belief communities are discussed. Relevant human rights documents are also included. The range of subject areas that contribute to discussions on religion and human rights are many, and include: political science; law; international relations; anthropology; philosophy; religious studies; sociology of religion; and theology. Students, scholars, teachers, and practitioners from these and other disciplines will welcome this collection as a vital one-stop compendium of the very best canonical and cutting-edge research. March 2010: 234x156: 1,672pp Hb: 978-0-415-47787-1: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415477871

4-Volume Set

Women and Christianity Edited by Kwok Pui-lan, Episcopal Divinity School, Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA Series: Critical Concepts in Religious Studies This new four-volume collection from Routledge brings together the best and most influential scholarship on women and Christianity. It presents an up-to-date, multidisciplinary, and comprehensive compilation of women’s reflection on the Bible and Christian doctrines; women’s religious roles and movements; and contemporary issues facing Christian women around the world.

2009: 234x156: 1,568pp Hb: 978-0-415-47623-2: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415476232

4-Volume Set

The Hadith Articulating the Beliefs and Constructs of Classical Islam Edited by Mustafa Shah, School of Oriental and African Studies (SOAS), London, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Islamic Studies The collection features an accessible and informative introduction which presents an outline of the significance of the hadiths within the religious tradition while also reviewing classical scholarship devoted to the literature of the traditions; moreover, the introduction decisively sets into context the academic debates and arguments which are fleshed out in the articles selected. It also charts developments in the academic study of hadiths, summing up the current state of the field and features a detailed bibliography listing primary classical sources germane to the field of Prophetic traditions together with recent research monographs and articles devoted to the subject. Selected Contents: Volume I: Hadith: Codification, Authenticity Volume II: Isnads: Transmission, Terminology, and The Issue of Dating Volume III: Hadith: Scholarship, Perspectives, and Criticism Volume IV: Hadith: Narrative, Context, and Content 2009: 234x156: 1,704pp Hb: 978-0-415-47398-9: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415473989

2009: 234x156: 1,584pp Hb: 978-0-415-47176-3: £650.00

The Routledge Encyclopedia of Buddhism is a complete, careful, accurate and up-to-date one-volume desk reference, documenting the history, doctrines, schools, rituals, sacred places, basic ideas and concepts, and globalization of the entire Buddhist tradition. In addition, it provides bibliographic references to the leading scholarship by scholar from around the world. As such, it is an indispensable tool for students, teachers, and researchers from a wide range of disciplinary backgrounds, as well as to the general reader. The Encyclopedia is characterized by its wide range of contents, primary sources, and both the depth and quality of its entries. It allows its readers to quickly access information on all topics included in the volume. It covers the study of Buddhism, Buddhist canons and literature, Buddha, Dharma, Sangha, Nikaya Buddhism, Mahayana Buddhism, Vajrayana Buddhism, Buddhist meditational systems, sacred places in Buddhism, practices and rituals, biographies of famous Buddhists (including ideal types), Buddhist ethics, Buddhist art(s), engaged Buddhism, Buddhism and technology, women in Buddhism, Buddhism in India, South and Southeast Asia, Tibet, China, Korea, Japan, and Buddhism in the Western World. All readers of the Encyclopedia will benefit from a scholarly but readable work that lends itself to being approached from almost any starting point, and guides the reader to an increased knowledge of Buddhism through very easy access to all relevant materials. 2007: 246x174: 952pp Hb: 978-0-415-31414-5: £150.00 eBook: 978-0-203-49875-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415314145

4-Volume Set

Religion and Politics Edited by Jeffrey Haynes, London Metropolitan University, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Religious Studies The early twenty-first century has witnessed a global resurgence of religious activity and identification. In particular, numerous examples of the growing political influence of religion can be cited, not least in Europe, once thought to be an inexorably secularizing continent. In India, meanwhile, officially a secular state, the Bharatiya Janata Party has served in several coalition governments and, until 2004, was the leading party in government. In the USA, religion continues to have a major impact on both domestic politics and the country’s international relations. More obviously perhaps, in the Middle East, religion plays an enormous part in political life, both domestically and internationally, while the Roman Catholic Church has played a leading role in the turn to democracy in Spain, Poland, and several Latin American countries. Selected Contents: Volume I: The World Religions and Politics Volume II: Religion and Governance Volume III: Religion and International Relations Volume IV: Religion, Development, and Security

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415471763

2009: 234x156: 1,624pp Hb: 978-0-415-49024-5: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415490245

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

s o c i o lo g y a n d s o c i al ca r e

re ligion

4-Volume Set

Islam in Southeast Asia Edited by Joseph Liow, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore and Nadirsyah Hosen, University of Wollongong, Australia Series: Critical Concepts in Islamic Studies The Islamic community in Southeast Asia is widely regarded as one of the most moderate and tolerant in the Muslim world. While most of the region’s Muslims are Sunni and fairly orthodox, the Islamic faith as practised in the region has historically been a syncretic blend of Islam, Hinduism, Buddhism, and folk religions. The syncretic roots of Southeast Asian Islam also underscores the pluralistic nature of Islam in the region today, where Muslims have generally lived peacefully in religiously mixed communities, even in areas where they constituted a large majority. Fully indexed and with an introduction newly written by the editors that comprehensively places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context, this new Routledge Major Work is an essential research and teaching resource. Selected Contents: Volume I: Southeast Asian Islam: Histories, Cultures, and Identities Volume II: Muslim Politics in Southeast Asia: Discourses and Practices Volume III: Betwixt Local and Global: Islamic Civil Society in Southeast Asia Volume IV: The Myth of the ‘Second Front’: Muslim Southeast Asia and the War on Terror 2009: 234x156: 1,744pp Hb: 978-0-415-47680-5: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415476805

SOCIOLOGY AND SOCIAL CARE Forthcoming in 2012 4-Volume Set

Michel Foucault III Edited by Barry Smart, University of Portsmouth, UK Series: Critical Assessments of Leading Sociologists A new title in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Assessments of Leading Sociologists, this is a fourvolume collection of the very best scholarship on Michel Foucault (1926–84). More than a quarter of a century after his death, serious work on Foucault and his thinking continues to flourish. There is now a daunting range of literature from a variety of disciplinary approaches, signifying the wide intellectual appeal and continuing relevance and influence of his work. That is why this new collection, edited by a leading Foucault scholar, is so urgently needed. It takes full account of the many important developments that have taken place since the appearance of the earlier Routledge compilations. Moreover, as his influence has further extended across and beyond traditional disciplines in the humanities and social sciences, Foucault III also includes coverage of areas beyond the scope of the first two collections.

Women and Religion Edited by Pamela Klassen, University of Toronto, Canada

September 2012: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-56303-1: £650.00

Series: Critical Concepts in Religious Studies

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415563031

This collection is an essential research tool for all students specializing in religion and women’s studies, and will be equally useful to those working in related fields such as anthropology, cultural studies, history, literary studies, philosophy, political science, psychology, and theology. By tracing the evolution of the topic, from the beginnings of feminist research on religion to more contemporary debates about categorizations of gender in the study of religion, this four-volume collection serves the needs of both specialist and generalist users.

4-Volume Set

The Sociology of Work Edited by Tim Strangleman, University of Kent, UK

With a full index, together with a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor, which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context, Michel Foucault III is an indispensable work of reference. It is destined to be valued by scholars, students, and researchers as a vital research resource.

4-Volume Set

Forthcoming in 2012

Series: Critical Concepts in Sociology From examinations of the archetypal alienated factory hand to interrogations of the meanings of unpaid labour, ‘work’ has always been a central sociological concept. But in a period of global economic decline, its importance is especially apparent, and research in and around the sociology of work flourishes now as it has never done before. The sociology of work embraces a range of methodological and theoretical approaches, while drawing on—and contributing to—other fields, such as economics, geography, psychology, and business and management. Answering the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the subdiscipline’s enormous literature, and the continuing explosion in research output, this new title from Routledge, edited by Tim Strangleman, a prominent scholar in the field, is a four-volume collection of classic and contemporary contributions. The collection is divided into five principal parts. Drawing on the classical canon, as well as later attempts to conceptualize work and employment, Part 1 (‘Theories of Work’) gathers a wide variety of accounts of work from sociologists and other key thinkers. Part 2 (‘Methods’), meanwhile, assembles key scholarship to explore the methodological issues of writing and researching about work. Part 3 (‘Experience of Work’) collects the most important accounts of the experience of work, including participant and non-participant observations, while Part 4 (‘Conceptualizing Work’) focuses on the rich variety of ways in which the study of work has been approached. The materials in this part cover, for example, issues such as: gender and work; the visual and work; literature and work; music and work; ‘embeddedness’; the body and work; emotional labour; and work and leisure. The final part (‘Work Futures’) brings together essential contributions on topics such as ‘the end of work’; work and the ‘new poor’; work utopias and distopias. There is also an extended section on deindustrialization and unemployment. The Sociology of Work is supplemented with a full index, and includes a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor, which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. It is destined to be valued by scholars, students, and researchers as a vital research resource.

2009: 234x156: 1,668pp Hb: 978-0-415-43839-1: £650.00

June 2012: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-58807-2: £725.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415438391

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415588072

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

sociology an d social care Forthcoming in 2012

Forthcoming in 2011

Routledge Handbook of the History of Nursing

4-Volume Set

Routledge International Handbook of the Body

Edited by Patricia D’Antonio and Julie Fairman

Edited by Chris Phillipson

The Routledge Handbook of Nursing History brings together leading scholars and scholarship to capture the state of the art and science of nursing history.

This is a four-volume interdisciplinary collection on the social issues of aging. It strikes a balance between a social and public policy perspective on ageing, and broader sociological and socio-cultural debates within the field. Contributions illustrating ageing from a broad range of settings is a key aspect of the volumes.

A generation of scholars are turning to the history of nursing with new paradigms and methodological tools, adding oral history evidence and textual and artifact analysis to traditional documentary sources. Some have moved beyond a traditional nation-state analysis to use nurses to historically track the global flow of ideas and practices. Other have turned to new actors in the history of nursing and have used such men and women to chart different forms of activism. Still others use nurses and nursing as a concept of analysis and, in doing so, tell a more nuanced and gendered history of hospitals and health care. And some are focusing on the intersectionality of race, class, gender and place on professional identity formation. Inviting readers to consider new understandings of the historical work and worth of nursing in a larger global context, this groundbreaking volume illuminates how research in the history of nursing moves us away from reductionistic foci on diseases and treatments and towards more inclusive ideas about the experiences of illnesses on individuals, families, communities, voluntary organizations, and states at the bedside and across the globe. An extended introduction by the editors provides an overview and analyzes the key themes involved in the transmission of ideas about the care of the sick. Organized into four parts covering the themes of people, practice, politics and places, each part is introduced by an analytic essay bringing all the content and themes of the various chapters together. This cutting edge volume brings together the best of nursing history scholarship. It is a vital reference for all researchers in the field, and is also relevant to those studying on nursing history and health policy courses. February 2012: 246x174: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-59427-1: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415594271

Forthcoming in 2012 4-Volume Set

The Sociology of Scientific Knowledge Edited by David Bloor, University of Edinburgh, UK It is a special feature of this collection that historical material is accompanied by papers which develop the philosophical and theoretical apparatus that is necessary for its full appreciation. Careful introductory comments serve to orient and guide the reader through the technical material and to provide the necessary perspective for its interpretation and for a deeper understanding of current controversies surrounding science.

Social Issues of Ageing

Selected Contents: Volume I: Old Age from a Historical and Cultural Perspective Volume II: Theoretical Perspectives on Social Ageing Volume III: Family, Community and Social Relationships in Old Age Volume IV: Health and Social Policies on Ageing December 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-40151-7: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415401517

Forthcoming in 2011 4-Volume Set

Science Studies Edited by Michael Lynch, Cornell University, USA Series: Critical Concepts in the Social Sciences Science Studies—which is also known as Science and Technology Studies or Science, Technology, and Society—has attained a strong international profile in recent decades. Science Studies incorporates work in the History and Philosophy of Science, but emphasizes the social, cultural, and political implications of developments in the natural sciences, mathematics, engineering, and medicine. The Sociology of Science remains a vital part of Science Studies, but many other key contributors in the field identify more strongly with core disciplines such as Anthropology, Political Science, and Communication Studies. Edited by a leading scholar in the field, this new four-volume collection from Routledge brings together classic work and the very best contemporary and cutting-edge scholarship. It provides researchers—and advanced students—with easy access to the key items of scholarly literature, material that is otherwise inaccessible or scattered throughout a variety of specialist journals and books. In particular, the collection enables users to gain a deep understanding of the current controversies surrounding science. The materials gathered exemplify important arguments, empirical studies, perspectives, and controversies (such as ‘the science wars’ of the 1990s). The collection also includes a full index, together with a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor, which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. Science Studies is an essential work of reference and will be welcomed as a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource. November 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-58182-0: £725.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415581820

Edited by Bryan S. Turner, Wellesley College, USA, Kathy Davis, Utrecht University, the Netherlands, Mary Evans, London School of Economics and Political Science, UK, Victoria Pitts, City University of New York, USA, Darin Weinberg, Cambridge University, UK and Whang Soon-hee, Tsukuba University, Japan Series: Routledge International Handbooks In the last three decades, the human body has gained increasing prominence in contemporary political debates, and it has become a central topic of modern social sciences and humanities. Modern technologies—such as organ transplants, stem-cell research, nanotechnology, cosmetic surgery and cryonics—have changed how we think about the body. In this collection of thirty original essays, these issues are explored across a number of theoretical perspectives—pragmatism, feminism, queer theory, post-modernism, post-humanism, cultural sociology and anthropology—and through a wide range of case studies—cosmetics, diet, organ transplants, racial bodies, masculinity and sexuality, the colonial body, eating disorders, religion and the sacred body, tattoos and piercing, disability, technology and old age, monstrosity and conjoined twins. This volume explores a range of theoretical traditions, various epistemological approaches to the basic question—what is a body?— and others a range of chapters on empirical topics that are organized around religion, medicine, gender, technology and consumption. It concludes with a discussion of the globalization of the body through military technology, modern medicine, sport and consumption. Selected Contents: Preface Introduction: Body, Self and Society 1. Somaesthetics and Pragmatism 2. Body, Symbolic Interaction and Autoethnography 3. Simone de Beauvoir and Binaries of the Body 4. Norbert Elias and Civilizational Processes 5. Pierre Bourdieu: Habitus, Practice and Virtue 6. Donna Haraway: Body and Technology 7. The Body We Shar: Flesh as a Social Science Object 8. Anthropological Perspectives Part 2: What is a Body? Epistemological Debates 9. Michel Foucault: Discipline and Bio-politics 10. Phenomenology, Embodiment and Experience 11. Social Constructionism and the Body 12. Archaeology and the Body: Materiality and Surface Part 3: Religion and the Body 13. Piety and Modesty: Binding the Body 14. The Body and the Veil 15. Suicide Bombing and the Whole Body 16. Death Rituals and Disposal Part 4: Medicalization and the Body 17. Eating Disorders: The Anorexic Body: Bulimia, Obesity 18. Organs for Sale: The Globalization of Body Parts 19. Disability, Impairment and the Body 20. Social Class, Health and Body 21. Medicalization Part 5: Gender and Race 22. Asian Male Bodies 23. Masculinities: Social Class and Masculine Identities 24. Transsexualism and Sex Reassignment 25. The Racial Body 26. The Body and Dance: The Case of Ballet Part 6: Technology, Consumption and Posthumanism 27. Cosmetic Surgery 28. Modified Bodies: Texts, Projects and Process 29. Fashion, Parades and Bodies 30. From Normal to Healthy Bodies: Temporalities, Bodies and Population 31. Technology, Gender and Ageing Bodies: Remaking Gerontology Part 7: Conclusion 32. Globalization and Transnational Bodies: A Future for the Body?

January 2012: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-43490-4: £650.00

November 2011: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-59355-7: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415434904

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415593557

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

s o c i o lo g y a n d s o c i al ca r e Forthcoming in 2011

Forthcoming in 2011

Routledge International Handbook of World-Systems Analysis

4-Volume Set

Gender and Health

Poverty

Edited by Kate Hunt, Medical Research Council, UK and Ellen Annandale, University of Leicester, UK

Edited by David Gordon, Bristol University, UK

Series: Major Themes in Health and Social Welfare

The radical notion that it is possible to end poverty is at least two hundred years old. For example, Nicolas de Condorcet, the French Enlightenment philosopher, argued in his Sketch for a Historical Picture of the Progress of the Human Mind (1795) that poverty was not a result of natural laws or divine will but was caused by ‘the present imperfections of the social arts’. And in the past twenty years or so—exemplified not least by Live Aid, the Jubilee 2000 campaign, and the UN’s Millennium Development Goals—the idea that poverty could, and should, be eradicated has become a global political priority, of growing concern to opinion formers, policy-makers, academics, and the general public.

Theory and Research Edited by Salvatore Babones, University of Sydney, Australia and Christopher Chase-Dunn, University of California-Riverside, USA Series: Routledge International Handbooks The Routledge Handbook of World-Systems Analysis is the first comprehensive review of the state of the field of world-systems analysis. World-systems analysts study the structure of the relationships among people, organizations, and states and how those relationships change over time. A particular focus is the past, present, and future of transnational capitalism. Scholars working in the world-systems tradition trace the roots of our globalized world (and its cycles and crises) back five centuries and more, using this long time frame to help understand the problems of today. The Handbook includes contributions from a global, interdisciplinary group of top world-systems scholars who interpret the conclusions of world-systems analysis for a lay audience. The broad scope of the contributions and contributors, combined with an historical summary of the field and a glossary of terms by the editors, make this Handbook an indispensable resource for all serious students of the social sciences. Selected Contents: 1. Class and Ethnic Relations 2. Core-Periphery Relationships 3. Development, Investment, and Trade 4. Frontiers in Theory 5. Hegemony & Global Governance 6. Human Ecology, the Environment, and Urbanization 7. Labor 8. Modes of Production and Consumption 9. Pre-Modern and Early Modern WorldSystems 10. Regions & Regionalism 11. Social Movements & Revolution 12. States, Security, and Governance October 2011: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-56364-2: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415563642

Life expectancy is higher for women than men in almost every country, leading the World Health Organization to suggest that ‘their innate constitution’ gives women ‘an advantage over men’. However, this differential is far greater in some countries (e.g. Japan) than others (e.g. Qatar and Botswana) and rapid changes in the sex differential in life expectancy—as seen in the countries of the former Soviet Union in the last decades of the twentieth century—can only be explained by social factors. Research on health can thus demonstrate how the ways that different societies (historically and cross-culturally) create differential life chances and opportunities for men and women gets ‘written’ on people’s bodies. Women’s mortality advantage does not translate into better health across all outcomes. For example, women are diagnosed with more depression and more joint pain and associated disability. For many years, it was assumed that the aphorism that ‘women get sicker but men die quicker’ (the so-called ‘gender paradox’) was an adequate and useful summary for gender differences in health, but recent research shows patterns are far more complex. This complexity poses exciting challenges for research on gender and health. Gender inequalities in health provide a window to understand how the social world ‘gets under the skin’ and how human health can be improved. A tradition of research stemming back to at least the 1960s has highlighted the gendered assumptions that are built into the provision of healthcare. This occurs within the community where women generally shoulder the burden of caring for others, and in formal health systems where the division of labour is often highly patriarchal. Gendered assumptions about the kinds of health problems that men and women suffer from, and about the ways that they relate to symptoms of illness, may bias decision-making by service providers, often in ways that are not beneficial to health. Issues and themes in and around gender and health such as these continue to generate a huge scholarly literature, and this new collection from Routledge’s Major Themes in Health and Social Welfare series meets the need for an authoritative reference work to help researchers and students navigate and make sense of it. The collection is made up of four volumes which bring together the best and most influential canonical and cutting-edge research. It draws together key works spanning theoretical developments and empirical research which uses a range of qualitative and quantitative methods. With a full index, and thoughtful introductions, newly written by the editors, Gender and Health traces the progress of research in this field and highlights the challenges for future research. It will be valued by scholars, students, and researchers as a vital and enduring resource. August 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-56976-7: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415569767

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

Series: Critical Concepts in the Social Sciences

Research in and around poverty is very wide-ranging and flourishes as never before. But much of the relevant literature remains inaccessible or is highly specialized and compartmentalized, so that it is difficult for many of those who are interested in the subject to obtain an informed, balanced, and comprehensive overview. This new four-volume collection from Routledge’s acclaimed series, Critical Concepts in the Social Sciences, meets the need for a reference work to make sense of the subject’s vast and dispersed literature and the continuing explosion in research output. The four volumes bring together classic and contemporary contributions to provide authoritative coverage of the concept and theory of poverty and its history. The collection also assembles the key work on the measurement of poverty and on anti-poverty policy. The collection includes a full index and is supplemented by introductions to each volume, newly written by the editor, a leading international poverty scholar, which place the gathered materials in their historical and intellectual context. It is an essential reference work which will be valued as a vital resource by students, academics, policy-makers, and practitioners. June 2011: 234x156: 1,600pp Hb: 978-0-415-56336-9: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415563369

sociology an d social care Forthcoming in 2011

Forthcoming in 2011

Routledge Handbook of International Migration

Handbook of Critical Criminology

Edited by Steven J. Gold and Stephanie J. Nawyn, both at Michigan State University, USA

Edited by Walter S. DeKeseredy and Molly Dragiewicz, both at University of Ontario Institute of Technology, Canada

Routledge International Handbook of Internet Gambling

Series: Routledge International Handbooks The current era is marked by an unparalleled level of human migration that has wide-ranging impacts upon social, economic, political, and cultural life in countries of origin and settlement. Such transformations impact not only those who are migrating, but those who are left behind as well as those who live in the areas where migrants settle. Given the social, economic, political and ideological importance of international migration; students, scholars and policy makers need to develop a sound, wide ranging and forward looking understanding of these phenomena. Unfortunately, this is difficult because academic information is distributed over a wide range of publications, and reflects disciplinary, methodological and national perogatives. Featuring sixty essays written by leading of internationally-based and multidisciplinary scholars, The Routledge Handbook of International Migration offers readers a contemporary, integrated and comprehensive understanding of the major topics, concepts, methods and findings in the field of international migration. Selected Contents: Part 1: Theories and Histories of Migration Part 2: Refugees and Forced Migrants Part 3: Migrants in the Economy Part 4: Transnationalism and Diasporas Part 5: Intersecting Inequalities in the Lives of Migrants Part 6: Creating and Recreating Community and Group Identity Part 7: Migrants and the State Part 8: Migrants and Social Reproduction Part 9: Methodologies for Studying Migration July 2011: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-77972-2: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779722

Series: Routledge International Handbooks The Handbook of Critical Criminology is a collection of original essays specifically designed to offer students, faculty, policy makers, and others an in-depth overview of the most up-to-date empirical, theoretical, and political contributions made by critical criminologists around the world. Special attention is devoted to new theoretical directions in the field, such as cultural criminology, masculinities studies, and feminist criminologies. Its diverse essays not only cover the history of critical criminology and cutting edge theories, but also the variety of research methods used by leading scholars in the field and the rich data generated by their rigorous empirical work. In addition, some of the chapters suggest innovative and realistic short- and long-term policy proposals that are typically ignored by mainstream criminology. These progressive strategies address some of the most pressing social problems facing contemporary society today and that generate much pain and suffering for socially and economically disenfranchised people. The Handbook of Critical Criminology explores the most-up-to-date empirical, theoretical, and political contributions made by critical criminologists around the world. In addition to including cutting edge, original contributions made by many leading experts in the field, this book is specifically designed to be a comprehensive resource for students, faculty, policy makers, and practitioners. Selected Contents: Part 1: The History of Critical Criminology: International Contributions Part 2: Definitions of Crime and Justice Part 3: Key New Directions in Critical Criminological Theory Part 4: Recent Examples of Major Empirical Contributions Made by Critical Scholars Around the World Part 5: Short- and Long-Term Policy Proposals Informed by Critical Criminological Perspectives Part 6: New Directions in Critical Criminology June 2011: 246x174: 600pp Hb: 978-0-415-77967-8: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779678

Edited by Robert J. Williams, Robert T. Wood and Jonathan Parke Series: Routledge International Handbooks Internet gambling is a rapidly growing phenomenon, which has profound social, psychological, economic, political, and policy implications. Over 2000 Internet gambling websites generate global revenues exceeding $17 billion per year. Jurisdictions around the world grapple to understand the best way to respond to Internet gambling, from a commercial, regulatory, and social perspective. Consequently, academic studies of Internet gambling are becoming an ever-more crucial resource. The Routledge International Handbook of Internet Gambling consolidates this emerging body of literature into a single reference volume. Its twenty-five chapters comprise a dynamic array of studies from the world’s leading researchers. It will be the foundational resource for academics, students, politicians, policy makers, and health care professionals who have an interest in understanding the history, dynamics, and impacts of Internet gambling in a global context. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Internet Gambling in Global Perspective: Examining the Issues Part 1: Commercial Aspects 2. The Internet Gambling Industry 3. Business Models for Online Gambling 4. Online Gambling Regulation 5. Economic Impact of Online Gambling Part 2: Major Research Studies of Internet Gamblers 6. Swedish Internet Poker Player Study 7. Casino City Study 8. eCOGRA Study 9. bWin Studies Part 3: Specific Issues 10. Internet Gambling and Youth 11. Internet Gambling and Crime 12. Learning Behavioural Models from Online Gambling Data 13. The Impact of Online Stock Trading: Lessons for Internet Gambling Part 4: Clinical Aspects 14. Psychological and Clinical Characteristics of Internet Gamblers 15. The Relationship between Problem Gambling and Internet Gambling 16. Player Protection Features for Online Gambling: Current Status and Future Directions 17. Online Clinical Support for People with Gambling Problems Part 5: Legal and Policy Issues 18. Internet Gambling Law 19. Internet Gambling on the Kahnewake First Nation 20. Internet Gambling Policy in Europe 21. Internet Gambling Policy in the United States 22. Policy Options for Internet Gambling May 2011: 246x174: 500pp Hb: 978-0-415-59443-1: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415594431

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

s o c i o lo g y a n d s o c i al ca r e Forthcoming in 2011

Forthcoming in 2011

Routledge Handbook of Disability Studies

Routledge International Handbook of Contemporary Social and Political Theory

Routledge International Handbook of Surveillance Studies

Edited by Gerard Delanty, University of Sussex, UK and Stephen P. Turner, University of South Florida, USA

Edited by David Lyon, Queen’s University, Ontario, Canada, Kevin Haggerty, University of Alberta, Canada and Kirstie Ball, Open University Business School, UK

Edited by Carol Thomas, University of Lancaster, UK, Nick Watson, University of Glasgow, UK and Alan Roulstone, De Montfort University, UK A detailed and up-to-date overview, the Routledge Handbook of Disability Studies provides an authoritative overview of the main issues in the field around the world today. Consisting entirely of newly commissioned chapters and arranged thematically, it surveys the state of the discipline, examining emerging and cutting edge areas as well as core areas of contention.? Divided in five sections, this comprehensive Handbook covers: • Different models and approaches to disability studies • How five key impairment groups have engaged with disability studies and the writings within the discipline • Policy and legislation responses to disability studies and its activism • Disability studies and its interaction with other disciplines, such as history, philosophy and science and technology studies • Disability studies and different life experiences, such as ethnicity, sexuality, gender and ageing. Containing chapters from an international selection of leading scholars, this up-to-date Handbook is an invaluable reference for all academics, researchers and more advanced students in disability studies and associated disciplines such as sociology, health studies and social work. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction – Carol Thomas and Nick Watson Section 1: Models and Approaches 2. The Social Model of Disability Colin Barnes 3. ICF Jerome Bickenbach 4. Minority Group Approach – American Approaches to Disability Theory David Mitchell 5. Emancipatory Research Mark Priestley 6. Scandinavian Relational Approach Morten Soder 7. Disablement, Health and its Determinants Eric Emerson 8. Disabalism, Impairment and Impairment Effects Carol Thomas 9. Critiques of the Social Model Nick Watson 10. Disability, Impairment and the Body Bill Hughes 11. Psycho-emotional Disablism Donna Reeve 12. Minority World Views Helen Meekosha Section 2: Disablement, Disablism and Impairment Effects 13. Mental Health Kristjana Kristianson 14. Learning Difficulty Danny Goodley 15. Physical Impairment Tom Shakespeare 16. Visual Impairment Sally French 17. Deafness Jackie Leach Scully Section 3: Policy/ Legislation 18. Anti-discrimination Legislation: Its History and its Origins Robert Scotch 19. Disability and Human Rights Tom Shakespeare 20. Special Education Len Barton 21. Housing Policy Rob Imrie 22. Disability and Employment Kay Schriner 23. Personal Assistance, Care and the Independent Living Movement Charlotte Pearson 24. Disability Health Policy and Welfare 25. Disability and Charity Paul Longmore 26. Disability, Assisted Suicide and the Right to Life Debate Adrienne Asch Section 4: Disability Studies and Other Disciplines 27. Disability in Film and Literature Lennard Davis 28. What Can the Study of Culture Tell Us About Disability David Bolt 29. Philosophy and Disability Stephen Edwards 30. History Anne Borsay 31. Science and Technology Studies and the New Eugenics Anne Kerr Section 5: Experience and Disability 32. Gender 33. Disability and Age Mike Oliver 34. Psychiatric System Survivors Peter Beresford 35. Ethnicity 36. Sexuality 37. Childhood John Davis 38. Sport Andrew Sparkes and Brett Smith 39. Leisure 40. Disability and the Family Janet McGloghlan April 2011: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-57400-6: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415574006

The triangular relation between the social, the political and the cultural has opened up social and political theory to new challenges. The social can no longer be reduced to the category of society and the political extends beyond the traditional concerns of the nature of the state and political authority. Due in part to the impact of the cultural turn in the social and human science, these areas are now less easily separated. The Handbook will address a range of issues that have emerged out of recent social and political theory. It will focus on key themes as opposed to schools of thought or major theorists. Each chapter is an emerging, cutting edge topic that is of interest both to social theory and to political theory. Most topics will have a clear and substantive focus on social or political problems. The Handbook is storganised into five themes with each six contributions. Chapters will be written in a concise and accessible style aimed at the advanced student and the established academic. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Living Traditions 1. The Marxist Legacy 2. Foucault and the Promise of Power without Dogma 3. Lacanian Theory: Ideology, Enjoyment and the Spirit of Capitalism 4. Bourdieu and his Legacy 5. Re-discovering Political Sovereignty: The Rebirth of French Political Philosophy 6. Continuity through Rupture with the Frankfurt School: Axel Honneth’s Theory of Recognition 7. Lessons From Twentieth Century Political Philosophy Before Rawls 8. Liberalism after Communitarianism 9. Republicanism; Non-Domination and the Free State 10. Pragmatism and Political Theory 11. What Is ’Critical’ About Critical Racial Theory 12. Feminist Theory 13. Latin American and Social Political Thought: A Historical and Analystical Perspective 14. Intellectuals and Society: Sociological and Historical Perspectives Part 2: New and Emerging Frameworks 15. Methodological and Political Pluralism: Democracy, Pragmatism and Critical Theory 16. Power, Legitimacy and Authority 17. Modernity: From Convergence and Stability to Plurality and Transformation 18. Networks: Emerging Frameworks for Analysis 19. Environment and Risk 20. Trust and Social Trust 21. Sociobiology 22. Cosmopolitanism’s Theoretical and Substantive Dimensions 23. Nationalism and Social Theory: The Distinction between Community and Society 24. Empire and Imperialism 25. Accidental Conditions: the Social Consequences of Poststructuralist Philosophy 26. From Linquistic Performativity to Social Performace: The Development of a Concept 27. The Cognitive and Metacognitive Dimension of Social and Political Theory 28. Cognitive Neuroscience and the Theory and Practice of Social and Political Theory 29. Contemporary Chinese Political Thought 30. Feminist Border Theory Part 3: Emerging Problems 31. The Limits of Power and the Complexity of Powerlessness 32. States of Exception 33. The Transnational Social Question 34. Transnational Activisms and the Global Justice Movement 35. Hospitality, Rights and Migrancy 36. Social Suffering and the New Politics of Sentimentality 37. New Forms of Value Production 38. Future of the State 39. Modern Constitutionalism and the Challenges of Complex Pluralism 40. Reflexive Integration: A Perspective on the Transformation of Europe 41. Memory Practices and Theory in a Global Age 42. Post-secular Society March 2011: 246x174 Hb: 978-0-415-54825-0: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415548250

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

Series: Routledge International Handbooks Surveillance is now the primary tool for all organizations. Gathering personal data and processing them in searchable databases drives administrative efficiency but also raises questions about security, governance, civil liberties and privacy. Surveillance is both globalized in cooperative schemes such as sharing biometric data and localized in the daily minutiae of social life. This innovative Handbook explores these vital issues. Starting with historical and theoretical viewpoints, the book clusters analysis around surveillance and population control; policing, intelligence and war; production and consumption; new media; security; identification; and regulation and resistance. Interwoven with these are the dynamics of digital technologies, political economies, contested lines between public and private, and the ambiguities of surveillance. As a multi-disciplinary field, Surveillance Studies draws on diverse traditions of scholarship and also acknowledges the global variations in causes, courses and consequences of surveillance. The Handbook expresses these themes in ways that are both coherent and compelling. Selected Contents: Introduction: The Organizational Centrality of Surveillance Part 1: Histories and Theories of Surveillance 1. Panopticon, Discipline and Control 2. Bureaucratic Surveillance 3. Gender and Surveillance 4. Surveillance, Fiction and Theory 5. The Information State 6. Political Economy of Surveillance 7. Architectures of Power 8. Surveillance and Privacy Part 2: Population and Control 9. Border Control 10. Colonialism and Surveillance 11. Urban spaces of Surveillance 12. Surveillance as Social Categorization 13. Public Health Surveillance 14. Facial Recognition and Travelers 15. Biometrics and Borders 16. Sorting Things Out Part 3: Policing, Intelligence and War 17. Military Surveillance 18. Police Surveillance 19. Spying and Intelligence Gathering 20. Surveillance Against Crime 21. Urban Security and CCTV 22. Digital Rule 23. Surveilling Terrorist Finances Part 4: Surveillance, Production and Consumption 24. Workplace Surveillance 25. Organization, Employees and Surveillance 26. Surveillance Workers 27. Loyalty Cards as Surveillance 28. Consumer Surveillance and Discrimination 29. RFID and Consumer Goods 30. Location Based Services and GPS Part 5: Surveillance and New Media 31. TV and Internet Surveillance 32. Social Networking Sites 33. Surveillance, Children and the Internet 34. Ubiquitous Computing 35. Performing Surveillance 36. Surveillance and Mega-Events 37. Simulating Surveillance Part 6: Surveillance and Security 38. Airport Controls 39. Police, Militarization and Surveillance 40. Security, Prosperity and Surveillance 41. International Surveillance Networks 42. Surveillance Insecurities 43. Surveillance and Security 44. Terrorism and Surveillance Part 7: Identification and Surveillance 45. Regimes of Identification 46. International ID systems 47. Passports as Surveillance 48. Governing by Identification 49. Globalizing Identification 50. ID and Databases 51. Biometrics and Borders Part 8: Regulation and Resistance 52. Everyday Resistance 53. Privacy Advocates 54. Challenging Surveillance Practices 55. Anti-Surveillance Movements 56. Legal Challenges to Surveillance 57. Policy Processes 58. Regulating Surveillance Technologies 59. Surveillance and Human Rights March 2011: 246x174: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-58883-6: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415588836

sociology an d social care 8-Volume Set

Forthcoming

Every Woman’s Encyclopaedia

Handbook of Identity Studies

Handbook of Human Rights

Edited by Anthony Elliott, Flinders University, Australia

Edited by Thomas Cushman, Wellesley College, USA

This is a facsimile reprint of the largest encyclopedia of the late Edwardian period, the contents of which were first published as a bi-weekly periodical and widely circulated among middle-class British families. While following the example of its illustrious Victorian predecessors, such as Beeton’s Handbooks, it tried to appeal to a more modern readership, and featured various trendy subjects for the ‘new women’ in Britain. Including photographic illustrations (some in colour) on almost every page, this reprint is also a treasure-trove of visual source material for scholars and students of British culture in this period. The reprint is based on the cumulative edition and includes a general index. 2009: 2,700pp Hb: 978-4-86166-123-5: £995.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9784861661235

Series: Routledge International Handbooks

Much talk these days is about identity: identity and its problems, the transformation of identity, and, perhaps most fashionably, the end of identity or ‘death of the subject.’ The Handbook of Identity Studies offers a remarkably clear overview of the analysis of identity in the social sciences, and in so doing seeks to develop a new agenda for identity-studies in the twenty-first century. The key theories of identity, ranging from classical accounts to postmodern, psychoanalytic and feminist approaches, are drawn together and critically appraised. There are substantive sections looking at racial, ethnic, gendered, queer, consumerist, virtual, cosmopolitan and global identities. The Handbook also makes an essential contribution to the debate now opening up over identity-politics and its cultural consequences. From anti-globalization protestors to new ecological warriors, from devotees of therapy culture to defenders of international human rights: the culture of identitypolitics is fast redefining the public political sphere. What future for politics is there after the turn to identity? Throughout there is a strong emphasis on interdisciplinarity with essays covering sociology, psychology, politics, anthropology and history. The Handbook written in a clear and direct style will appeal to a wide undergraduate audience. The extensive references and sources will direct students to areas of further study. Selected Contents: Part 1: Theories and Concepts of Identity 1. Identity: The Adventures of a Concept 2. Classical Theories of Identity 3. Sociologies of Identity 4. Feminism and Identity 5. Identity after Psychoanalysis 6. Foucaultian Approaches to Identity 7. Post-structuralist and Postmodern Theories: The Fragmentation of Identity 8. Reflexive Identities 9. Individualization 10. New Identities, New Individualism Part 2: The Analysis of Identity 11. Transformations of Working Identities: From Class-for-Life to Short-Term Contracts 12. Identity, Race, Ethnicity 13. Gendered Identities 14. Queer Identities 15. Identity in the Media Age 16. Virtual Identities 17. Consumer Identities 18. Identity in the Era of Cosmopolitanism 19. Mobile Identities 20. Global Identities Part 3: Identity-Politics and Its Consequences 21. Identity-Politics: An Overview 22. Sexual Identity-Politics: Activism from Gay to Queer and Beyond 23. Environmentalism and Identity-Politics 24. Black Freedom Struggles and African American Identities 25. The Politics of Islamic Identities 26. Identity-Politics and Disability Studies 27. Indigenous Identities: From Colonialism to Post-Colonialism 28. The Anti-Globalization Movement 29. Identity-Politics and Human Rights 30. Identity-Politics in the Global Age Conclusion: The Future of Identities December 2010: 246x174: 544pp Hb: 978-0-415-55558-6: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415555586

The Handbook maps out the field of human rights for the humanities and social sciences. It provides a solid foundation for the reader who wants to learn the basic parameters of the field, but also to promote new thinking and frameworks for the future study of human rights in the twenty-first century. Selected Contents: Part 1: Foundations and Critiques 1. Philosophical Foundations of Human Rights 2. The Metaphysical Foundations of Natural Rights 3. Kant’s Theory of Human Rights 4. Hate Speech, Human Rights, and G.W.F Hegel 5. Hannah Arendt on Human Rights 6. Human Rights, Justice and Pluralism 7. Democracy as Human Rights 8. Not All Human Beings are Born Free and Equal in Dignity and Rights: A Critique of Joshua Cohen’s View of Human Rights and Democracy 9. Cosmopolitanism and Human Rights 10. A Critique of Positive Righrs 11. Nonsense on Stilts 12. Communitarian Critique of Human Rights Part 2: New Frameworks for Understanding Human Rights 13. What Are Human Rights? Four Schools of Thought 14. Social Suffering and Human Rights 15. Human Rights as Cultural Practices 16. Human Rights as Status Relations: A Sociological Approach to Understanding Human Rights 17. Anthropological Perspectives on Human Rights 18. Rights, Reform and Resources: Malthusian Reflections on Scarcity and Old Age Part 3: World Religious Traditions and Human Rights 19. Buddhism and Human Rights 20. Christianity and Human Rights 21. Confucianism and Human Rights 22. Islamic Conceptions of Human Rights 23. A Non-Religious Basis for the Idea of Human Rights: The Universal Declaration of Human Rights as Overlapping Consensus Part 4: Social, Economic, Group and Collective Rights 24. Group Rights: A Defense 25. Economic Rights: Past, Present and Future 26. Language Rights: The Forgotten Dimension of Human Rights 27. The Development of International Child Law: The Definition of ’The Child’ and Implementation Mechanisms 28. The Rights to Food 29. The Rights of Refugees 30. The Rights of the Disabled 31. The Rights of the Elderly 32. Environmental Human Rights 33. Climate Change and Human Rights Part 5: Critical Perspectives on Human Rights Organizations, Institutions, and Practices 34. The Tension between Peace and Justice in the Age of Peacebuilding 35. Social Responsibility and Human Rights 36. The Ethics of International Human Rights NonGovernmental Organizations 37. International Financial Institutions and Their Impacts on Human Rights: Current and Prospective Research 38. Transnational Corporations and Human Rights 39. Reparations for Human Rights Abuses 40. Memory and Human Rights 41. Truth Commissions and Human Rights 42. The Humanitarian-Human Rights Nexus: A Global Culture Perspective 43. Bystanders to Human Rights Abuses: A Psychosocial Perspective 44. The Proportionality Problem with Human Rights NGOs 45. Jewish Non-Governmental Organizations 46. Have Human Rights Failed Humans? The Discord between Human Prosperity and Human Rights Part 6: Law and Human Rights 47. International Law and Human Rights 48. The Prosecution of Human Rights Abuses 49. International Human Rights Law and the War on Terror Part 7: Narrative and Aesthetic Dimension of Rights 50. Cultures of Rescue and the Global Transit in Human Rights 51. Literature and Human Rights 52. Theater and Human Rights 53. A (Photography) Studio Without Walls 54. Architecture and Human Rights Part 7: Geographies of Rights 55. Human Rights in China as an Interdisciplinary Field: History, Current Debates, and Future Developments 56. Human Rights and Human Rights Violations in the Southern Cone 57. Cultures, Constitutions, and Cultural Legitimacy, Human Rights in the African State, Article on Africa December 2010: 246x174: 584pp Hb: 978-0-415-48023-9: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415480239

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

s o c i o lo g y a n d s o c i al ca r e Forthcoming

Forthcoming

Routledge Handbook of Global Public Health

4-Volume Set

Gender

The Handbook of Deviant Behavior

Edited by Richard Parker, Columbia University, USA and Marni Sommer

Edited by Mary Evans, London School of Economics and Political Science, UK

Edited by Clifton D. Bryant, Virginia Tech University, USA

The Routledge Handbook of Global Public Health addresses emerging issues and conceptualizations in global health, expanding upon the critical priorities in this rapidly evolving field. It provides an authoritative overview for students, practitioners, researchers, and policy makers concerned with public health around the globe.

The editor (founder of the European Journal of Women’s Studies), Mary Evans, is one of the field’s leading scholars. She has written new introductions, both to each volume, and to the collection as a whole, which place the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. Gender is an essential collection destined to be valued by scholars and students as a vital research resource.

Series: Routledge International Handbooks

December 2010: 246x174: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-77848-0: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter

Selected Contents: Volume I: Imagination of Gender Volume II: Making Gender Volume III: Living Gender Volume IV: States of Gender

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415778480

Forthcoming

November 2010: 234x156: 1,666pp Hb: 978-0-415-55434-3: £575.00 Available now at a special introductory price. This price is applicable until 3 months after publication.

Routledge Handbook of International Criminology

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415554343

Edited by Cindy J. Smith, Sheldon X. Zhang and Rosemary Barberet

Forthcoming

This Handbook represents the latest thinking and findings from a group of senior and promising young scholars around the world who came together in an effort to broaden our perspectives in understanding crime and social control across borders and nationalities.

Multiculturalism

This collaborative project articulates a new way of thinking about criminology and to strive for an over arching framework that is truly international. To reduce the complexity of this effort into manageable portions, three distinct, albeit often overlapping, types of crime are presented: international crime (e.g. crimes against humanity); transnational crime (e.g. human trafficking); and national crime (e.g. description of one nations system and its related crimes). Each of these perspectives are articulated through chapters on the traditional components (e.g. theory and methods), the international components (e.g. comparative methods, transferability), and a series of case studies of nations. At the end of each chapter is a list of prompting questions suitable for students to pursue as their senior and masters theses. Many of these questions are also intended for young scholars to move the field forward. December 2010: 246x174: 600pp Hb: 978-0-415-77909-8: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter

4-Volume Set Edited by Gerd Baumann, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands and Steven Vertovec, Max-PlanckInstitute, Germany Series: Critical Concepts in Sociology Edited by two leading scholars in the field, this new title in Routledge’s Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Sociology, is a four-volume collection of canonical and cutting-edge research. Serious work on multiculturalism flourishes as never before, and this ‘mini library’ meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the subject’s vast literature and the continuing explosion in research output. Selected Contents: Volume I: Conceiving Multiculturalism: From Roots to Rights Volume II: Multiculturalism and the Nation-State: Who Recognizes Whom? Volume III: Multiculturalism in the Public Sphere: City and School, Markets and Media Volume IV: Crises and Transformations: Challenges and Futures November 2010: 234x156: 1,583pp Hb: 978-0-415-48608-8: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415486088

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779098

The Handbook of Deviant Behavior presents a comprehensive, integrative, and accessible overview of the contemporary body of knowledge in the field of social deviance in the twenty-first century. Selected Contents: Introduction: The Nature of Deviant Behavior Part 1: Conceptualizing Deviance 1. Deviance and Social Control 2. Constructing Deviance 3. Tolerated, Acceptable, and Positive Deviance 4. The Deconstruction of Deviance 5. Social Change and Deviance 6. Moral panic 7. Differentials in Deviance: Race, Class, Gender, and Age Part 2: Research Methodology in Studying Deviance 8. Quantitative Methodology 9. Qualitative Methodology 10. Cross-cultural and Historical Methodology Part 3: Theories of Deviance 11. Anomie Strain Theory 12. Social Learning Theory 13. Control and Social Disorganization Theory 14. Labeling Theory 15. Phenomenological Theory 16. Conflict Theory 17. Routine Activities and Rational Choice Theory 18. Marxist and Critical Theory 19. Biological and Biosocial Theory 20. Feminist Theory 21. Postmodernism Theory Part 4: Becoming Deviant as a Person 22. Entering Deviance 23. Stigma and the Deviant Identity. 24. The Deviant Career Part 5: Deviant Lifestyles and Subcultures Deviant Lifestyles 25. The Deviant Lifestyle (Generic) 26. The Deviant Lifestyle (Particularistic) Deviant Subcultures 27. Deviant Subcultures (Generic) 28. Theocrats Versus Democrats: The Hassidism as Deviant Subculture in Israel (Particularistic) Part 6: Continuous Deviance 29. Homosexuality 30. Premarital Adolescent Sexual Activity 31. Vegetarianism and Fruitarianism as Deviance 32. Cybersex, Computer Sex Addiction, and Cyberpornography Part 7: Self-Destructive Behavior as Deviance 33. Alcoholism and Alcohol Abuse 34. Drug Use, Abuse, and Addiction 35. Eating Disorders as Deviance 36. Cutting, Piercing, and Self-mutilization 37. Suicide as Deviant Behavior Part 8: Deviance in Social Institutions 38. Family Deviance 39. Political Deviance 40. Organizational and Occupational Deviance 41. Sports and Leisure Deviance 42. Medical Deviance Part 9: Sexual Deviance 43. Female Prostitution 44. Male Prostitution 45. Sex Tourism 46. Pedophilia, Child Porn, and Cyberpredators 47. Stripping and Topless, Table and Lap Dancing 48. Aberrant Forms of Sexual Behavior Part 10: Crimes of the Times 49. Computer Crime 50. Identity Theft 51. Intellectual Property Crime 52. Workplace Violence 53. Cyber Bullying, Cyber Harassing and Hyber Stalking 54. Ecological Crime 55. Terrorism and Terrorists Part 11: Crime: Traditional Non-violent Modes 56. Fraud and Embezzlement 57. Burglary 58. Motor Vehicle Theft 59. Arson Part 12: Crime: Traditional Violent Modes 60. Intimate Partner Violence 61. Homicide, Serial Murder, and Mass Murder 62. Armed Robbery and Carjacking 63. Rape and Sexual Assault 64. Child Abuse (Sexual and Physical) Part 13: Handicap, Disability, and Impairment Deviance Looking Differently 65. The Stigma of Deviant Physical Appearance 66. The Stigma of Deviant Physical Function Thinking Differently 67. The Stigma of Mental Retardation and Intellectual Disabilities 68. The Stigma of Mental Illness and Psychiatric Disorders Part 14: Exiting Deviance 69. Exiting Deviance: Coerced and Imposed 70. Exiting Deviance: Cessation and Desistance Part 15: New Horizons in Deviance 71. Neglected and New Forms of Deviance, and Different Conceptualizations of, and Perspectives on, Deviance November 2010: 246x174: 608pp Hb: 978-0-415-48274-5: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter eBook: 978-0-203-88054-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415482745

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

sociology an d social care

New

Routledge Handbook of Clinical Supervision

4-Volume Set

Handbook of Cultural Sociology

Fundamental International Themes

Edited by Nan Lin, Duke University, USA

Edited by John R. Cutcliffe, University of Texas at Tyler, USA, Kristiina Hyrkas, Maine Medical Center, USA and John Fowler, De Montfort University, UK

Series: Critical Concepts in the Social Sciences

Social Capital

Routledge Handbook of Clinical Supervision provides a global and multi-disciplinary ‘state of the art’ overview of clinical supervision, presenting and examining the most robust evidence upon which to base practice. October 2010: 246x174: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-77955-5: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter eBook: 978-0-203-84343-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779555

New

Handbook of Emotions and Mass Media Edited by Katrin Doveling, Christian von Scheve, both at Free University of Berlin, Germany and Elly A. Konijn, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, the Netherlands The impact of mass media on individuals and society is to a great extent based on human emotions. Emotions, in turn, are essential in understanding how media messages are processed as well as media’s impact on individual and social behavior and public social life. Adopting an interdisciplinary approach to the study of emotions within a mass media context, the Handbook of Emotions and Mass Media addresses areas such as evolutionary psychology, media entertainment, sociology, cultural studies, media psychology, political communication, persuasion, and new technology. Leading experts from across the globe explore cutting-edge research on issues including the evolutionary functions of mediated emotions, emotions and media entertainment , measurements of emotions within the context of mass media, media violence, fear-evoking media, politics and public emotions, features , forms and functions of emotions beyond the message, and provide the reader a glimpse into future generations of media technology. This compelling and authoritative Handbook is an essential reference tool for scholars and students of media, communication studies, media psychology, emotions, cultural studies, sociology, and other related disciplines. Selected Contents: Part 1: Emotions and Mass Media: From Motives and Consequences to Meaning and Measurement Part 2: The Entertaining Experiences of Emotions through Mass Media Part 3: Mass Media, Politics, and Public Emotions Part 4: Features, Forms, and Functions: Emotions Beyond the Message Part 5: Emotions and Next Generation Media September 2010: 246x174: 392pp Hb: 978-0-415-48160-1: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter eBook: 978-0-203-88539-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415481601

Available Online

‘Social capital’ is a major conceptual and theoretical idea that has received in the last three decades much attention across many social-science disciplines. In this relatively short period, it has developed into a major research paradigm guiding voluminous research conducted in North America, Europe, Asia, and elsewhere. Theory, measurement, and empirical research continue to grow. At the same time, major components of a theory, systematic research enterprises, and comprehensive applications in diverse substantive areas can now be identified in the literature Selected Contents: Volume I: Foundations of the Concept and Theories Part 1: History of the Notions of Capital and Types of Capital Part 2: Historical Development of Social Capital as a Concept and a Theory Part 3: Diverse Approaches: Micro versus Macro, Instrumental versus Expressive, Exogenous or Endogenous Part 4: Measurement of Social Capital: Approaches and Issues Volume II: Social Capital and Attainment Part 1: Social Capital and Socio-economic Attainment Part 2: Social Capital and Performance in and of Organizations Part 3: Social Capital and Educational Achievement Volume III: Social Capital and Community Part 1: Social Capital and Community Development Part 2: Social Capital and Inequality Part 3: Social Capital and Health Volume IV: Remaining Issues and Future Directions Part 1: Social Capital and Trust Part 2: The Dark Side of Social Capital Part 3: The Micro–Macro Gap and Linkage Part 4: Further Needs in Theoretical Development and Research Enterprises September 2010: 234x156: 1,765pp Hb: 978-0-415-40717-5: £650.00

Edited by John R. Hall, Laura Grindstaff and Ming-cheng Lo, all at University of California, Davis, USA The Handbook of Cultural Sociology provides a comprehensive overview of contemporary scholarship in sociology and related disciplines focused on the complex relations of culture to social structures and everyday life. With sixty-five essays written by scholars from around the world, the book draws diverse approaches to cultural sociology into a dialogue that charts new pathways for research on culture in a global era. Contributing scholars address vital concerns that relate to classic questions as well as emergent issues in the study of culture. Topics include cultural and social theory, politics and the state, social stratification, community, aesthetics, lifestyle, and identity. In addition, the authors explore developments central to the constitution and reproduction of culture, such as power, technology, and the organization of work. This book is essential reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students interested in diverse subfields within Sociology, as well as Cultural Studies, Media and Communication, and Postcolonial Theory. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Sociological Programs of Cultural Analysis Part 2: Theories and Methodologies in Cultural Analysis Part 3: Aesthetics, Ethics, and Cultural Legitimacy Part 4: Individuals/Groups/Identities/ and Performances Part 5: Culture and Stratification Part 6: Making/Using Culture Part 7: Cultures of Work and Professions Part 8: Political Cultures Part 9: Global Cultures, Global Processes Part 10: Cultural Processes and Change July 2010: 246x174: 720pp Hb: 978-0-415-47445-0: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415407175

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415474450

New 4-Volume Set

Cosmopolitanism Edited by David Inglis, University of Aberdeen, UK and Gerard Delanty, Sussex University, UK Series: Critical Concepts in the Social Sciences In four volumes, this new collection addresses how key issues, such as globalization, migration, citizenship, social belonging, and cultural complexity and blending, are illuminated by reflections upon what cosmopolitanism is, or could be; and how cosmopolitan thinking and practice could, or does, impact upon such matters. The gathered materials also make sense of the revolutionary effects that debates on cosmopolitanism are having on research agendas and ways of thinking in sociology, and across the social sciences and humanities more generally. Selected Contents: Volume I: Classical Contributions to Cosmopolitanism Volume II: Key Contemporary Analyzes of Cosmopolitanism Volume III: Cosmopolitans and Cosmopolitanisms Volume IV: Contested Cosmopolitanisms August 2010: 234x156: 1,696pp Hb: 978-0-415-49881-4: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415498814

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

s o c i o lo g y a n d s o c i al ca r e New

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Routledge Handbook of Climate Change and Society

International Encyclopedia of Social Policy

Edited by Constance Lever-Tracy, Flinders University, Australia

Edited by Tony Fitzpatrick, University of Nottingham, UK, Huck-ju Kwon, Seoul National University, South Korea, Nick Manning, University of Nottingham, UK, James Midgley, University of California, Berkeley, USA and Gillian Pascall, University of Nottingham, UK

Series: Routledge International Handbooks As the time-scales of natural change accelerate and converge with those of society, the Routledge Handbook of Climate Change and Society takes the reader into largely uncharted territory in its exploration of anthropogenic climate change. Current material is used to highlight the global impact of this issue, and the necessity for multidisciplinary and global social science research and teaching to address the problem. The book is multidisciplinary and worldwide in scope, with contributors spanning specialisms including agro-forestry, economics, environmentalism, ethics, human geography, international relations, law, politics, psychology, sociology and theology. Their global knowledge is reflected in the content of the text, which encompasses chapters on American, European and Chinese policies, case studies of responses to disasters and of the new technological and lifestyle alternatives that are being adopted, and the negotiations leading up to the Copenhagen conference alongside a preface assessing its outcomes. Starting with an initial analysis by a leading climatologist, key issues discussed in the text include recent findings of natural scientists, social causation and vulnerability, media and public recognition or scepticism, and the merits and difficulties of actions seeking to mitigate and adapt. This accessible volume utilizes a wealth of case studies, explains technical terms and minimises the use of acronyms associated with the subject, making it an essential text for advanced undergraduates, postgraduate students and researchers in the social sciences. Selected Contents: Part 1: Understanding Climate Change Part 2: Social Impacts on Nature Part 3: Natural Impacts on Society Part 4: Social Recognition of Climate Change Part 5: Reducing Emissions Part 6: National and Global Policies July 2010: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-54476-4: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415544764

Available in paperback for the first time, this milestone work offers an in-depth treatment of all aspects of the discipline and practice of social policy globally. Supported by a distinguished international advisory board, the editors have compiled almost 900,000 words across 734 entries written by 284 leading specialists to provide authoritative coverage of concepts, policy actors, welfare institutions and services along a series of national, regional and transnational dimensions. Also included are biographical entries on major policy makers and shapers. The editors have particularly striven to provide strong coverage of differing geographical and cultural traditions so that the variety of social policy, as both an academic discipline and a domain of governance, is reflected. Contributors draw in and make the necessary connections with social policy’s associated disciplines to provide a rich picture of this vast and highly diverse field. Comprehensive and authoritative, the Encyclopedia has sought to open up rather than to foreclose the numerous areas in which there is on-going research, debate and, sometimes, serious disagreement and divergence in theory and practice. To this end, entries attempt to introduce a core or common ground of understanding before moving on to a wider discussion of debates regarding different conceptual and geographical approaches. The whole is integrated by cross-referencing and each entry includes a bibliography for further reading. There is a full index. The International Encyclopedia of Social Policy provides the most substantial mapping of the international study and practice of social policy to date and will stand as a vital storehouse of knowledge for many years to come. April 2010: 246x174: 1,736pp Pb: 978-0-415-57694-9: £45.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415576949

New 4-Volume Set

Organized Crime Edited by Federico Varese, University of Oxford, UK Series: Critical Concepts in Criminology The systematic study of organized crime dates back to John Landesco’s classic of ethnography, Organized Crime in Chicago (1929). Since then, the field has grown considerably and, as well as criminologists and sociologists, the topic has been embraced by researchers from a broad range of disciplines, including political science, anthropology, economics, as well as literary and film studies. Selected Contents: Volume I: Definitions and Theories Volume II: Origins, Resources, Organization Volume III: Organized Crime and Penetration of Markets Volume IV: Organized Crime and Popular Culture, States and Terrorism May 2010: 234x156: 1,632pp Hb: 978-0-415-46074-3: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415460743

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

Routledge Handbook of Sexuality, Health and Rights Edited by Peter Aggleton, University of Sussex, UK and Richard Parker, Columbia University, USA The last two decades have witnessed an explosion of research on sexuality as the social sciences have worked to find new ways of understanding a rapidly changing world. Growing concern for issues such as population, women’s and men’s reproductive health, and the HIV and AIDS pandemic, has since provided new legitimacy for work on sexuality, health and rights. A detailed and up-to-date reference work, the Routledge Handbook of Sexuality, Health and Rights provides an authoritative overview of the main issues in the field today. Leading academics and practitioners are brought together to reflect on past, present and future approaches to understanding and promoting sexual health and rights. Divided into nine parts, it covers: • pioneering beginnings • language, discourse and sexual categories • from sexuality to health • the reproductive imperative • how to have sex in an epidemic • the choreography of sex • the darker side of sex • from sexual health to sexual rights • struggles for erotic justice. January 2010: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-46864-0: £125.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86022-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415468640

4-Volume Set

Celebrity Edited by Chris Rojek Series: Critical Concepts in Sociology In recent years, the study of celebrity has developed and cohered into a flourishing field of social and cultural analysis. The sheer scale of the available research exploring the many implications of the phenomenon of celebrity—and the breadth and complexity of the canon on which celebrity studies draws—makes this new Major Work from Routledge especially timely. It answers the urgent need for a wide-ranging collection which provides easy access to the key items of scholarly literature, material that is often inaccessible or scattered throughout a variety of specialist journals and books. Selected Contents: Volume I: Origins and Historical Counterpoints 1. Ancient Roots and Controversies 2. Modernity and Celebrity Volume II: Basic Concepts and Key Debates 3. Basic Concepts 4. Key Debates Volume III: The Interdisciplinary Matrix 5. History 6. Anthropology 7. Sociology 8. Psychology 9. Political Science 10. Cultural Studies 11. Economics 12. Media and Communication Studies 13. Film Studies 14. Legal Studies Volume IV: Genres and Counter-Genres 15. Genres: Sport 16. Film 17. Television 18. Popular Music 19. Audiences 20. Counter Genres 2009: 234x156: 1,768pp Hb: 978-0-415-49466-3: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415494663

sociology an d social care

SPORT

4-Volume Set

Restorative Justice

The Information Society

Edited by Carolyn Hoyle, Centre for Criminology, University of Oxford, UK

Edited by Robin Mansell, London School of Economics, UK

Series: Critical Concepts in Criminology

Series: Critical Concepts in Sociology

As research on and around restorative justice flourishes as never before, this new four-volume collection in the Routledge Major Works series, Critical Concepts in Criminology, meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of the subdiscipline’s rich and diverse heritage. It provides a much-needed map to steer students and scholars towards the truly essential foundational and cutting-edge materials and offers an essential grounding in the philosophy and principles of restorative justice in a number of jurisdictions around the world. Furthermore, it furnishes users with a critical awareness of the potential and the pitfalls of restorative justice in responses to crime, conflict, and civil disputes.

‘The information society’ refers to a constellation of developments arising from the growing use of communication technologies in the acquisition, storage, and processing of information, and the role of information in supporting the creation and exchange of knowledge. As research in and around the area continues to flourish as never before, this new title meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a rapidly growing and ever more complex corpus of literature, and to provide a map of the area as it has emerged and developed over the last thirty years or so.

Selected Contents: Volume I: The Rise of Restorative Justice Part 1: The Start of a New Debate Part 2: Proto-restorative Practices Part 3: Restorative Justice: From Philosophy to Practice Volume II: Restorative Practices on the International Stage Part 4: Restorative Responses Within the Criminal Justice System Part 5: Restorative Youth Justice Part 6: New Challenges for Restorative Justice: Family Violence Part 7: New Challenges for Restorative Justice: Sexual Violence Part 8: New Challenges for Restorative Justice: Homicide Part 9: New Challenges for Restorative Justice: Crimes against Humanity Volume III: The Promise of Restorative Justice Part 10: Restoring Victims Part 11: Rebuilding Communities Part 12: Diversion, Rehabilitation, and Desistance Part 13: Responsive Regulation: Restorative Justice Outside of Criminal Justice Volume IV: Stumbling Blocks on the Road to a Restorative Jurisprudence Part 14: Procedural Fairness, Ethics, and Accountability Part 15: Indigenous Justice Part 16: The Role of Shame in Restorative Processes Part 17: When Parents Feel Ashamed Part 18: A Place for Proportionality? Part 19: Restoration, Retribution, or ‘Restoration Through Retribution’? Part 20: Some Concerns from an Optimist 2009: 234x156: 1,792pp Hb: 978-0-415-45001-0: £650.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415450010

Forthcoming in 2011

Selected Contents: Volume I: History and Perspectives Part 1: History and Early Debates Part 2: Further Reflections and Critical Perspectives Volume II: Knowledge, Economics, and Organization Part 3: Knowledge and Economics Part 4: Open Networks Part 5: Inequality and the Digital Divide Part 6: Widespread Organizational Change Volume III: Democracy, Governance, and Regulation Part 7: Democracy, Networks, and Power Part 8: Governing Networks Volume IV: Everyday Life Part 9: Everyday Life Online and Offline Part 10: Gender and the Cyborg Part 11: Privacy and Surveillance 2009: 234x156: 1,984pp Hb: 978-0-415-44308-1: £705.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415443081

New 3rd Edition

Handbook of Sexuality-Related Measures Terri D. Fisher, Ohio State University, USA, Clive M. Davis, Syracuse University, USA, William L. Yarber, Indiana University, USA and Sandra L. Davis, Syracuse University, USA Fundamental to understanding human sexual expression is reliable and valid measurement and assessment. The instruments that have been developed are not easily accessible and the information is limited concerning appropriate use and psychometric properties. In this volume more than 200 instruments are reproduced, accompanied by the necessary information for their use in research. August 2010: 276x219: 680pp Hb: 978-0-415-80174-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80175-1: £60.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415801751

Routledge Handbook of Sports Technology and Engineering Edited by Franz Fuss, Aleksandar Subic, both at RMIT University, Melbourne, Australia, Martin Strangwood, University of Birmingham, UK and Rabindra Mehta, NASA Ames Research Center, USA Series: Routledge International Handbooks From carbon fibre racing bikes to ‘sharkskin’ swimsuits, the application of cutting-edge design, technology and engineering has proved to be a vital ingredient in enhanced sports performance. This is the first book to offer a comprehensive survey of contemporary sports technology and engineering, providing a complete overview of academic, professional and industrial knowledge and technique. The book is divided into four main sections. The first section introduces the sports industry, covering research and innovation in sports business and developments and trends in the design and manufacture of sports products. The second section covers, in depth, the full range of sports equipment, from balls to footwear, with each chapter examining the underpinning engineering science, design principles, materials and essential standards. The third section looks at instrumentation and measurement in sport, covering athletes, equipment and facilities, while the final section explores sports facilities and sustainable design, and offers case reports on industrial product design. Written by an international team of leading experts from industry, academia and commercial research institutes, the emphasis throughout the book is on innovation, the relationship between business and science, and the improvement of sports performance. This is an essential reference for anybody working in sports technology, sports product design, sports engineering, biomechanics, ergonomics, sports business or applied sport science. August 2011: 246x174: 624pp Hb: 978-0-415-58045-8: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415580458

Forthcoming in 2011

Routledge Handbook of Sports Therapy, Injury Assessment and Rehabilitation Edited by Rob di Leva and Keith Ward Series: Routledge International Handbooks July 2011: 246x174: 648pp Hb: 978-0-415-59326-7: £110.00 before publication / £125.00 thereafter For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415593267

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

sport

Routledge Companion to Sports History Edited by S. W. Pope, West Virginia University, USA and John Nauright, George Mason University, USA Series: Routledge International Handbooks

The field of sports history is no longer a fledgling area of study. There is a great vitality in the field and it has matured dramatically over the past decade. Reflecting changes to traditional approaches, sport historians need now to engage with contemporary debates about history, to be encouraged to position themselves and their methodologies in relation to current epistemological issues, and to promote the importance of reflecting on the literary or poetic dimensions of producing history. These contemporary developments, along with a wealth of international research from a range of theoretical perspectives, provide the backdrop to the new Routledge Companion to Sports History. This book provides a comprehensive guide to the international field of sports history as it has developed as an academic area of study. Readers are guided through the development of the field across a range of thematic and geographical contexts and are introduced to the latest cutting edge approaches within the field. Including contributions from many of the world’s leading sports historians, the Routledge Companion to Sports History is the most important single volume for researchers and students in, and entering, the sports history field. It is an essential guide to contemporary research themes, to new ways of doing sports history, and to the theoretical and methodological foundations of this most fascinating of subjects. 2009: 246x174: 672pp Hb: 978-0-415-77339-3: £95.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88541-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415773393

Routledge Handbook of Sports Sponsorship Successful Strategies Alain Ferrand, Luiggino Torrigiani and Andreu Camps I Povill Translated by Pierre-François Lalonde and Elizabeth Christopherson Illustrated throughout with sport specific case studies this book presents a wide range of perspectives on sports sponsorship. A unique quality is its clear guide to the legal issues associated with marketing, copyright, and contracts. 2006: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-40110-4: £95.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415401104

Index

A Abbas, Tahir................................................................30 Advertising.................................................................54 Afflerbach, Peter.........................................................33 Africa South of the Sahara 2011...................................2 Aggleton, Peter...........................................................91 Agricultural Development...........................................21 Agricultural Economics................................................26 Aitken, Ian..................................................................53 Akbarzadeh, Shahram.................................................13 Al Qaeda....................................................................63 Alexander, Patricia A...................................................32 Allen, Tim...................................................................70 Allington, Richard L.....................................................32 al-Roubaie, Amer........................................................27 Altglas, Véronique......................................................80 Alvi, Shafiq.................................................................27 Anderman, Eric M.......................................................32 Anderson, David.........................................................65 Andon, Nick................................................................31 Andrews, Richard........................................................31 Andrews, Tim G..........................................................28 Annandale, Ellen.........................................................85 Ansari, Ali M...............................................................15 Anthropological Linguistics.........................................47 Anthropology of Religion..............................................9 Arab Nationalism........................................................60 Arab-Israeli Conflict.....................................................76 Archer, Ian W..............................................................38 Ashurst, Colin.............................................................23 Asian American Literature...........................................50 Asian Yearbook of International Law...........................26 Asian Yearbook of International Law (series)...............26 ASLIB Directory (series)................................................42 ASLIB Directory of Information Sources in the United Kingdom...................................................42 Assessing Information Needs in the Age of the Digital Consumer..................................................42 Atlantic World, The.....................................................37 Austin, Peter K............................................................46

B Babones, Salvatore......................................................85 Badmington, Neil........................................................56 Bailey, David J.............................................................70 Bairner, Alan...............................................................67 Baker, Mona...............................................................49 Bakken, Gordon Morris...............................................37 Ball, Kirstie..................................................................87 Ball, Martin J...............................................................49 Banks, James A...........................................................28 Barberet, Rosemary.....................................................89 Barker, Drucilla............................................................27 Barnard, Malcolm.......................................................53 Barrett, Christopher B.................................................21 Barrett, Justin L...........................................................78 Bates, Crispin..............................................................11 Baumann, Gerd..........................................................89 Beeson, Mark..............................................................12 Bell, Stuart..................................................................21 Bernaz, Nadia.............................................................25 Bernecker, Sven..........................................................58 Berrios, German..........................................................78 Best, Antony...............................................................16 Bestor, Theodore C.....................................................14 Bestor, Victoria............................................................14 Biggs, Michael............................................................55

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

Bilingualism and Multilingualism.................................49 Billingsley, Bonnie S.....................................................34 Birr Moje, Elizabeth.....................................................33 Biscop, Sven................................................................65 Bishop, Alan...............................................................31 Blackledge, Adrian......................................................45 Bloor, David................................................................84 Boje, David.................................................................22 Book Publishing..........................................................55 Borjas, George J..........................................................20 Boscardin, Mary Lynn..................................................34 Bould, Mark................................................................52 Bowden, Brett.............................................................75 Boykoff, Maxwell T......................................................67 Boy’s Own Paper Vols. 1–4 (1879–82), The.................52 Braganza, Ashley........................................................23 Brass, Paul R...............................................................18 Bray, Joe.....................................................................50 Bresler, Liora...............................................................29 Brian D. Joseph...........................................................44 Brian McHale..............................................................50 British Tourists; or Traveller’s Pocket Companion, through England, The.................................................18 Brown, Iem.................................................................74 Brown, John Russell..............................................56, 57 Bryant, Clifton D.........................................................89 Bucknor, Michael Andrew...........................................52 Bundgaard, Peer F.......................................................48 Burgess, J. Peter..........................................................74 Burnard, Trevor...........................................................40 Burnes, Bernard..........................................................22 Burnett, Gary..............................................................43 Bushnell Greiner, Mary................................................33 Butler, Andrew M........................................................52 Buxton, Julia...............................................................66 Byzantine World, The..................................................10

C Campbell, George L....................................................46 Camps I Povill, Andreu................................................93 Capie, Forrest.............................................................25 Carlton-Ford, Steven...................................................72 Cassidy, Cheryl......................................................37, 41 Celebrity.....................................................................91 Central and South-Eastern Europe 2011........................2 Chapman, David.........................................................43 Chase-Dunn, Christopher............................................85 Chatterjee, Charles.....................................................25 Chatterji, Joya.............................................................11 Cheeseman, Nic..........................................................65 Children and Empire...................................................37 Chimni, B.S.................................................................26 China’s International Relations in Asia.........................19 Chris Argyris...............................................................28 Christopherson, Elizabeth...........................................93 Circa...........................................................................73 Civilization..................................................................75 Claridge, Henry...........................................................51 Clarke, Bruce..............................................................52 Clinical Linguistics.......................................................49 Coats, Karen...............................................................33 Cohen, Benjamin J......................................................61 Collected English Works of Yone Noguchi II: Books on Ukiyoe and Japanese Arts in English.......................18 Collins, Beverley S.......................................................43 Communication Yearbook 34......................................56 Communication Yearbooks Vols 1-33 Set....................56

I n d ex

Companion to Modern Israel, The...............................12 Computer-Assisted Language Learning........................49 Confucian Studies.......................................................17 Connell, Joanne....................................................35, 36 Contemporary Chinese Society and Politics.................19 Cook, Chris.................................................................38 Cook, Daniel...............................................................51 Cook, David................................................................82 Copan, Paul................................................................57 Corporate Social Responsibility....................................22 Cosmopolitanism........................................................90 Coulthard, Malcolm....................................................45 Coward, Barry.............................................................39 Cox, Jessica.................................................................38 Cox, Michael...............................................................64 Cramer, Gail L.............................................................26 Crawford, Sean...........................................................59 Creese, Angela...........................................................45 Critical Assessments of Leading Linguists (series).........47 Critical Assessments of Leading Philosophers (series)..............................................57, 60 Critical Assessments of Major Writers (series)..............51 Critical Concepts (series)..............................................84 Critical Concepts in Asian Philosophy (series)...............17 Critical Concepts in Asian Studies (series)..12, 13, 16, 19 Critical Concepts in Criminology (series)................91, 92 Critical Concepts in Development Studies (series)............................................................21 Critical Concepts in Economics (series).........................20, 21, 23, 25, 26, 27 Critical Concepts in Historical Studies (series).........40, 41 Critical Concepts in International Relations (series)...................................................71, 75 Critical Concepts in Islamic Studies (series).............21, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83 Critical Concepts in Language Studies (series)................................................46, 47, 48 Critical Concepts in Law (series)...............................20, 21, 22, 23, 26, 71 Critical Concepts in Linguistics (series)................................44, 46, 47, 48, 49 Critical Concepts in Literary and Cultural Studies (series).........................................51, 55 Critical Concepts in Media and Cultural Studies (series)...................................53, 54, 55 Critical Concepts in Military, Strategic, and Security Studies (series)...............................................72 Critical Concepts in Philosophy (series)............57, 59, 60 Critical Concepts in Political Science (series)...........61, 63, 64, 65, 69, 71, 75 Critical Concepts in Psychology (series)........................77 Critical Concepts in Religious Studies (series).................9, 78, 80, 81, 82, 83, Critical Concepts in Social Studies (series)....................80 Critical Concepts in Sociology (series)........83, 89, 91, 92 Critical Concepts in the Environment (series).........28, 35 Critical Concepts in the Modern Politics of the Middle East (series)...........................................66 Critical Concepts in the Politics of the Middle East (series).....................................37, 60 Critical Concepts in the Social Sciences (series).........................21, 75, 84, 85, 90 Critical Concepts in Tourism (series).............................36 Critical Concepts in Urban Studies (series).............35, 36 Critical Evaluations in Business and Management (series)...................................................28 Critical Evaluations in Cultural Theory (series)..............56 Critical Issues in Modern Politics (series)...............................15, 19, 60, 61, 63, 66 Critical Legal Theory....................................................23

Available Online

Critical Perspectives on Business and Management (series)......................................22, 28 Critical Perspectives on the World Economy (series).....19 Critical Psychology......................................................77 Crockett, Jean B..........................................................34 Cross-Cultural Management........................................28 Cruickshank, Paul.......................................................63 Curd, Martin...............................................................59 Cushman, Thomas......................................................88 Cutcliffe, John R.........................................................90

D Daley, Caroline............................................................41 Daly, Patrick................................................................14 Damrosch, David.........................................................50 Daniel Dennett............................................................57 D’Antonio, Patricia......................................................84 Das, Veena..................................................................12 Dave, Bhavna..............................................................60 David, Gamage...........................................................33 Davis, Clive M.............................................................92 Davis, Kathy................................................................84 Davis, Sandra L...........................................................92 DeKeseredy, Walter S..................................................86 Delanty, Gerard.....................................................87, 90 Delap, Lucy.................................................................41 Democracy, Reform, and Authoritarianism in the Arab World.......................................................66 Devereux, Cecily.........................................................41 Dewey, Martin............................................................31 D’Haen, Theo..............................................................50 di Leva, Rob................................................................92 Dictionary of Ecodesign..............................................10 Dictionary of Ethnic Conflict, A...................................76 Dictionary of Globalization, A.....................................75 Dictionary of Humanitarianism, A...............................70 Dictionary of International Relations, A.......................71 Dictionary of International Trade Organizations and Agreements, A...............................69 Dictionary of Modern Defence and Strategy, A............72 Dictionary of Modern Politics, A..................................62 Dictionary of the European Union, A...........................73 Dieckhoff, Alain..........................................................12 Dimock, Elizabeth.......................................................41 Directory of EU Information Sources (series)................42 Directory of EU Information Sources, The....................42 Documentary Film.......................................................53 Doll, Beth....................................................................34 Donnell, Alison.....................................................50, 52 Doran, Susan..............................................................38 Douglas, Ian................................................................36 Douzinas, Costas........................................................23 Doveling, Katrin..........................................................90 Dragiewicz, Molly.......................................................86 Dumper, Michael........................................................76 Dutton, William H.......................................................64 Duyvesteyn, Isabelle....................................................64

E Eastern Europe, Russia and Central Asia 2011...............3 Eccles, Jacquelynne S..................................................32 Ecological Economics..................................................28 Economic Reform in Modern China.............................23 Education and Development.......................................29 Educational Linguistics................................................44 Educational Psychology Handbook (series).............32, 34 Edwards, Louise..........................................................19

e-Inspection Annual Title

Elizabethan World, The...............................................38 Elliott, Anthony...........................................................88 Enciso, Patricia A.........................................................33 Encyclopedia of Buddhism..........................................82 Encyclopedia of Islamic Civilization and Religion..........41 Endangered Languages...............................................46 Ender, Morten G.........................................................72 English Historical Documents (series).....................38, 39 English Historical Documents 1558–1603....................38 English Historical Documents, 1603–1660...................39 English Historical Documents, 1914–1957...................39 English Language Teaching.........................................31 English Phonetics: Twentieth-Century Development....43 Enlightenment, The.....................................................41 Environment Encyclopedia and Directory (series).........36 Environment Encyclopedia and Directory 2010, The....36 Environmental Law.....................................................21 Epistemology..............................................................57 Ernest Francisco Fenollosa: Published Writings in English......................................................53 Ernest Hemingway......................................................51 ESL & Applied Linguistics Professional Series (series)....34 Ethics of War and Conflict...........................................59 Ethnic Minorities in Modern China..............................12 Europa Directory of International Organizations (series)....................................................8 Europa Directory of International Organizations 2010......................................................8 Europa International Foundation Directory (series)...........................................................8 Europa International Foundation Directory 2011, The......................................................8 Europa Politics of ... series (series).............66, 67, 68, 69 Europa Publications..................................1-9, 36, 42, 74 Europa Regional Surveys of the World (series)..............................................2, 3, 4, 6 Europa Regional Surveys of the World Set 2011, The.....................................................2 Europa Territories of the World series (series)...............74 Europa World of Learning (series)..................................6 Europa World of Learning 2011, The............................6 Europa World Year Book (series)....................................1 Europa World Year Book 2010, The..............................1 European Union and Global Governance, The.............70 European Union Encyclopedia and Directory (series)....................................................9 European Union Encyclopedia and Directory 2011.......................................................9 European Union, The..................................................69 Evans, Mary..........................................................84, 89 Event Tourism.............................................................36 Every Woman’s Encyclopaedia.....................................88 Everyday Life...............................................................54 Evolutionary Economics..............................................20 Experimental Economics..............................................21 Eyre, Deborah.............................................................31

F Fairman, Julie..............................................................84 Falaschetti, Dino.........................................................21 Family Shakespeare, By Thomas Bowdler, The.............53 Far East and Australasia 2011, The................................3 Farrell, Theo................................................................75 Fashion.......................................................................53 Faundez, Julio.............................................................20 Feather, John..............................................................55 Female Journalists of the Fin de Siècle.........................39 Feminist Economics.....................................................27

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

Index

Feminist International Relations...................................71 Fennell, David A..........................................................35 Ferdinand de Saussure................................................47 Ferrand, Alain.............................................................93 Fibiger, Linda..............................................................10 Fiscal Policy Making in the European Union.................27 Fisher, Kate.................................................................38 Fisher, Terri D..............................................................92 Fitzpatrick, Tony..........................................................91 Flinn, Andrew.............................................................42 Fouskas, Vassilis K.......................................................68 Fowler, John...............................................................90 Freedom of Information..............................................42 Friedman, Jonathan C.................................................39 Fundamentalism.........................................................80 Furlong, Michael J.......................................................34 Fuss, Franz..................................................................92 Future Climate Change...............................................35

G G. D. H. Cole: Selected Works.....................................70 Gaillard, J.C................................................................35 Gallegos, Bernardo P...................................................33 Gamble, Sarah............................................................54 Ganguly, Rajat............................................................76 Gao, Xuan..................................................................26 Garrett, Paul...............................................................47 Gass, Susan M............................................................44 Gaunder, Alisa............................................................16 Gaunt, Peter...............................................................39 Gee, James Paul..........................................................44 Gender.......................................................................89 Gender and Health.....................................................85 Genocide....................................................................40 Germond, Basil...........................................................73 Ghanea, Nazila...........................................................82 Gibbons, Alison..........................................................50 Gifted and Talented Education....................................31 Giora, Rachel..............................................................48 Global Arms Trade, The...............................................74 Gold, John R...............................................................35 Gold, Margaret M.......................................................35 Gold, Steven J.............................................................86 Gond, Jean-Pascal.......................................................22 Goode, David..............................................................36 Goodman, Joyce.........................................................30 Gordon, David............................................................85 Gottlieb, Roger S........................................................81 Governance in the Middle East and North Africa.........77 Great Depression, The.................................................25 Grenville, J.A.S............................................................39 Grindstaff, Laura.........................................................90 Groves Price, Paula......................................................33 Guide to Outsourcing Records Management, A..........42 Guynn, William...........................................................55

H Hadith, The.................................................................82 Haggerty, Kevin..........................................................87 Hall, John R.................................................................90 Hallahan, Daniel P.......................................................34 Handbook of Adolescent Transition Education............34 Handbook of Asian Education.....................................33 Handbook of China’s International Relations...............72 Handbook of Critical Criminology................................86 Handbook of Cultural Sociology..................................90 Handbook of Deviant Behavior, The............................89

Handbook of Emotions and Mass Media.....................90 Handbook of Events....................................................35 Handbook of Family Literacy.......................................33 Handbook of Hazards, Disaster Risk Reduction and Management.......................................35 Handbook of Human Rights........................................88 Handbook of Identity Studies......................................88 Handbook of India’s International Relations.................70 Handbook of Leadership for Special Education............34 Handbook of Nuclear Proliferation..............................77 Handbook of Oil Politics..............................................76 Handbook of Reading Disability Research....................32 Handbook of Reading Research, Volume 4..................33 Handbook of Research in Second Language Teaching and Learning................................34 Handbook of Research in the Social Foundations of Education...........................................33 Handbook of Research on Children’s and Young Adult Literature.........................................33 Handbook of Research on Learning and Instruction.....32 Handbook of Research on Schools, Schooling and Human Development...........................32 Handbook of Research on Teaching the English Language Arts...........................................33 Handbook of School Violence and School Safety.........34 Handbook of Self-Regulation of Learning and Performance..........................................34 Handbook of Sexuality-Related Measures....................92 Handbook of Special Education...................................34 Handbook of Tourism and the Environment................35 Handbook of Urban Ecology.......................................36 Handbook of US-Middle East Relations.......................75 Handbook of Youth Prevention Science.......................34 Handford, Michael......................................................44 Hanhimäki, Jussi.........................................................73 Hanioglu, M. Sükrü.....................................................37 Hanks, Patrick.............................................................48 Hanks, Reuel R............................................................15 Hanley, Ryan Patrick....................................................41 Harding, Sara Fletcher.................................................80 Hassard, John.............................................................22 Hattie, John C.............................................................32 Haynes, Jeffrey............................................................82 He, Ming Fang............................................................33 Hedge, Patricia............................................................31 Heelas, Paul................................................................80 Hema, Ramanathan....................................................33 Henry, Annette...........................................................33 Heper, Metin...............................................................11 Herman, Eti.................................................................42 Heuman, Gad.............................................................40 Hewitt, Martin............................................................37 Hicken, Allen..............................................................66 Higher Education........................................................30 Highmore, Ben............................................................54 Hinkel, Eli....................................................................34 Historical Linguistics....................................................44 History of Feminism (series).......................37, 38, 39, 41 History of Psychiatry, A................................................78 Hoffman, James..........................................................31 Holden, Andrew.........................................................35 Holden, Patrick...........................................................69 Hook, Steven W..........................................................76 Hope Dawson.............................................................44 Hornberger, Nancy H..................................................44 Hosen, Nadirsyah........................................................83 Houck, Mike...............................................................36 Hoyle, Carolyn............................................................92 Hubbard, Philip...........................................................49

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

Hunt, Kate..................................................................85 Hyrkas, Kristiina..........................................................90

I Idsardi, William J.........................................................46 Iiss..............................................................................61 Imperial Japan and the World, 1931-1945..................16 Information Society, The.............................................92 Information Worlds.....................................................43 Inglis, David................................................................90 Intelligence.................................................................72 International Directory of Government (series)..............9 International Directory of Government 2010, The.........9 International Economic Law........................................26 International Encyclopedia of Social Policy...................91 International Guide to Student Achievement...............32 International Law........................................................71 International Law and Diplomacy................................25 International Library of the Philosophy of Education (24 volume set).......................................30 International Political Economy....................................61 International Who’s Who 2011, The..............................6 International Who’s Who in Classical Music (series).......6 International Who’s Who in Classical Music 2010..........6 International Who’s Who in Classical/Popular Music Set 2010...................................6 International Who’s Who in Poetry (series)....................6 International Who’s Who in Poetry 2011.......................6 International Who’s Who in Popular Music (series)........7 International Who’s Who in Popular Music 2010, The..............................................7 International Who’s Who of Authors and Writers (series)..........................................8 International Who’s Who of Authors and Writers 2011.8 International Who’s Who of Women (series).................7 International Who’s Who of Women 2010....................7 Iqtidar, Humeira..........................................................80 Irish Feminisms, 1810–1930........................................41 Islam and Education....................................................30 Islam and Religious Diversity........................................78 Islam in South Asia......................................................81 Islam in Southeast Asia...............................................83 Islam in the West........................................................81 Islamic Banking and Finance........................................27 Islamic Law.................................................................21 Islamic Medical and Scientific Tradition........................79 Islamic Political Thought and Governance....................71

J Jacobsen, Knut A........................................................19 Jaeger, Paul T..............................................................43 James Joyce................................................................51 Japan Weekly Mail, Series I: 1870–1894, Pt. 5: 1890–1894 (14-vol. set), The.............................18 Jarvis, Peter.................................................................29 Jenkins, Christine........................................................33 Jewish Law Annual (series)..........................................27 Jewish Law Annual Volume 18, The............................27 Jha, Raghbendra.........................................................12 Jihad and Martyrdom..................................................82 Jimerson, Shane..........................................................34 Johnson, Alison...........................................................45 Johnson, Loch K..........................................................72 Jones, Christopher M..................................................76 Jones, Harriet..............................................................42 Jones, Ken..................................................................29 Jones, Norman............................................................38 Joseph, John.........................................................47, 48

I n d ex

Labor Economics.........................................................20 Lalonde, Pierre-François..............................................93 Language Acquisition..................................................49 Language and Politics.................................................48 LaPolla, Randy.............................................................46 Lapp, Diane................................................................33 Larch, Martin..............................................................27 Law and Development................................................20 Law and Institutions of Modern China.........................22 Law of International Business......................................25 Lee, A. Robert.............................................................51 Lee, Yoke-Lian............................................................67 Lehmann, David..........................................................80 Lei, Jing......................................................................33 Leiwei Li, David...........................................................50 Lever-Tracy, Constance................................................91 Li, Guofang.................................................................33 Library of Advertising..................................................56 Lifshitz, Berachyahu....................................................27 Lin, Nan......................................................................90 Liow, Joseph...............................................................83 Lives of Jonathan Swift, The........................................51 Livezeanu, Irina...........................................................37 Llewellyn, Mark...........................................................38 Lo, Ming-cheng..........................................................90 Logos Studies in Language and Linguistics (series)........................................................43 Looney, Robert E...................................................75, 76 Louisiana Purchase Exposition, St. Louis in 1904: A Collection of Official Guidebooks and Miscellaneous Publications..........................................41 Lu, Yiyi........................................................................60 Lynch, Michael............................................................84 Lyon, David.................................................................87

Major Laws and Decrees of the Third Reich, The....................................................39 Major Themes in Education (series)...........28, 29, 30, 31 Major Themes in English Studies (series)......................48 Major Themes in Health and Social Welfare (series)...........................................84, 85 Major Writings in Middle Eastern Studies (series).........76 Making of Olympic Cities, The.....................................35 Malmkjaer, Kirsten......................................................44 Manning, Nick............................................................91 Mansell, Robin............................................................92 Mario Praz: A Symposium of Literature, History and Arts: English Miscellany Part 2..............................51 Marquez Grant, Nicholas............................................10 Martin, Jane................................................................30 Martin, Mary...............................................................71 Martin, Susan K..........................................................41 Martin-Jones, Marilyn.................................................45 Martins, João Nogueira...............................................27 Masahiro, Miyoshi.......................................................26 Maslin, Mark...............................................................35 Mathematics Education...............................................31 Mayer, Matthew J.......................................................34 Mayer, Richard E.........................................................32 McCann, Philip...........................................................21 McCarthy, Michael......................................................45 McGill, Stuart..............................................................46 McGill-Franzen, Anne.................................................32 McGillivray, Donald.....................................................21 McGowan, Lee...........................................................73 McKercher, B. J. C.......................................................66 McMahon, Darrin.......................................................41 McMahon, Walter W...................................................29 Mead, Richard............................................................28 Meece, Judith L...........................................................32 Mees, Inger.................................................................43 Mehta, Rabindra.........................................................92 Meisami, Julie Scott....................................................52 Meister, Chad.............................................................57 Metaphor...................................................................48 Michael Porter............................................................28 Michel Foucault III.......................................................83 Middle East and North Africa 2011, The........................3 Midgley, James...........................................................91 Migration....................................................................75 Military Balance (series)...............................................61 Military Balance 2010, The..........................................61 Milton, Colin...............................................................51 Minami, Ryuta............................................................52 Mingjiang, Li...............................................................19 Modern Indian Culture and Society.............................19 Molnar, Gyozo............................................................67 Moon, Jeremy.............................................................22 Moran, Dermot...........................................................58 Morvillo, Nancy...........................................................80 Moseley, Christopher..................................................46 Moses, A. Dirk............................................................40 Moyar, Dean...............................................................59 Multicultural Education...............................................28 Multiculturalism..........................................................89

Mackerras, Colin.........................................................12 Mackey, Alison............................................................44 MacRury, Iain..............................................................54 Magnusson, Lars.........................................................26 Major International Treaties of the Twentieth and Twenty First Centuries, The...................................39

Nagwa, Megahed.......................................................33 Native American Writing.............................................51 Nauright, John............................................................93 Nawyn, Stephanie J.....................................................86 Neta, Ram...................................................................57 Netton, Ian Richard.....................................................41

Kadhim, Abbas...........................................................77 Kadir, Djelal................................................................50 Kamil, Michael L.........................................................33 Kaplan, Steven............................................................47 Karlsson, Henrik..........................................................55 Kasher, Asa...........................................................47, 59 Kaston-Tange, Cheryl M..............................................37 Kauffmann, James M..................................................34 Kelman, Ilan................................................................35 Keown, Damien..........................................................82 Khoesan Languages, The............................................44 Kingstone, Peter.........................................................76 Kipnis, Andrew...........................................................19 Kirk, David..................................................................29 Kirkpatrick, Andy........................................................45 Klassen, Pamela..........................................................83 Koepping, Elizabeth....................................................81 Kohli, Atul..................................................................15 Konijn, Elly A..............................................................90 Kuiper, Edith.........................................................19, 27 Kurian, George.....................................................69, 71 Kwon, Huck-ju............................................................91

Available Online

e-Inspection Annual Title

New Trends and Frontiers in Economic Analysis (series)...........................................21 Newman, David..........................................................14 Nicholas, David...........................................................42 Nickerson, Amanda.....................................................34 Noakes, Jeremy...........................................................39 Nonneman, Gerd........................................................66 Noyes, John Kenneth..................................................50

O Oats, Lynne.................................................................20 Okada, Richard H........................................................14 Okano, Kaori..............................................................33 O’Keeffe, Anne...........................................................45 O’Reilly, William..........................................................37 Organized Crime.........................................................91 Orientalism.................................................................55 Ortega, Lourdes..........................................................48 Ottoman Empire and Its Aftermath, The......................37 Ottoman World..........................................................37 Owen, Norman G.......................................................11 Owen, Taylor...............................................................71

P Page, Stephen J....................................................35, 36 Pant, Harsh V..............................................................77 Parke, Jonathan..........................................................86 Parker, Ian...................................................................77 Parker, Richard......................................................89, 91 Pascall, Gillian.............................................................91 Pearson, P. David.........................................................33 Perrin, Colin................................................................23 Perspectives on Information........................................43 Peters, Joel..................................................................14 Pfohl, William.............................................................34 Phillipson, Chris..........................................................84 Philosophy of Mind.....................................................59 Philosophy of Race, The..............................................59 Philosophy of Religion.................................................60 Phinnemore, David......................................................73 Phonetics....................................................................46 Physical Education.......................................................29 Picken, Gavin..............................................................21 Pierse, Mary................................................................41 Pitts, Victoria...............................................................84 Political and Economic Dictionary of Central and South-Eastern Europe, A......................................73 Political and Economic Dictionary of the USA, A..........69 Political and Economic Dictionary Series (series)...........73 Political Chronology of the World, A...........................70 Political Economy........................................................21 Politics and International Relations of Modern Korea, The.................................................61 Politics and the Internet..............................................64 Politics of Climate Change, The...................................67 Politics of Conflict.......................................................68 Politics of Development...............................................66 Politics of Fair Trade, The.............................................68 Politics of Gender, The................................................67 Politics of Maritime Power, The...................................68 Politics of Modern Central Asia...................................60 Politics of Modern China.............................................60 Politics of Modern Iran................................................15 Politics of Modern Southeast Asia...............................66 Politics of Narcotic Drugs, The.....................................66 Politics of Space, The..................................................69 Politics of Terrorism.....................................................68

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

Index

Politics of the Olympics, The........................................67 Politics of Water..........................................................68 Pope, S. W..................................................................93 Popular Culture...........................................................54 Pormann, Peter...........................................................79 Poverty.......................................................................85 Powell, Thomas W......................................................49 Pragmatics II...............................................................47 Prebish, Charles S.......................................................82 Price, F. Douglas..........................................................38 Pritchard, Duncan.......................................................58 Proffitt, Jane...............................................................42 Psillos, Stathis.............................................................59 Psychology of Religion................................................78 Public Sector Economics..............................................27 Pui-lan, Kwok.............................................................82 Pujol, Michele.............................................................20 Pyka, Andreas.............................................................20

Q Qureshi, Asif H............................................................26

R Ramage, Magnus........................................................43 Randalls, Samuel.........................................................35 Regionalism in Asia.....................................................63 Religion and Globalization..........................................80 Religion and Human Rights.........................................82 Religion and Politics....................................................82 Religion and Science...................................................80 Religion and the Environment.....................................81 Restorative Justice.......................................................92 Rich, Paul B.................................................................64 Richard Rorty..............................................................60 Ridgeon, Lloyd............................................................78 Roberts, Adam............................................................52 Robertson, David..................................................62, 72 Robison, Richard.........................................................13 Roces, Mina................................................................19 Rojek, Chris..........................................................54, 91 Roland Barthes............................................................56 Rose, Caroline.............................................................13 Rossini, Manuela.........................................................52 Roth, Laurence............................................................50 Roulstone, Alan..........................................................87 Routledge Companion to Actorsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; Shakespeare, The........................................................56 Routledge Companion to Anglophone Caribbean Literature, The............................................52 Routledge Companion to Diaspora Studies, The..........50 Routledge Companion to Directorsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; Shakespeare, The........................................................57 Routledge Companion to Epistemology, The...............58 Routledge Companion to Ethics, The...........................57 Routledge Companion to Experimental Literature...............................................50 Routledge Companion to Feminism and Postfeminism.......................................................54 Routledge Companion to Film History, The..................55 Routledge Companion to Literature and Science, The.........................................................52 Routledge Companion to Modern Jewish Cultures, The...................................................50 Routledge Companion to Nineteenth Century Philosophy, The..............................................59 Routledge Companion to Organizational Change, The...............................................................22 Routledge Companion to Organizational

Transformation, The....................................................23 Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Religion.........57 Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Science, The...........................................................59 Routledge Companion to Research in the Arts, The...........................................................55 Routledge Companion to Science Fiction, The.............52 Routledge Companion to Sports History......................93 Routledge Companion to Twentieth Century Philosophy, The..............................................58 Routledge Companion to World Literature, The..........50 Routledge Companions (series).............................54, 55 Routledge Encyclopaedia of UK Education, Training and Employment, The....................................30 Routledge Encyclopedia of Arabic Literature, The........52 Routledge Guide to European Political Archives, The..................................................38 Routledge Handbook of African Politics......................65 Routledge Handbook of American Foreign Policy........76 Routledge Handbook of Applied Linguistics, The.........44 Routledge Handbook of Archaeological Human Remains and Legislation, The..........................10 Routledge Handbook of Asian Regionalism.................12 Routledge Handbook of Central Asian Politics.............15 Routledge Handbook of Climate Change and Society....................................................91 Routledge Handbook of Clinical Supervision...............90 Routledge Handbook of Corpus Linguistics, The..........45 Routledge Handbook of Diplomacy and Statecraft......66 Routledge Handbook of Disability Studies...................87 Routledge Handbook of Discourse Analysis.................44 Routledge Handbook of Energy Security, The..............69 Routledge Handbook of European Elections................65 Routledge Handbook of European Security, The..........65 Routledge Handbook of Forensic Linguistics, The........45 Routledge Handbook of Global Public Health..............89 Routledge Handbook of Heritage in Asia.....................14 Routledge Handbook of Human Security, The.............71 Routledge Handbook of Indian and South Asian History....................................................11 Routledge Handbook of Indian Politics........................15 Routledge Handbook of Insurgency and Counter-Insurgency.....................................................64 Routledge Handbook of International Criminal Law.....25 Routledge Handbook of International Criminology......89 Routledge Handbook of International Migration.........86 Routledge Handbook of Japanese Culture and Society.....................................................14 Routledge Handbook of Japanese Politics....................16 Routledge Handbook of Latin American Politics..........76 Routledge Handbook of Modern Turkey, The..............11 Routledge Handbook of Multilingualism, The..............45 Routledge Handbook of New Security Studies, The.....74 Routledge Handbook of Political Islam........................13 Routledge Handbook of Scripts and Alphabets, The....46 Routledge Handbook of Second Language Acquisition, The..........................................44 Routledge Handbook of Sexuality, Health and Rights.......................................................91 Routledge Handbook of South Asian Culture and Society.....................................................12 Routledge Handbook of South Asian Economics.........12 Routledge Handbook of South Asian Politics...............18 Routledge Handbook of Southeast Asian History........11 Routledge Handbook of Southeast Asian Politics.........13 Routledge Handbook of Sports Sponsorship................93

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

Routledge Handbook of Sports Technology and Engineering.......................................92 Routledge Handbook of Sports Therapy, Injury Assessment and Rehabilitation....................................92 Routledge Handbook of Terrorism Research................70 Routledge Handbook of the Chinese Diaspora............15 Routledge Handbook of the History of Nursing...........84 Routledge Handbook of the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict............................................14 Routledge Handbook of the South Asian Diaspora......11 Routledge Handbook of Transatlantic Security, The.....73 Routledge Handbook of War and Society, The.............72 Routledge Handbook of World Englishes, The.............45 Routledge Handbooks in Applied Linguistics (series)..................................................44, 45 Routledge Histories (series)..........................................39 Routledge History of East Central Europe since 1700, The...............................................37 Routledge History of Sex and the Body, 1500 to the present, The............................................38 Routledge History of Slavery, The................................40 Routledge History of the Holocaust, The.....................39 Routledge International Handbook of Contemporary Social and Political Theory....................87 Routledge International Handbook of Creative Learning, The................................................29 Routledge International Handbook of English, Language and Literacy Teaching, The.............31 Routledge International Handbook of Internet Gambling..................................................86 Routledge International Handbook of Learning, The..........................................................29 Routledge International Handbook of Surveillance Studies................................................87 Routledge International Handbook of the Body...........84 Routledge International Handbook of World-Systems Analysis..........................................85 Routledge International Handbooks (series)......84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 91, 92, 93 Routledge International Handbooks of Education (series)..............................................29, 31 Routledge International Handbooks of Education (series)....................................................29 Routledge Language Family Series (series)...................44 Routledge Library Editions (series).......................16, 24, 40, 52, 59, 60, 75 Routledge Library Editions: Charles Dickens.................52 Routledge Library Editions: Development (111 vols)....24 Routledge Library Editions: Development Mini-Set A: Agriculture, Food and Development..........24 Routledge Library Editions: Development Mini-Set B: Aid............................................................24 Routledge Library Editions: Development Mini-Set C: Debt and Development.............................24 Routledge Library Editions: Development Mini-Set D: Demography.............................................24 Routledge Library Editions: Development Mini-Set E: Development and the Environment...........24 Routledge Library Editions: Development Mini-Set F: Development Economics............................24 Routledge Library Editions: Development Mini-Set G: Education and Development.....................24 Routledge Library Editions: Development Mini-Set H: Geography and Planning..........................24 Routledge Library Editions: Development Mini-Set I: Planning and Development.........................24 Routledge Library Editions: Development Mini-Set J: Politics and International Relations.............24 Routledge Library Editions: Development Mini-Set K: Security and Development........................24 Routledge Library Editions: Development Mini-Set L: Sociology and Social Policy........................24

I n d ex

Routledge Library Editions: Development Mini-Set M: Theories of Development.........................24 Routledge Library Editions: Iran: 30 Volume-Set..........60 Routledge Library Editions: Japan................................16 Routledge Library Editions: Japan Mini-Set A: Economics, Business & Management 20 vol set...........17 Routledge Library Editions: Japan Mini-Set B: History (34 vols)........................................17 Routledge Library Editions: Japan Mini-Set C: Language & Literature (8 vols)...................17 Routledge Library Editions: Japan Mini-Set D: Politics (8 vols)..........................................17 Routledge Library Editions: Japan Mini-Set E: Sociology & Anthropology.........................17 Routledge Library Editions: Japan Mini-Set F: Philosophy & Religion (4 vols)......................................17 Routledge Library Editions: Plato.................................59 Routledge Library Editions: Political Science.................75 Routledge Library Editions: Responding to Fascism......40 Routledge Linguistics Encyclopedia, The......................44 Routledge Literature Companions (series)..............50, 52 Routledge Philosophy Companions (series)......57, 58, 59 Routledge Spanish Bilingual Dictionary of Psychology and Psychiatry, The...............................47 Routledge Studies in Library and Information Science (series).........................................43 Routledge Worlds (series)................................10, 37, 38 Rubin, Barry................................................................71 Rutten, Andrew R.......................................................21

S Sadeh, Eligar...............................................................69 Saeed, Abdullah..........................................................71 Salmon, Charles T.......................................................56 Sanders, Valerie..........................................................41 Sayari, Sabri................................................................11 Schabas, William.........................................................25 Schieffelin, Bambi.......................................................47 Schmid, Alex...............................................................70 Schmid, Alex P............................................................64 Schofield, Norman......................................................21 Schunk, Dale H...........................................................34 Science Studies...........................................................84 Scott, David................................................................70 Second-Language Acquisition.....................................48 Security Studies...........................................................75 Sefton-Green, Julian...................................................29 Seib, Philip..................................................................55 Seiz, Janet...................................................................20 Semiotics....................................................................48 Shah, Mustafa......................................................80, 82 Shakespearean Adaptations in East Asia......................52 Shaun Breslin..............................................................72 Shelley, Lorna..............................................................39 Simpson, James..........................................................44 Singh, Prerna..............................................................15 Sino-Japanese Relations..............................................13 Sino-Tibetan Linguistics...............................................46 Skorupski, John...........................................................57 Smart, Barry................................................................83 Smith, Cindy J.............................................................89 Social Capital..............................................................90 Social Issues of Ageing................................................84 Sociology of Scientific Knowledge, The.......................84 Sociology of Work, The...............................................83 Sommer, Marni...........................................................89 Soon-hee, Whang.......................................................84 South America, Central America and the Caribbean 2011...............................................4

Available Online

South Asia 2011...........................................................4 Soutou, Georges-Henri...............................................73 Sovacool, Benjamin K..................................................69 Spash, Clive................................................................28 Spirituality...................................................................80 Starkey, Paul...............................................................52 Steger, Debra..............................................................19 Stephenson, Paul........................................................10 Stevens Jr., Phillips........................................................9 Stevenson, John..........................................................39 Stjernfelt, Frederik.......................................................48 Strangleman, Tim.......................................................83 Strangwood, Martin....................................................92 Strategic Survey (series)...............................................61 Strategic Survey 2010.................................................61 Stubbs, Richard...........................................................12 Subic, Aleksandar.......................................................92 Svanberg, Ingvar.........................................................81 Swenson-Wright, John................................................61 Sylvester, Christine......................................................71 Symons, John..............................................................57

T Tafsir...........................................................................80 Tale of Genji, The........................................................14 Tallon, Andrew............................................................36 Tan, Andrew T. H .......................................................68 Tan, Andrew T. H........................................................74 Tan, Chee-Beng..........................................................15 Tan, See Seng.............................................................63 Tartaglia, James...........................................................60 Taxation......................................................................20 Taylor, David...............................................................81 Taylor, Paul..................................................................59 Territories and States of India......................................74 Territories of Indonesia, The........................................74 Territories of the Russian Federation (series)................74 Territories of the Russian Federation 2010...................74 Terrorism and Human Rights.......................................64 Thio, Li-ann.................................................................26 Thomas, Carol............................................................87 Thompson, Noel.........................................................70 Thomson, Pat..............................................................29 Tight, Malcolm...........................................................30 Tomba, Luigi...............................................................19 Torrigiani, Luiggino.....................................................93 Toulalan, Sarah...........................................................38 Tozer, Steven...............................................................33 Translation Studies......................................................49 Travel Writing.............................................................51 Travers, David.............................................................65 Tresch, Richard W........................................................27 Turner, Bryan S............................................................84 Turner, Stephen P........................................................87 Twentieth-Century Economic History...........................26 Tzvika Nissel, Alan.......................................................71

U Unger, Jonathan.........................................................19 United Nations............................................................65 Urban and Regional Economics...................................21 Urban Regeneration and Renewal...............................36 US Foreign Policy........................................................64 USA and Canada 2011, The..........................................4 Usherwood, Simon.....................................................69

e-Inspection Annual Title

V Valman, Nadia............................................................50 Van Horn, Barbara......................................................33 Varese, Federico..........................................................91 Velupillai, K. Vela........................................................21 Vertovec, Steven...................................................75, 89 Victorian and Edwardian Anti-Feminism......................41 Victorian World, The...................................................37 Vint, Sherryl................................................................52 Viola, Donatella M......................................................65 Von Klimo, Arpad.......................................................37 von Scheve, Christian..................................................90 Vossen, Rainer............................................................44

W Wainwright, William J.................................................60 Wang, Rusong............................................................36 War and Conflict Communication...............................55 Ward, Keith................................................................92 Warner, Jeroen............................................................68 Warrier, Meera......................................................68, 75 Washbrook, David.......................................................11 Wasik, Barbara H........................................................33 Watson, Nick..............................................................87 Webb, Kristine W........................................................34 Weber, Heloise............................................................66 Wegerich, Kai.............................................................68 Wehmeyer, Michael L..................................................34 Wei, Li........................................................................49 Weiler, Joseph.............................................................71 Weiming, Tu...............................................................17 Weinberg, Darin.........................................................84 West and the Middle East, The....................................71 Westerlund, David......................................................81 Western Europe 2011...................................................5 Western Sources of Japanese Art and Japonism V: Oeuvres choisies de critiques d’art, marchands d’art et collectionneurs sur le Japonisme.....................18 White III, Lynn T..........................................................60 Whitman, Richard G...................................................65 Who’s Who in International Affairs 2009 (series)...........8 Who’s Who in International Affairs 2011......................8 Wien, Peter.................................................................60 William Morris, Artist Writer Socialist, edited by May Morris..................................................53 Williams, Patrick...................................................50, 55 Williams, Robert J.......................................................86 Wilson, John P.............................................................30 Winter, Tim.................................................................14 Wisner, Ben................................................................35 Wolf, Shelby...............................................................33 Women and Belief, 1852–1928..................................38 Women and Christianity..............................................82 Women and Education...............................................30 Women and Empire, 1750–1939............................... 41 Women and Religion..................................................83 Women in Asia...........................................................19 Women’s Economic Thought in the Eighteenth Century.....................................................19 Women’s Economic Writing 1760–1900.....................20 Woo, Lillian.................................................................10 Wood, Geoffrey E.......................................................25 Wood, John C.............................................................28 Wood, Michael...........................................................28 Wood, Mike C............................................................28 Wood, Robert T...........................................................86 Woodhead, Christine..................................................37

Major Works

Routledge Library Editions

Index

World Christianity.......................................................81 World of the American West, The...............................37 World Trade Organization...........................................19 Wunderlich, Dr Jens-Uwe............................................70 Wunderlich, Jens-Uwe................................................75 Wyse, Dominic............................................................31

Y Yang, Charles.............................................................49 Yao, Xinzhong............................................................17 Yarber, William L.........................................................92 Yashar, Deborah J.......................................................76 Yeang, Ken.................................................................10 Yoon, Jina S................................................................34 Youngs, Tim................................................................51

Z Zhang, Sheldon X.......................................................89 Zhang, Wei.................................................................23 Zhao, Yong.................................................................33 Zheng, Yongnian........................................................60 Zhu, Sanzhu................................................................22 Zimmerman, Barry J....................................................34

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/reference

Order your books today...

Qty Title

Please use this form to order directly from us. If for any reason you are not satisfied with a book ordered directly from us, simply return it in saleable condition within 30 days (UK) or 60 days (Europe) and we will refund you the cost of the book.

(Please affix stamp if posting from outside UK.)

P&P

UK:

5% of total order (£1 min charge, £10 max charge). Next day delivery +£6.50*

Europe:

10% of total order (£2.95 min charge, £20 max charge). Next day delivery +£6.50*

TOTAL

Rest of World: 15% of total order (£6.50 min charge, £30 max charge). *We only guarantee next day delivery for orders received before noon.

Alternatively, contact your regular supplier.

FREEPOST: Taylor & Francis Group Bookpoint (T&F) Freepost RRXG-BBUL-LAER Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4SB

Price

postage & packaging

Prices and publication dates are correct at time of going to press, but may be subject to change without notice. All prices are net in the UK.

ISBN

Method of Payment – Please tick and/or fill relevant boxes and select card type. Please send me a pre-payment invoice. My Reference Number is: __________________________________________________ I enclose a cheque (made payable to Taylor & Francis) for £ ____________________________________

telephone (credit cards): +44 (0)1235 400524

Please charge my debit/credit card:

Card number:

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

email: reference@routledge.com

Name on credit card: _____________________________________________________________ Issue No.*: _______

online: www.routledge.com

ebooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

Signature: ______________________________________________________________________ Date: ______ /______ /______

Start date: _______ /_______

Expiry date: _______ /_______

Security No.: (last 3 digits of security number on back of card)

(order not valid without signature)

ORDER ONLINE

AND RECEIVE FREE P&P! Order your books from

www.routledge.com

and receive FREE postage & packaging when spending £20 or more. (in UK only)

Your Details

*only if paying by Maestro

– Please use block capitals.

First Name:

Surname:

Email: Department: Institution: Address:

Postcode:

Country:

Telephone:

VAT No. (EU Member States):

Please tick if you would like to receive more information on our standing order system.

ISBN: 978-0-418-24571-2

SUBJ1007

A B C D E

complimentary exam request To order a complimentary exam copy, please contact us using one of the methods below:

online: www.routledge.com/info/compcopy

email: reference@routledge.com

fax:

+44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/reference

LIBRARY RECOMMENDATION Ensure that your library has access to all the latest publications. Visit www.routledge.com/info/librarian.asp today and complete our online Library Recommendation Form.

Order your books today... Please complete and return this order form to the address below:

Qty

Title

ISBN

Price

Prices and publication dates are correct at time of going to press, but may be subject to change without notice. All prices are net in the UK.

Your Details

TOTAL

â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Please use block capitals.

First Name:

Surname:

Email: Occupation:

VAT Number (EU Member States):

Department: Institution: Address:

Postcode:

Country:

Telephone:

Signature:

ISBN: 978-0-418-24572-9

SUBJ1007

Date:

To find out if a title is available on complimentary exam, please visit our website: www.routledge.com/info/compcopy

Order your books today...

Qty Title

ISBN

postage & packaging

Prices and publication dates are correct at time of going to press, but may be subject to change without notice. All prices are net in the UK.

Singapore: 5% of total order (£1.60 min charge). West Malaysia: 10% of total order (£3.60 min charge). Rest of World: 15% of total order (£5.30 min charge).

Price

P&P TOTAL

Alternatively, contact your regular supplier.

POST: Taylor & Francis Asia Pacific 240 MacPherson Road #08-01 Pines Industrial Building Singapore 348574

telephone: +86 (10) 8250 2670

Please charge my debit/credit card:

Card number:

Fax: +86 (10) 8250 2566

email: info@tandf.com.sg

Start date: _______ /_______

Expiry date: _______ /_______

Issue No.*: _______

Security No.:

only if paying by Maestro

last 3 digits of security number on

online: www.routledge.com

back of card)

Signature: ______________________________________________________________________ Date: ______ /______ /______ (order not valid without signature)

Your Details

– Please use block capitals.

First Name:

Surname:

Email: Department: Institution: Address:

ISBN: 978-0-418-24574-3

Postcode:

Country:

Telephone:

VAT No. (EU Member States):

SUBJ1007

library recommendation I recommend you purchase this/these book(s): To:

Title: Author: ISBN:

From: Price: Position:

Title: Department:

Author: ISBN:

Price:

Course(s) for which the book(s) would be relevant and why:

Title: Author: ISBN:

Price:

www.routledge.com/reference

Order your books today...

This catalog features a selection only of the new and key academic titles we represent. Please visit our website at www.palgravemacmillan.com.au to locate complete product information. Please place orders with your usual bookseller. In case of difficulty, contact Macmillan Publishers Australia Pty Ltd directly. Please add $10 handling charge. Please note that prices given in this catalog are in GBP, please contact your bookseller or Palgrave Macmillan for local pricing.

Qty Title

ISBN

Price

Post/Telephone/Fax: For posting this form or to contact by telephone or fax, please contact your regional office shown below.

Email (Australia): palgrave@macmillan.com.au

Email (New Zealand): vicki@macmillan.co.nz

online: www.routledge.com www.palgravemacmillan.com.au

Palgrave Macmillan Regional Offices VICTORIA/TASMANIA

Level 1, 15-19 Claremont St, South Yarra, VIC 3141 Phone: (03) 9825 1111

Prices and publication dates are correct at time of going to press, but may be subject to change without notice. All prices are net in the UK.

Methods of Payment Please tick and/or fill relevant boxes and select card type.

Fax: (03) 9825 1010

NEW SOUTH WALES/ACT

I enclose a cheque or money order (made payable to Macmillan Publishers Australia Pty Ltd) for $ ______________________

Level 25, BT Tower, 1 Market St, Sydney, NSW 2000 Phone: (02) 9285 9111

TOTAL

Fax: (02) 9285 9290

Please charge my credit card:

QUEENSLAND/NTHN NSW/NT

2/857 Kingsford Smith Drive, Eagle Farm, QLD 4009 Phone: (07) 3632 2668

Fax: (07) 3868 4423

Card number:

WESTERN AUSTRALIA/SOUTH AUSTRALIA 12-14 Oswald St, Victoria Park, WA 6100 Phone: (08) 6250 7002

Fax: (08) 9472 7966

Start date: _______ /_______

MACMILLAN NEW ZEALAND Phone: (09) 414 0350

Expiry date: _______ /_______

6 Ride Way, Albany, Auckland, New Zealand

Security No.: (last 3 digits of security number on back of card)

Fax: (09) 414 0351

Signature: ______________________________________________________________________ Date: ______ /______ /______

Billing Details

– Please use block capitals.

Cardholder’s Name:

Address:

Postcode:

Delivery Details

– Please use block capitals.

Name:

Department:

Institution:

Address:

Postcode:

ISBN: 978-0-418-24714-3

SUBJ1007

Please tick if you would like to receive more information on our standing order system.

www.routledge.com | www.palgravemacmillan.com.au

Routledge Revivals

www.routledge.com/books/series/routledge_revivals

Ro u t led ge R evivals

Routledge Revivals AN EVER EVOLVING EXCITING PROGRAMME Drawing from over a hundred years of innovative and cutting-edge publishing, Routledge Revivals is an exciting programme whereby key titles from the distinguished and extensive backlist of the many acclaimed imprints associated with Routledge will be reissued. Post: Use catalogue order form (back of catalogue)

Title

Author/Editor

ISBN

Price

Sub-heading The History of the Study of Landforms - Volume 3 Robert P. Beckinsale and Richard J. Chorley Hb: 978-0-415-05626-7 Historical and Regional Geomorphology, 1890-1950

£130.00

The History of the Study of Landforms Volume 2 R. P. Beckinsale, Mrs R. J. M. Chorley, R. J. Chorley, The Life and Work of William Morris Davis A J Dunn and A. J. Dunn

£155.00

Hb: 978-0-416-26890-4

Literature in Protestant England, 1560-1660 Alan Sinfield Hb: 978-0-415-55290-5 Lukács and Heidegger Towards a New Philosophy

£65.00

Lucien Goldmann Translated by William Q. Boelhower Hb: 978-0-415-55292-9 £65.00

The Metaphysical Theory of the State L. T. Hobhouse Hb: 978-0-415-55275-2

£65.00

Keynes’ Economics Edited by Tony Lawson and Hashem Pesaran Hb: 978-0-415-55299-8 £75.00 Methodological Issues The History of the Study of Landforms: Volume 1 Geomorphology Before Davis or the Development of Geomorphology

Richard J. Chorley, Antony J. Dunn and Robert P. Beckinsale Hb: 978-0-415-55278-3 £125.00

Mourning Dress Lou Taylor Hb: 978-0-415-55286-8 £85.00 A Costume and Social History The Elements of Social Justice L. T. Hobhouse Hb: 978-0-415-55277-6

£70.00

Radicalism and the Revolt Against Reason Irving Louis Horowitz Hb: 978-0-415-55285-1 £75.00 The Social Theories of Georges Sorel with a Translation of his Essay on the Decomposition of Marxism The Great Powers Max Beloff Hb: 978-0-415-55284-4 £75.00 Essays in Twentieth Century Politics The Origin of Our Knowledge of Right and Wrong Franz Brentano Hb: 978-0-415-55739-9

£65.00

The Foundation and Construction of Ethics Franz Brentano Hb: 978-0-415-55740-5

£80.00

Leonardo, Descartes, Max Weber Karl Jaspers Hb: 978-0-415-55735-1 £75.00 Three Essays Political Philosophy and Social Welfare Raymond Plant, Peter Taylor-Gooby and Anthony Lesser Hb: 978-0-415-55743-6 £70.00 Essays on the Normative Basis of Welfare Provisions Pressure Groups and Political Culture Francis Castles Hb: 978-0-415-55759-7 £60.00 A Comparative Study Social and Moral Theory in Casework Raymond Plant Hb: 978-0-415-55744-3

£60.00

New Dimensions in Foreign Policy Max Beloff Hb: 978-0-415-55750-4

£70.00

Politics and Social Insight Francis Castles Hb: 978-0-415-55751-1

£65.00

The Social Democratic Image of Society Francis Castles Hb: 978-0-415-55762-7 £65.00 A Study of the Achievements and Origins of Scandinavian Social Democracy in Comparative Perspective Antonio Gramsci Harold Entwistle Hb: 978-0-415-55763-4 £65.00 Conservative Schooling for Radical Politics

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/reference

Routl e dg e R ev i va l s

Reappraising J. A. Hobson

Edited by Michael Freeden Hb: 978-0-415-55765-8 £65.00 Humanism and Welfare

Community and Ideology Raymond Plant Hb: 978-0-415-55768-9 £55.00 An Essay in Applied Social Philosphy Robert Owen and the Owenites in Britain and America John Harrison Hb: 978-0-415-55769-6: £80.00 The Quest for the New Moral World Sociology and Philosophy Emile Durkheim Hb: 978-0-415-55770-2

£60.00

Social and Foreign Affairs in Iraq Saddam Hussein Hb: 978-0-415-56240-9

£60.00

Waiting on God Simone Weil Hb: 978-0-415-56238-6

£65.00

Primitive Classification Emile Durkheim and Marcel Mauss Hb: 978-0-415-56283-6

£60.00

Politics and Method Edited by Doreen Massey and Richard Meegan Hb: 978-0-415-56012-2 £65.00 Contrasting Studies in Industrial Geography Saul Bellow Malcolm Bradbury Hb: 978-0-415-56245-4

£55.00

Formative Writings Simone Weil Hb: 978-0-415-56239-3

£75.00

Philip Roth Hermione Lee Hb: 978-0-415-56241-6

£55.00

The Novels of Virginia Woolf Hermione Lee Hb: 978-0-415-56242-3

£70.00

Philip Larkin Andrew Motion Hb: 978-0-415-56243-0

£55.00

Socialism and Saint-Simon Emile Durkheim Hb: 978-0-415-56288-1

£70.00

Emile Durkheim: Selected Writings in Social Theory (3 Volumes) Various Hb: 978-0-415-56287-4

£175.00

Encyclopedia of Romanticism Culture in Britain, 1780s-1830s Edited by Laura Dabundo Hb: 978-0-415-56330-7

£150.00

Arab Historians of the Crusades Francesco Gabrieli Hb: 978-0-415-56332-1

£80.00

Growth and Fluctuations 1870-1913 W. Arthur Lewis Hb: 978-0-415-56344-4

£75.00

A Truer Liberty Laurence A. Blum and Victor Seidler Hb: 978-0-415-56362-8 £80.00 Simone Weil and Marxism Marshall Plan Days Charles P. Kindleberger Hb: 978-0-415-56343-7 Bad News

£75.00

Peter Beharrell, Howard Davis, John Eldridge, John Hewitt, Hb: 978-0-415-56376-5 £75.00 Jean Hart, Gregg Philo, Paul Walton and Brian Winston

Liberalisms John Gray Hb: 978-0-415-56375-8 £75.00 Essays in Political Philosophy More Bad News

Peter Beharrell, Howard Davis, John Eldridge, John Hewitt, Hb: 978-0-415-56377-2 £90.00 Jean Hart, Gregg Philo, Paul Walton and Brian Winston

The History of the Study of Landforms (3 Volumes) R. J. Chorley, R. P. Beckinsale and A. J. Dunn Pack: 978-0-415-56369-7 £350.00 Or the Development of Geomorphology Philosophical Investigations on Time, Space and the Continuum Franz Brentano Hb: 978-0-415-56378-9

£70.00

The True and the Evident Franz Brentano Hb: 978-0-415-56618-6

£70.00

Free Market Conservatism Edited by Edward Nell Hb: 978-0-415-56715-2 £70.00 A Critique of Theory & Practice Immediacy and its Limits Edited by Nathan Rotenstreich Hb: 978-0-415-56718-3 £65.00 A Study in Martin Buber’s Thought Food Fights Renée Marlin-Bennett Hb: 978-0-415-56713-8 £65.00 International Regimes and the Politics of Agricultural Trade Disputes Dialectical Phenomenolgy Roslyn Wallach Bologh Hb: 978-0-415-56811-1 £75.00 Marx’s Method Man in the Modern Age Karl Jaspers Hb: 978-0-415-57061-9

CONTACT US – for further information, email politics@routledge.com eBooks: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

£70.00

Ro u t led ge R evivals

Love or Greatness

Roslyn Wallach Bologh Hb: 978-0-415-57074-9 £80.00 Max Weber and masculine thinking

Recreating Sexual Politics Victor Seidler Hb: 978-0-415-57089-3: £80.00 Men, Feminism and Politics Friendship, Altruism and Morality Laurence A. Blum Hb: 978-0-415-57090-9

£70.00

Freedom and Equality Keith Dixon Hb: 978-0-415-57102-9 £60.00 The Moral Basis of Democratic Socialism Marx’s ’Capital’ Geoffrey Pilling Hb: 978-0-415-57101-2 £70.00 Philosophy and Political Economy Memories of Class Zygmunt Bauman Hb: 978-0-415-57127-2 £70.00 The Pre-history and After-life of Class Political Theories of Modern Government Peter Self Hb: 978-0-415-57079-4 £70.00 Its Role and Reform Kant, Respect and Injustice Victor Seidler Hb: 978-0-415-57093-0 £70.00 The Limits of Liberal Moral Theory The Radical Tradition Richard Gombin Hb: 978-0-415-56808-1 £65.00 A Study in Modern Revolutionary Thought Prosperity and Public Spending Edward Nell Hb: 978-0-415-57104-3 £75.00 Transformational Growth and The Role of Government Fin de Siècle Socialism and Other Essays Martin Jay Hb: 978-0-415-57133-3

£70.00

Walter Ullmann on Medieval Political Theory (3 Volumes) Walter Ullmann Pack: 978-0-415-57154-8

£195.00

Still Crazy After All These Years Rachel Bowlby Hb: 978-0-415-57129-6 £65.00 Women, Writing and Psychoanalysis Social Evolution and Sociological Categories Paul Q. Hirst Hb: 978-0-415-57128-9

£60.00

Selected Writings of Otto Jespersen Otto Jespersen Hb: 978-0-415-57137-1

£125.00

Hope Deferred Josephine Kamm Hb: 978-0-415-57135-7 £75.00 Girls’ Education in English History Engels Revisited Edited by Janet Sayers, Mary Evans and Nanneke Redclift Hb: 978-0-415-57139-5 £65.00 Feminist Essays The Power of the Powerless Vaclav Havel Hb: 978-0-415-57145-6 £70.00 Citizens Against the State in Central-eastern Europe The Medieval Idea of Law as Represented by Lucas de Penna Walter Ullmann Hb: 978-0-415-57155-5

£75.00

Principles of Government and Politics in the Middle Ages Walter Ullmann Hb: 978-0-415-57156-2

£75.00

Socialism the Active Utopia Zygmunt Bauman Hb: 978-0-415-57163-0

£65.00

The Carolingian Renaissance and the Idea of Kingship Walter Ullmann Hb: 978-0-415-57159-3

£75.00

Towards a Critical Sociology Zygmunt Bauman Hb: 978-0-415-57164-7 £60.00 An Essay on Commonsense and Imagination Bad News - Volumes 1 and 2

Peter Beharrell, Howard Davis, John Eldridge, John Hewitt, Pack: 978-0-415-57268-2 £150.00 Jean Hart, Gregg Philo, Paul Walton and Brian Winston

Contest of Faculties Christopher Norris Hb: 978-0-415-57237-8 £70.00 Philosophy and Theory after Deconstruction The International Politics of Surplus Capacity Edited by Susan Strange and Roger Tooze Hb: 978-0-415-57281-1 £70.00 Competition for Market Shares in the World Recession Marxism and Historical Writing Paul Hirst Hb: 978-0-415-57280-4

£65.00

The Deconstructive Turn Christopher Norris Hb: 978-0-415-57244-6 £70.00 Essays in the Rhetoric of Philosophy Just Looking Rachel Bowlby Hb: 978-0-415-57279-8 £65.00 Consumer Culture in Dreiser, Gissing and Zola

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/reference

Routl e dg e R ev i va l s

The Philosophy of the Enlightenment

Lucien Goldmann Hb: 978-0-415-57365-8 £55.00 The Christian Burgess and the Enlightenment

Lancelot-Grail: 5 Volumes Edited by Norris J. Lacy Pack: 978-0-415-87727-5 £325.00 The Old French Vulgate & Post-Vulgate Cycles in Translation Beyond the Information Given Jerome S. Bruner Hb: 978-0-415-57395-5

£95.00

Star Chamber Stories G.R. Elton Hb: 978-0-415-57369-6

£70.00

Modern Historians on British History 1485-1945 G.R. Elton Hb: 978-0-415-57367-2 £70.00 A Critical Bibliography 1945-1969 Free-Thought in the Social Sciences J. A. Hobson Hb: 978-0-415-57856-1

£75.00

English Constitutional Theory and the House of Lords 1556-1832 Corinne Weston Hb: 978-0-415-57855-4

£75.00

Language Leonard Bloomfield Hb: 978-0-415-57682-6

£85.00

The Origin and Goal of History Karl Jaspers Hb: 978-0-415-57868-4

£75.00

Western Sociologists on Indian Society G. R. Madan Hb: 978-0-415-57870-7 £80.00 Marx, Spencer, Weber, Durkheim, Pareto Paths to International Political Economy Edited by Susan Strange Hb: 978-0-415-57871-4

£70.00

Theories of Modern Capitalism Tom Bottomore Hb: 978-0-415-57894-3

£55.00

Sociology Tom B. Bottomore Hb: 978-0-415-57893-6 £75.00 A Guide to Problems and Literature The Concept of Social Change Anthony D. Smith Hb: 978-0-415-57920-9 £65.00 A Critique of the Functionalist Theory of Social Change An Introduction to Political Philosophy A. R. M. Murray Hb: 978-0-415-57921-6

£65.00

Paul de Man Christopher Norris Hb: 978-0-415-57924-7 £70.00 Deconstruction and the Critique of Aesthetic Ideology Philosophy of Logic Hilary Putnam Hb: 978-0-415-58092-2

£50.00

Meaning and the Moral Sciences Hilary Putnam Hb: 978-0-415-58091-5

£65.00

Social Development L. T. Hobhouse Hb: 978-0-415-58095-3 £75.00 Its Nature and Conditions Critics of Society Tom B. Bottomore Hb: 978-0-415-58100-4 £60.00 Radical Thought in North America Sociology as Social Criticism Tom B. Bottomore Hb: 978-0-415-58104-2

£65.00

Making Sense Edited by Jerome S. Bruner and Helen Haste Hb: 978-0-415-58099-1 £65.00 The Child’s Construction of the World Hermeneutics and Social Science Zygmunt Bauman Hb: 978-0-415-58109-7 £70.00 Approaches to Understanding Of Human Potential Israel Scheffler Hb: 978-0-415-58110-3 £65.00 An Essay in the Philosophy of Education Beyond the Letter Israel Scheffler Hb: 978-0-415-58111-0 £65.00 A Philosophical Inquiry into Ambiguity, Vagueness and Methaphor in Language In Praise of the Cognitive Emotions Israel Scheffler Hb: 978-0-415-58153-0 £65.00 And Other Essays in the Philosophy of Education Pierre-Joseph Proudhon George Woodcock Hb: 978-0-415-58157-8 £75.00 A Biography The Achilles Heel Reader Edited by Victor Seidler Hb: 978-0-415-58114-1 £70.00 Men, Sexual Politics and Socialism Christian Democracy in France R. E. M. Irving Hb: 978-0-415-58268-1

eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.routledge.com/books/series/routledge_revivals

£75.00

Ro u t led ge R evivals

Intellectuals and Politics

Robert Brym Hb: 978-0-415-58925-3

£55.00

Gold Prices and Wages J. A. Hobson Hb: 978-0-415-58940-6

£65.00

Bolshevism Paul Miliukov Hb: 978-0-415-58939-0 £75.00 An International Danger Capital and Power John Girling Hb: 978-0-415-58937-6 £70.00 Political Economy and Social Transformation Ethics, Emotion and the Unity of the Self Oliver Letwin Hb: 978-0-415-58932-1

£60.00

Òkubo Diary Brian Moeran Hb: 978-0-415-58931-4 £70.00 Portrait of a Japanese Valley The Economics of Non-Wage Labour Costs Bob Hart Hb: 978-0-415-58942-0

£65.00

Working Time and Employment Bob Hart Hb: 978-0-415-58945-1

£75.00

Political Argument Brian Barry Hb: 978-0-415-59520-9

£80.00

Radical Records Bob Cant and Susan Hemmings Hb: 978-0-415-59113-3 £70.00 Thirty Years of Lesbian and Gay History, 1957-1987 Environment, Development, Agriculture Bernhard Glaeser Hb: 978-0-415-59294-9 £65.00 Integrated Policy Through Human Ecology The Chinese Classic Novels Margaret Berry Hb: 978-0-415-59524-7 £75.00 An Annotated Bibliography of Chiefly English-Language Studies A History of Europe Henri Pirenne Hb: 978-0-415-59981-8 £95.00 From the Invasions to the XVI Century Socialism in a Cold Climate Edited by John Griffith Hb: 978-0-415-59818-7

£70.00

Social Struggles in the Middle Ages Max Beer Hb: 978-0-415-59975-7

£65.00

Science and Golf Edited by A. J. Cochran Hb: 978-0-415-59521-6 £80.00 Proceedings of the First World Scientific Congress of Golf The Historical Revolution Frank Smith Fussner Hb: 978-0-415-60242-6 £80.00 English Historical Writing and Thought 1580-1640 Work and Wealth J. A. Hobson Hb: 978-0-415-60243-3 £80.00 A Human Valuation The Crowd and the Mob J. S. McClelland Hb: 978-0-415-60222-8 £80.00 From Plato to Canetti Econometrics Baldev Raj and Aman Ullah Hb: 978-0-415-60693-6 £80.00 A Varying Coefficients Approach Social Theory as Science Russell Keat and John Urry Hb: 978-0-415-60877-0

£70.00

Towards a Radical Democracy Douglas Brown Hb: 978-0-415-60879-4 £70.00 The Political Economy of the Budapest School The Ethnomethodologists W.W. Sharrock and Bob Anderson Hb: 978-0-415-60884-8

£60.00

Democracy and Capitalism Samuel Bowles and Herbert Gintis Hb: 978-0-415-60881-7 £70.00 Property, Community, and the Contradictions of Modern Social Thought Development in Malaysia Ozay Mehmet Hb: 978-0-415-60888-6 £60.00 Poverty, Wealth and Trusteeship Democracy and its Critics Jon Roper Hb: 978-0-415-60886-2 £70.00 Anglo-American Democratic Thought in the Nineteenth Century Semantics and Social Science Graham MacDonald and Philip Pettit Hb: 978-0-415-60898-5

£60.00

Regions in Question Charles Gore Hb: 978-0-415-60891-6 £70.00 Space, Development Theory and Regional Policy Utopianism and Marxism Vincent Geoghegan Hb: 978-0-415-60895-4

£60.00

Simmel and Since David Frisby Hb: 978-0-415-60901-2 £70.00 Essays on Georg Simmel’s Social Theory

TO ORDER – see order form at the back of this catalogue. Alternatively, you can order by: Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 Online: www.routledge.com/reference

Routl e dg e R ev i va l s

The Islamic Threat to the Soviet State

Alexandre Bennigsen and Marie Broxup Hb: 978-0-415-60906-7

£60.00

Marxist Aesthetics Pauline Johnson Hb: 978-0-415-60908-1 £60.00 The Foundations Within Everyday Life for an Enlightened Consciousness Israel’s Nuclear Dilemma Yair Evron Hb: 978-0-415-60904-3

£80.00

A History of Australian Economic Thought Peter Groenewegen and Bruce McFarlane Hb: 978-0-415-60913-5

£70.00

The Wasting of the British Economy Sidney Pollard Hb: 978-0-415-60915-9

£70.00

Iran and the International Community Edited by Anoushiravan Ehteshami Hb: 978-0-415-60910-4

£70.00

British Macroeconomic Policy since 1940 Jim Tomlinson Hb: 978-0-415-60917-3

£70.00

Women and Recession Edited by Jill Rubery Hb: 978-0-415-60921-0

£80.00

Postmodernized Simmel Deena Weinstein and Michael Weinstein Hb: 978-0-415-60925-8

£70.00

Resistance to Change in the Soviet Economic System Jan Winiecki Hb: 978-0-415-60929-6 £60.00 A Property Rights Approach Intentional Communities Barry Shenker Hb: 978-0-415-60938-8 £70.00 Ideology and Alienation in Communal Societies Charging for Government Richard E. Wagner Hb: 978-0-415-60927-2 £70.00 User Charges and Earmarked Taxes in Principle and Practice The Czechoslovak Economy 1918-1980 Alice Teichova Hb: 978-0-415-60946-3

£60.00

Post-Industrial America David Clark Hb: 978-0-415-60952-4 £70.00 A Geographical Perspective Reading the Cantos Noel Stock Hb: 978-0-415-60935-7 £60.00 A Study of Meaning in Ezra Pound Urban Transport Planning Harry Dimitriou Hb: 978-0-415-60954-8 £80.00 A Developmental Approach The Constitution of Poverty Dean Mitchell Hb: 978-0-415-60956-2 £70.00 Towards a Genealogy of Liberal Governance The German Economy in the Twentieth Century Hans-Joachim Braun Hb: 978-0-415-60959-3 £75.00 The German Reich and the Federal Republic The English Press in the Eighteenth Century Jeremy Black Hb: 978-0-415-60977-7

£75.00

The British and the Grand Tour Jeremy Black Hb: 978-0-415-60976-0

£75.00

Contemporary French Philosophy Colin Smith Hb: 978-0-415-61070-4 £70.00 A Study in Norms and Values Problems of Economic Policy Keith Hartley Hb: 978-0-415-61071-1

£70.00

Lectures on Psychical Research C. D. Broad Hb: 978-0-415-61072-8 £85.00 Incorporating the Perrott Lectures Given in Cambridge University in 1959 and 1960 The Middle English Romances of the Thirteenth and Fourteenth Centuries Dieter Mehl Hb: 978-0-415-61079-7

£75.00

The Elizabethan Dumb Show Dieter Mehl Hb: 978-0-415-61078-0 £70.00 The History of a Dramatic Convention Concept Formation in Social Science William Outhwaite Hb: 978-0-415-61116-9

£70.00

Max Weber on Economy and Society Robert Holton and Bryan S. Turner Hb: 978-0-415-61117-6

£70.00

Popular Fiction of the 1970s John Sutherland Hb: 978-0-415-61124-4

£75.00

Unveiling Man’s Origins L. S. B. Leakey and Vanne Morris Goodall Hb: 978-0-415-61119-0: £65.00 Ten Decades of Thought About Human Evolution

eUpdates: www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.routledge.com/books/series/routledge_revivals

R o u t l e d g e R EVIVALS

Page 3

Page 4

www.routledge.com/books/series/routledge_revivals

Routledge

Page 1

Page 14

Page 25

Page 30

Page 42

Page 57

Page 66

Page 88

www.routledge.com/reference Routledge, 2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4RN Tel: 020 7017 6000 Fax: 020 7017 6699 Email: reference@routledge.com Paper used in this catalog is chlorine free and environmentally friendly. It is manufactured with pulp supplied from sustainable managed forests.